![Operator Manual EC480D [PDF]](https://pdfs.asia/img/200x200/operator-manual-ec480d.jpg)
13 0 10 MB
ec480d
VOLVO CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
operator’s manual
EC480D
Serial number: 260001 - 310000
English
English
Ref. no. 20027103-D 2018.07 Volvo, Changwon
WARNING: Breathing diesel engine exhaust exposes you to chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. • Always start and operate the engine in a well-ventilated area. • If in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside. • Do not modify or tamper with the exhaust system. • Do not idle the engine except as necessary. For more information go to www.P65warnings.ca.gov/diesel.
ADVERTENCIA: Respirar los gases del escape de motores a diésel le expone a químicos conocidos por el Estado de California como causantes de cáncer y defectos de nacimiento u otros daños reproductivos. • Siempre encienda y opere el motor en un área bien ventilada. • Si es en un área cerrada, ventile el orificio del escape hacia el exterior. • No modifique ni altere el sistema de escape. • No encienda el motor, excepto cuando sea necesario. Para mayor información visite www.P65warnings.ca.gov/diesel. California
Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm. WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or offroad vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your California hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle. Proposition 65 Warning Battery posts, terminals and other related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known ADVERTENCIA: dar servicio y mantenimiento a un vehículo de to the State Operar, of California to cause cancer and other pasajeros o vehículo todoreproductive terreno puede exponerle a químicos incluyendo gases harm. del escape, monóxido de carbono, ftalatos y plomo, los cuales son conocidos Wash hands after handling. por el Estado de California como causantes de cáncer y defectos de nacimiento u otros daños reproductivos. Para minimizar la exposición, evite respirar los gases del escape, no encienda el motor excepto si es necesario, dé servicio a su vehículo en un área bien ventilada y utilice guantes o lave sus manos frecuentemente cuando dé servicio a su vehículo. Para mayor información visite www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
EC480D OPERATOR'S MANUAL
Foreword This operator's manual is intended as a guide for the correct use and maintenance of the machine. Read this manual carefully before you start and move the machine or before you carry out any preventive maintenance. Keep this manual in the lockable storage compartment so that it is always available for easy reference. Replace it immediately if it is lost. The operator's manual describes the applications for which the machine was primarily designed. It has been written to be valid on all markets. Therefore, please ignore any sections which do not relate to your machine or to the work that you do with your machine. NO OTE! If the manual covers more than one machine, the information relates to all machines unless otherwise specified. When designing this machine, much time has been invested in achieving the best possible efficiency and safety. But accidents do happen, and most of them can be attributed to human error. A safety-conscious person and a well-maintained machine make up a reliable, powerful, and profitable combination. Thereffore,, rea ad th he saffety in nstrruc ctiions an nd fo ollow th hem. We constantly strive to develop and improve the efficiency of our products by making changes to their design. We reserve the right to make design modifications to the products even after they have been delivered. Also, we reserve the right to change data and equipment, as well as the service and maintenance instructions, without prior notice.
Tab ble off con ntents
Prresen ntation
In nstrrument pa anels
Otther con ntrols
Op perating in nstrructiions
Op perating te echn niques
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
Se ervicce an nd ma aintenance
Sp pecifficattions
Allphabeticall in ndex
Ref. No. 20027103-D The original language is English. Original instructions. 2018.07 Co opyriight © 20 018,, Vo olvo Co onstrructiion Eq quiipmentt. Alll riights re eserrved..
Fo oreword
2 Safety regulations The machine operator is responsible for being aware of and complying with the relevant, legally prescribed, national and regional safety instructions. The safety instructions in this operator's manual are applicable only in cases where no legislated safety instructions are in force.
DA ANGER The safety symbol combined with this signal word indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, wiill res sullt in n de eath orr serrio ous in njury. Danger is limited to the most extreme situations.
WA ARNING The safety symbol combined with this signal word indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in deatth or serrious s in njurry.
CA AUTION The safety symbol combined with this signal word indicates a hazardous deratte or min nor in njury. situation which, if not avoided, could result in mod
NO OTICE Indicattes a po otentially ha azarrdo ous sittuation wh hich may y res sullt in n mac chiine da amag ge. NO OTE! Used in order to refer to installation, operating, or maintenance information which is important but not danger-related.
Ge et to o kno ow th he cap pacitty an nd liimits off you ur ma achiine!
Forreword
Id dentificatiion nu umbers
3
Identification numbers Make a note below of the identification numbers of the machine and its components. Always use this information when contacting the manufacturer and when ordering spare parts. Man nufactu urerr:
Volvo Group Korea Co., Ltd. Seongsan-gu, Changwon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, Korea 51710
Machine PIN (Serial number) Engine Main pump Swing motor Track motor Main control valve
• Please send any comments about the Operator's Manual to [email protected]. • Open source code used in this product can be got from the following web site. (http://webdoc.volvo.co.kr/exc-oss)
Ta able off con ntents
5
Table of contents Foreword ................................................................. 1 Identification numbers ......................................................... 3
Prresen ntation ............................................................. 7 Machine view ..................................................................... 14 CE-marking, EMC-directive ............................................... 15 Communication equipment, installation ............................. 17 Safety components ............................................................ 18 Product plates ................................................................... 19 Information and warning decals ........................................ 21 USA federal clean air act ................................................... 29
In nstrrument pa anels ................................................... 32 2 Instrument panel, left ......................................................... 33 Instrument panel, front ...................................................... 37 Display unit ........................................................................ 42 Instrument panel, right ....................................................... 66 Instrument panel, rear ....................................................... 75
Ottherr contrrols .............................................................................. 76 Controls ............................................................................. Cab .................................................................................... Control lockout system ...................................................... Operator comfort ...............................................................
77 84 88 89
Op perating in nstrructiions ........................................... 11 19 Safety rules when operating ............................................ 123 Measures before operating ............................................. 127 Starting engine ................................................................ 128 Hydraulic system, warming up ........................................ 132 Operating ......................................................................... 134 Stopping .......................................................................... 135 Parking ............................................................................ 136 Retrieving and towing ...................................................... 137 Transporting machine ...................................................... 139
Op perating te echn niques ........................................... 15 54 Whole-body vibrations ..................................................... 155 Rules for digging ............................................................. 156 Working within dangerous areas ..................................... 159 Attachments .................................................................... 168 Attachments, connecting and disconnecting ................... 170 Buckets ............................................................................ 184 Hammer ........................................................................... 186 Working with long range attachments ............................. 189 Hose rupture valves ........................................................ 190 Selecting track shoes ...................................................... 192 Lifting objects .................................................................. 193 Signalling diagram ........................................................... 195
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng ........................................... 19 97 Service position ............................................................... Before service, read ........................................................ Entering, leaving and climbing the machine .................... Fire prevention ................................................................ Handling hazardous materials ......................................... Handling line, tubes and hoses .......................................
198 199 201 202 204 207
Tab ble off con ntents
6 Service and maintenance .................................... 208 Service points .................................................................. 212 Engine ............................................................................. 214 Fuel system ..................................................................... 217 Engine air cleaner ........................................................... 224 Cooling system ................................................................ 230 Electrical system ............................................................. 235 Swing drive unit ............................................................... 240 Track drive unit ................................................................ 242 Swing gear and bath ....................................................... 244 Track unit ......................................................................... 246 Cab .................................................................................. 249 Air conditioning ................................................................ 250 Bucket teeth .................................................................... 251 Hydraulic system ............................................................. 254 Greasing .......................................................................... 264 Lubrication and service chart .......................................... 266
Sp pecifficattions ....................................................... 27 73 Recommended lubricants ................................................ 273 Fuel system ..................................................................... 279 Service capacities and change intervals ......................... 283 Engine ............................................................................. 285 Electrical system ............................................................. 286 Cab .................................................................................. 290 Hydraulic system ............................................................. 292 Machine weights .............................................................. 293 Ground pressure ............................................................. 295 Dimensions ...................................................................... 296 Working ranges ............................................................... 301 Recommended bucket sizes ........................................... 303 Digging forces ................................................................. 307 Lifting capacities .............................................................. 308 Service history ................................................................. 325
Allphabeticall in ndex ................................................ 32 29
Prresen ntation
7
Presentation
V1106838
Intended use The machine is intended to be used under normal conditions for the applications described in this manual. If it is used for other purposes or in potentially dangerous environments, for example explosive atmosphere, flammable environment or areas with dust containing asbestos and so on, special safety regulations must be followed and the machine be equipped for such use. Contact the manufacturer / dealer for further information.
En nviro onmentall re equire ements Be aware of the environment when operating and during service and maintenance of the machine. Always follow local and national environmental legislation applicable to all handling of the machine.
En ngine e The Volvo diesel engine uses precise, high pressure fuel injectors, turbo charger, charge air cooler, and electronic engine controls to optimize machine performance.
Prresen ntation
8 Electrical system The electrical system consists of engine starting system, charging system, machine monitoring system, engine / pump control system and air conditioning system. The machine is equipped with a high capacity electrical system well protected. Waterproof double-lock harness plugs are used to secure corrosion-free connections. The main relays and solenoid valves are shielded to prevent damage. The master switch is standard.
Au utomatic id dling syste em Automatic idling system reduces engine speed to idle when the levers and pedals are not activated for a certain period of time, resulting in less fuel consumption and low cab noise level.
Au utomatic en ngine shu ut-down syste em (Op ptional eq quipmen nt) Automatic engine shut-down system is to stop the engine automatically when the machine is not operated for a certain period of time. Default time is set at 5 minutes and can be changed with Tech tool (Volvo’s service tool) only. Contact Volvo Construction Equipment dealer. Auttomattic en ngine shu ut-do own con nditions - Control lockout lever is down. - Engine speed control switch is not changed. 1 minute before engine shut-down, info screen will be displayed on I-ECU so that the operator can cancel engine shut-down by pushing the keypad ESC button or moving the control lockout lever up or changing engine speed control switch (at the control lockout lever down position).
Prresen ntation
9 Cab The operator's cab has easy access via a wide door opening. The cab is supported on hydraulic dampening mounts to reduce shock and vibration level. These along with sound absorbing lining provide low noise levels. The cab has excellent all-round visibility. The front windshield can easily slide up into the ceiling, and the lower front glass can be removed and stored in the side door.
In ntegrated aiir-con nditioning an nd he eating syste em The pressurized and filtered cab air is supplied by an automatically-controlled fan. The air is distributed throughout the cab from 14 vents.
FO OPS an nd FOG G The cab is designed to meet the requirements for falling objects, the weight of which agrees with testing methods according to FOPS and FOG. The cab is approved as a part of protective structure according to FOPS and FOG standards. (FOPS: ISO10262 (Level II), FOG: ISO10262:1998 (Level II) and SAE J1356) FOPS is an abbreviation of Falling Object Protective Structure (top guard) and FOG is an abbreviation of Falling Object Guard (top guard and front guard).
RO OPS The cab is approved as a part of protective structure according to ROPS standard (ISO12117-2).
Prresen ntation
10 0 Hydraulic system The hydraulic system, also known as the "Automatic Sensing Work Mode" is designed for high-productivity, high-digging capacity, high-maneuvering precision and excellent fuel economy. The summation system, boom, arm and swing priority along with boom and arm regeneration provide optimum performance. 1 Summation system : Combines the flow of both hydraulic pumps to ensure quick cycle times and high productivity. 2 Arm priority : Gives priority to the arm operation for faster cycle times in leveling and for increased bucket filling when digging. 3 Swing priority : Gives priority to the swing functions for faster simultaneous operations. 4 Regeneration system : Prevents cavitation and provides flow to other functions during simultaneous operations for maximum productivity. 5 Power boost : All digging and lifting forces are increased. 6 Holding valves : Boom and dipper arm holding valves are provided to minimize cylinder drifting while holding loads.
Tra ack mo otor an nd ge earbox The track motor is a variable axial piston motor that consists of a housing, a rotary group and a port plate. The housing contains the swash angle control screw. The rotary group consists of the cylinders and the pistons. The port plate consists of the counterbalance valve, the check valves, the relief valves and the displacement changeover valve. Gearbox also includes the spring applied, hydraulically released parking brake assembly. The gearbox has a three-stage planetary mechanism has three sets of sun gears, planetary gears and pinion gears, driven by the splined output shaft of the track motor mounted directly to the gearbox.
Prresen ntation
11 1 Swing motor and gearbox The swing motor is a fixed axial piston motor. The rotary group consists of a cylinder block and nine pistons located in the cylinder. The cover section has relief valves, an anti-cavitation valves and anti-rebound valves. The housing has a time delay valve and a disk type brake. The gearbox is composed of the sun gear, the planetary gear, the pinion gear and the housing. The power supplied to the output shaft of the swing motor reduces motor speed through the sun gear and the planetary gear, developing high torque that is transmitted to the pinion gear.
Prresen ntation
12 2 Equipment The machine can be equipped with different types of optional equipment, depending on the requirements of different markets. Examples of such equipment are automatic engine shutdown, and automatic lubricating system (standard on certain markets).
Mo odificattions Modifications to the machine, including use of unauthorized accessories and spare parts, may affect the machine's condition and its ability to function as it was designed. No changes of any kind may be performed without first obtaining written approval from Volvo Construction Equipment. Volvo Construction Equipment reserves the right to refuse all warranty claims that have resulted due to or can be attributed to unauthorized modifications. The person who performs unauthorized modifications assumes all responsibility for consequences that arise due to the modification or can be attributed to the modification, including damage to the machine. Modifications may be considered to be officially approved, if at least one of the following conditions has been met: 1 The attachment, the accessory, or the spare part has been made or distributed by Volvo Construction Equipment and has been installed according to approved method described in a publication available from Volvo Construction Equipment; or 2 The modification has been approved in writing by the Engineering Department at each product company within Volvo Construction Equipment.
Prresen ntation
13 Anti-theft device (optional equipment) An installed anti-theft device makes it more difficult to steal the machine. Volvo Construction Equipment can supply an anti-theft device as optional equipment. If your machine is not equipped with such a device, look into the possibility of having one installed by a qualified service technician.
Lo ogged ma achiine e da at a The machine is equipped with a software system, which records various information about the machine and this information is transferred from the machine to Volvo and used by Volvo and its authorized workshops in the product development process and for possible malfunction detection. Questions regarding this information can be directed to your dealer.
CarreTrack The machine may be equipped with CareTrack, a telematics system developed by Volvo Construction Equipment. The system stores machine data, e.g., machine position, operating hours, fuel consumption, fuel level, that can be sent by wireless transmission to a computer. CareTrack is available in different versions, depending on the required information level. CareTrack makes it easier to plan for service and reduces costly downtime. Productivity is improved by knowing if machines are being operated correctly and how much fuel is being consumed. CareTrack also allows the customer to restrict the operating area of the machine, by using virtual fences. This helps to eliminate unauthorized machine use and theft. For further information, contact a Volvo Construction Equipment dealer. The CareTrack system transmits data, in the same way a mobile phone does, with a maximum output rate of 10 W. The transmitter is always on and the operator cannot switch it off. Local precautions and restrictions applicable to mobile phones, for example safety distance, also apply to the CareTrack system.
Prresen ntation
14 4
Ma achiine vie ew
Machine view 12
11 10
9
8
7 6
5
4
2
13 1 14
15 3 16 17
18
19
20
21
26
22
23
1
Dipper arm cylinder
14 Main pump
2
Boom
15 Track motor and gearbox
3
Boom cylinder
16 Hydraulic tank
4
Operator cab
17 Fuel tank
5
Hydraulic oil cooler
18 Top roller
6
Swing motor and gearbox
19 Center passage
7
Air cleaner
20 Bottom roller
8
Main control valve
21 Idler
9
Radiator and charge air cooler
22 Bucket
10 Engine
23 Link
11 Rear hood
24 Bucket cylinder
12 Muffler
25 Dipper arm
13 Counterweight
26 Swing ring gear
24
25
V1106839
Prresen ntation
CE E-markin ng, EM MC-directiive
15 5
CE-marking, EMC-directive CE marking (Declaration of Conformity : Only applies to machines marketed within the EU/EEA.)
V1067840
This machine is CE marked. This means that when delivered the machine meets the applicable "Essential Health and Safety Requirements", which are given in the EU Machinery Safety Directive, 2006/42/EC. Any person carrying out changes that affect the safety of the machine, is also responsible for the same. As proof that the requirements are met, the machine is supplied with an EU Declaration of Conformity, issued by Volvo CE for each separate machine. This EU declaration also covers attachments manufactured by Volvo CE. The documentation is a valuable document, which should be kept safe and retained for at least ten years. The document should always accompany the machine when it is sold. If the machine is used for other purposes or with other attachments than described in this manual, safety must at all times and in each separate case be maintained. The person carrying out such action is also responsible for the action which, in some cases, may require a new CE marking and the issue of a new EU Declaration of Conformity.
EU U EM MC Diirectiive The electronic equipment of the machine may in some cases cause interference to other electronic equipment, or suffer from external electromagnetic interference, which may constitute safety risks. The EU EMC directive about "Electromagnetic compatibility", 2014/30/EC, provides a general description of what demands can be made on the machine out of a safety point of view, where permitted limits have been determined and given according to international standards. A machine or device which meets the requirements should be CE marked. Our machines have been tested particularly for electromagnetic interference. The CE marking of the machine and the declaration of conformity also cover the EMC directive. If other electronic equipment is fitted to this machine, the equipment must be CE marked and tested on the machine with regard to electromagnetic interference.
Prresen ntation
16 6
CE E-markin ng,, EM MC-directiive
EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FOR MACHINERY (IIA) Volvo Construction Equipment hereby declares that the below specified product: Ma anufac ctu urer: Volvo Construction Equipment AB Ad ddress: 160, Doosanvolvo-ro,Seongsan-gu, Changwon-si, Gyeongsangnam-do, 642-430 Cou untryy: Korea Catteg gory: Earth Moving Machinery Ma ake:: Volvo Tyype e: Hydraulic Excavator Mo odel: ECXXXX, ECRXXXX, EWXXXX Po ower [kW]]: XXX Rep presen ntative sou und prressurre [dB B(A)]: XXX Gua aranteed sou und prressurre [d dB(A)]: XXX PIIN: *VCEXXXXXXXXXXXXXX* In con njunction n with h Tyype e: N/A Mo odel: N/A s/n:: N/A
in the state in which it was placed on the market, and excluding components added and/or operations carried out subsequently is in conformity with the relevant provisions of Essential Health and Safety requirements of: EC C Diire ectiive “M Machiine ery”:: 2006/42/EC EC C Diire ectiive “O Outtdoor No oise””: 2000/14/EC EC C Diire ectiive “E Elec ctrromagnetic Com mpatibiilitty”:: 2014/30/EC and their amendments relating to machinery, and other applicable directives
The following harmonized standards apply: Ea arth Mo oving g ma achiinery - Sa afety Pa art 1:: EN 474-1:2006+A5:2018 Ea arth Mo oving g ma achiinery - Sa afety Pa art 5:: EN 474-5:2006+A3:2013 Te echn nicall file com mpiled d by y: XXXXXX, D-54329 KONZ, Germany Nottified d Bo ody: 1067; AV Technology Ltd., AVTECH House, Birdhall Lane, Cheadle Heath, Stockport. SK3 0XU, UK.
This declaration includes attachments developed designed/approved, marked and marketed by abovementioned manufacturer. the identity and signature of the person empowered to the identity and signature of the authorised draw up the declaration on behalf of the manufacturer representative
XXXXXX; XXXXXX Changwon, Korea
dd/mm
yyyy
Place
date
year
Prresen ntation
Co ommunicattion eq quipmentt, in nsta allation
17 7
Communication equipment, installation NOTIICE All installation of optional electronic communication equipment must be performed by trained professionals and in accordance with the Volvo Construction Equipment instructions.
Protection against electromagnetic interference This machine has been tested in accordance with EU directive 2004/108/EC governing electromagnetic interference. It is therefore very important that all non-approved electronic accessories, such as communication equipment, should be tested before installation and use, since they can cause interference to the electronic systems of the machine.
Gu uidelines The following guidelines must be followed during installation: The antenna placement must be chosen to give good adaptation to the surroundings. The antenna cable must be of the coaxial type. Be careful to ensure that the cable is undamaged, that the sheath and braid are not split at the ends, the braid covers the connector ferrules and has good galvanic contact with them. The mating surface between the antenna mounting bracket and the bodywork must have clean metal surfaces, with all dirt and oxide removed. Protect the mating surfaces against corrosion after installation to maintain good galvanic contact. Remember to separate interfering and interfered cables physically. Interfering cables consist of the communication equipment's supply cables and antenna cable. Interfered cables are those which are connected to electronic devices in the machine. Install the cables as close as possible to earthed (grounded) sheet metal surfaces, since the sheet metal has a shielding effect.
Prresen ntation
18 8
Sa afetyy comp ponentss
Safety components Genuine Volvo spare parts guarantee the best service life, reliability, and safety for the machine and operator. If reliable and purpose-built parts are not used, your safety, health, and the machine's function may be compromised. Contact your dealer and state the machine's model designation/serial number (PINnumber) when ordering spare parts. Position of PIN-plate, see section "Product plates". Your Volvo dealer always has up-to-date spare part information that is updated at regular intervals via the information system PROSIS.
Sa afety-c cla assiffied ma achiine an nd spa are pa arts Safety-classified machine and spare parts means that the components are intended to fulfil a safety function.
Ex xam mples off saffety-c cla assiffied ma achiine pa arts/sspa are pa arts Removable protective devices/guards over rotating parts and hot surfaces Protective plates, rails, covers, and steps Components included in systems to reduce sound and vibrations Components included in systems to improve the operator's visibility Complete operator's seat incl. seatbelt Decals and plates Cab filter NO OTE! Safety-classified machine and spare parts shall be reinstalled, repaired, or replaced immediately if they have been removed or damaged. When changing machine operator/owner, malfunctions and defects of safety-classified machine and spare parts shall be reported immediately and an action plan shall be established. There is more important information in this Operator’s Manual about the components that are considered safety-classified.
Prresen ntation
Prroduct pllates
19 9
Product plates Please refer to the figure below to locate the product plate, engine plate, cab plate and attachment plates. Always use the Product Identification Number (PIN) provided on the vehicle and/or engine plates for troubleshooting purposes and/or when ordering spare parts.
2
5
1
3 1
4
V1106840
Prroduct pllate
This plate with Product Identification Number, PIN, for the complete machine indicates the model designation, serial number and when applicable, machine weight, engine power, manufacturing year and CE approval. The plate is positioned on the right side of the superstructure.
2
En ngine
The engine type designation, part and serial numbers are stamped on the top of valve cover.
Prresen ntation
20 0
Prroduct pllates 3
Attachment quick coupler
This nameplate is attached on the outside of the quick coupler and indicates the supplier code, serial number, part number and weight.
4
Bu uckett
This nameplate is attached on the top of the bucket and indicates the bucket model order number, serial number, supplier code, rated capacity, weight, cutting width, tooth part number and adapter part number.
5
Ca ab
The nameplate is attached on the inside of the cab and indicates the product number, serial number, model type, and weight.
Prresen ntation
In nfo ormation an nd wa arning de ecalls
21 1
Information and warning decals Information and warning decals are affixed to the machine on strategic locations to remind operators and maintenance personnel specific safety precautions. All decals are not installed on all machines, as they are market and machine dependent. The decals must be kept free from dirt, so that they can be read and understood. If a decal is lost or becomes illegible, it must be replaced immediately. The part number (order number) is given on the respective decals and in the Parts Catalogue. NO OTE! The word WARNING is given on the warning decals for North America.
34 18
6
20
7 35
6 31 6 31 21
31 6 32 22
36 8 9
5
33 6
13
37,38 10
14 50 12
16
43 1
39 42
11
40
15 4
20
48 44 3
45
17 2
15
38
46
49
23
19 41 47
48
19
V1106835
Prresen ntation
22 2
In nfo ormation and d wa arn ning de ecals s
Warning decals
V1079477
1
WARNING! Read the Operator's manual. (Spare part number in USA: 13935003)
3
WARNING! When leaving the machine, move the control lockout lever down to lock the hydraulic system.
5
WARNING! Hot and pressurised coolant when opening radiator cap.
V1065357
2
WARNING! High pressure, do not unscrew the recoil spring when tensioning tracks – read the Operator's manual. See page 246.
4
WARNING! Do not start the engine.
6
WARNING! Do not step on this surface. (Spare part number in USA: 11026072)
V1065342
V1079483
V1065343
V1065344
Presen ntation
In nformation an nd wa arning de ecalls
V1092982
7
WARNING! Do not use floating function while the machine is jacked up – read the Operator's manual. Boom floating (option). See page 168.
V1079478
9
WARNING! High voltage, keep safe distance from electrical power lines. Read the Operator's manual. See page 159.
V1079480
11 WARNING! Risk of explosion – read the Operator's manual. See page 262.
23 3
V1093037
8
WARNING! Operating the optional attachment. Equipment may strike the cab or machine.
V1079484
10 WARNING! No smoking when fuel filling.
V1079479
12 WARNING! Hot surfaces and rotating parts
Prresen ntation
24
In nfo ormation and d wa arn ning de ecals s
V1093038
13 WARNING! Risk of falling from machine.
V1093039
15 WARNING! Raised attachment, keep a safe distance from the machine. (Spare part number in USA: 11027566)
V1065356
17 Be careful when opening the cab door. Risk of cab door window damage.
V1077433
14 WARNING! Risk of electrical shock, corrosive burns and explosion – read the Operator's manual.
V1065355
16 WARNING! Lock the windshield. WARNING! Insert safety lock before getting into hazardous area.
V1118610
18 WARNING! Check and drain the water. See page 220 and 222.
Prresen ntation
In nfo ormation an nd wa arning deccalls
V1093043
V1065358
19 WARNING! Crushing area, keep a safe distance from the machine. (Spare part number in USA: 13935000)
V1093040
21 WARNING! Risk of visual distortion through roof window – read the Operator's manual.
V1093045
23 WARNING! Engine preheater (option).
25 5
20 WARNING! Before working after connecting and disconnecting attachment – read the Operator's manual. (Attachment quick coupler, option)
V1093044
22 WARNING! Rotating parts (Spare part number in USA: 13935001).
Prresen ntation
26
In nfo ormation and d wa arn ning de ecalls
Information decals
V1065364
V1185318
32 Idle Validation Switch. See page 33.
31 Lifting point .
V1065366
33 Coolant information – read the Operator's manual. See page 230.
V1065368
35 Lifting capacity. See page 308.
V1065367
34 Mode application (option).
V1099522
36 Lever and pedal functions (option).
Prresen ntation
In nformation an nd wa arning de ecalls
V1065370
27 7
V1093046
37 Machine position when checking hydraulic oil level.
38 Type of hydraulic oil filled at factory (option).
V1065373
V1093053
39 Lifting instruction See page 152.
40 Battery disconnect switch.
250
V1093052
41 Sound pressure level in cab (option).
V1065376
43 Optional pedal operation (option).
V1065375
42 Greasing interval – read the Operator's manual.
V1065377
44 Optional pedal operation (option).
Prresen ntation
28
In nfo ormation and d wa arn ning de ecalls
V1068021
V1093054
45 Sound power level outside machine.
V1065380
47 Emergency exit.
(* )
46 Lubrication and service chart. See page 268.
V1065381
48 Tie-down point.
LONG LIFE HYDRAULIC OIL V1065382
49 Long life hydraulic oil. See page 257.
: :
V1178089
Refrigerant information. See page 206 and 291.
V1068022
50 Hood stay lever operation.
Prresen ntation
US SA fe ederal cle ean aiir acct
29 9
USA federal clean air act The Federal Clean Air Act Section 203.a (3) prohibits the removal of air pollution control devices or the modification of an EPAcertified non-road engine to a non certified configuration. The Federal regulations implementing the Clean Air Act for nonroad engines, 40 CFR 89.1003(a)(3)(i), reads as follows: Th he fo ollowing ac ctss an nd th he cau usin ng th hereo of arre prroh hibited: Fo or a pe erson n to o rem mov ve orr ren nder in noperattive a de evic ce orr ellemen nt off de esig gn in nsta alled on n orr in n a no on-roa ad en ngine veh hicle e orr eq quipmen nt in n com mplliance wiith th he reg gulations un nder th his pa art prrio or to o itts salle an nd de eliverry to o th he ulltimatte pu urcha aserr orr fo or a pe erson n kno owingly to o rem mov ve orr ren nder in noperattive suc ch a de evic ce orr nt off de esig gn affter th he salle an nd de eliverry to o th he ulltimatte ellemen pu urcha aserr. Th he la aw prres scrib bes a fiine off up p to o $2 2,750 US SD fo or ea ach vio olation. An example of a prohibited modifications is the recalibration of the fuel system so that the engine will exceed the certified horsepower or torque. You should not make a change to an EPA-certified non-road engine that would result in an engine that does not match the engine configuration certified to meet the Federal Standards.
Cu usto omer As ssis sta ance Volvo Construction Equipment wishes to help assure that the Emission Control System Warranty is properly administered. In the event that you do not receive the warranty service to which you believe you are entitled under the Emission Control System Warranty, you should contact the nearest Volvo Construction Equipment regional office for assistance.
No ormal no on-road en ngine us se The maintenance instructions are based on the assumption that this conventional machine will be used as designated in the operator's instruction manual and operated only with the specified fuel and lubrication oils.
Prresen ntation
30 0
US SA fe ederal cle ean n aiir acct Non-road engine maintenance This is a non-road engine of conventional design and any local dealer may perform the necessary non-road emission control maintenance as defined in this manual. Volvo recommends that the purchaser use the service program for the non-road engine, known as preventative maintenance, including the recommended engine emission control maintenance. In order to document that the proper regular maintenance has been performed on the non-road engine, Volvo recommends that the owner keep all records and receipts of such maintenance. These records or receipts should be transferred to each subsequent purchaser of the non-road engine.
Se ervic ce pe erformed by y you ur lo ocall de ealer Your local dealer is best suited to give you good, dependable service since he has trained service technicians and is equipped with genuine original manufacturer's parts and special tools and the latest technical publications. Discuss your servicing and maintenance requirements with your local dealer. He can tailor a maintenance program for your needs. For scheduled service or maintenance, it is advisable to contact your local dealer in advance to arrange for an appointment to ensure availability of the correct equipment and service technician to work on your machine. In this way you will assist your local dealer in reducing the time required to do service on your machine.
Prreven ntive ma aintenance prrogram In order for the conventional non-road engine to retain the reliability and performance parameters such as noise level and emission levels it had when delivered, it is essential that it receives regularly scheduled service, inspections, adjustments, and maintenance.
Prresen ntation
US SA fe ederal cle ean airr acct
31 1
Fuel system Fuel recommendations: The fuel used must be clean, completely distilled, stable and noncorrosive. Distillation range, cetane level and sulfur content are most important when selecting fuel for optimum combustion and minimum wear. Engine working conditions and ambient temperature influence the selection of the fuel with respect to cold handling properties and cetane levels. In cold weather conditions, below 0 ºC (32 ºF), the use of lighter distillate or higher cetane level fuel are recommended. (Final boiling point maximum 349 ºC (660 ºF) and cetane minimum 45.). In order to avoid excessive sedimentation and to minimise the emissions of sulfur dioxide, the fuel's sulfur content should be as low as possible. The diesel fuels recommended for use shall meet ASTM designation: D 975 no. 1D (C-B) or no. 2D (T-T) with a cetane level above 42 and sulfur content not exceeding 0.05 percent by weight. Ch heck fo or fu uel le eaks (with the engine running at high idle):: Visually check unions and hose connections. Ch heck th he con ndition off th he fu uel ho oses s fo or: Ageing Cracks Blisters Scuffing Ch heck th he con ndition off th he fu uel ta ank: Drain condensation water. Check for cracks. Check for leaks. Check the mounting. Ch heck th he tu urbo ocha arge er: Visually check for leaks in the intake hoses and exhaust pipe of the turbocharger.
In nstrrument pa anels
32 2
Instrument panels WARNING Risk of serious injury. Operating the machine without sufficient skills and knowledge of the content in the Operator’s Manual could lead to loss of machine control and could cause serious injuries including death. Ca areffully rea ad th hrou ugh th he Op perattor’s s Man nual an nd le earn th he wa arniing sig gns, symbo ols an nd op peratting in nstrruc ctiions be efore atttemptting to o op peratte th he mac chiine.
1
2
4
3
V1065383
1
Front instrument panel (I-ECU)
2
Right instrument panel
3
Left instrument panel
4
Rear instrument panel
In nstrrument pa anels
In nstrrument pa anel, le eft
Instrument panel, left
1 2 3 4
V1183302
1
Remote control switch for audio
3
Interior light switch
2
Attachment quick coupler switch, left (optional equipment)
4
Idle Validation Switch
1
1
4
5
2
6
3
7 V1065648
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Power Search up Search down Select radio/MP3/AUX Volume up Volume down Mute
Re emote con ntrol swiitch fo or au udio
33 3
In nstrrument pa anels
34 4
In nstrrument pa anel, le eft 2 Attachment quick coupler switch, left (optional equipment)
1
This switch has 2 different functions of the attachment quick coupler according to the operating condition.
V1140835
Press down 1: Attachment quick coupler, opening control The switch is returned automatically. Press the switch for more than 0.7 seconds to open the attachment quick coupler. When the attachment quick coupler is open, the buzzer sounds and the warning message and indicator are displayed on the IECU.
WARNING
Q/ coupler unlocked V1191368
Warning! Quick coupler unlocked
NO OTE! The attachment quick coupler switch for initiating on the right instrument panel must be pressed first to activate this switch. See page 66 for the operation. Press down 1: Attachment quick coupler, confirming control When the check message for confirming appears on the I-ECU, press the switch for more than 0.7 seconds to confirm that the attachment quick coupler is locked. Then the buzzer sound will be turned off and the check message and indicator will disappear.
Check
Confirm Q/ coupler V1191369
Confirm quick coupler is locked
In nstrrument pa anels
In nstrrument pa anel, le eft 3
35 5
Interior light switch
For ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) cab
1
Only when this switch is at "ON" position (1), the switch (A) connected to the interior light will work. The reading light (D) can be turned on by switch (C) regardless of interior light switch.
0
Position 0 Position 1
V1065651
A
Interior light is switched OFF Interior light is switched ON
B C D
V1065652
1
Fo or no on RO OPS (Ro oll Ovverr Prottectiive Strruc ctu ure)) cab b
2
0
Position 0
V1106869
A V1106868
Position 1 Position 2
Interior light (A) will be turned on when the cab door is open. After closing the cab door, the interior light will be turned off automatically. Interior light is switched OFF Interior light is switched ON
In nstrrument pa anels
36 6
In nstrrument pa anel,, le eft 4
Idle Validation Switch (IVS)
Position 1 Position 2
1 2
V1183990
High idling speed (H mode) Exception: G1 mode for North America. Low idling speed (I2 mode)
This switch is used when the engine speed control switch does not work because of engine speed control switch failure (SW2701-12), V-ECU failure (SID 253-12) or communication failures (PSID201-9 and PID 91-9 occur simultaneously). When this happens, the engine speed will be down to low idling speed automatically. In this case, the performance in I2 or H mode is obtained, but move the machine to safe area for repair. Contact Volvo Construction Equipment dealer and repair the damaged part as soon as possible.
In nstrrument pa anels
In nstrrument pa anell, frront
37 7
Instrument panel, front The front instrument panel can be adjusted for operator's comfort. NO OTE! Prevent machine damage by taking proper action. Read thoroughly and understand the instructions in this section to familiarize yourself with the front instrument panel before attempting machine operation.
V1065385
Adjustable direction of I-ECU
NO OTE! The front instrument panel is designed to display one of supported languages. Refer to page 42 for details on how to set the language and the units.
1 2 F
A
I
3 4 5
F
C
G
7 8
H P
1800 rpm FLOW
10
9
240L CLIMATE
AUTO
AC
6 V1129237
I--ECU
Ke eypa ad
1
Central warning lamp screen
7
Arrow up
2
Gauge screen
8
Arrow down
3
Engine speed screen
9
ESC button
4
Mode screen
10
Select button
5
Time and ECC screen
6
Indicator screen
A
Main screen
In nstrrument pa anels
38 8
In nstrrument pa anel, frrontt 1
Central warning lamp
There are two different types of lamp. - Warning - Check
A
B V1065386
A Warning (with red color) B Check (with yellow color)
For more information, see page 42.
NO OTICE If th he cen ntrall wa arniing la amp is s fllashiing orr liights up p wh hile op peratting, fo ollow th he in nstrruc ctiions on n th he diispllay un nit.
2
Ga auges
The gauges are always shown unless warning message is activated.
F
V1065454
Fu uel le evell The gauge shows the level in the fuel tank and it has a red mark on the left end indicating "fuel empty". When the gauge is in this region, the oil left is about 10% of total tank capacity. Refuel the machine immediately in order to avoid air entering into the system. If the machine runs out of fuel during operation, refuel and refer to page 219 for proper instructions to bleed the air out of the fuel system. The capacities of fuel tank, see page 283. Eng gine coo olant te empe eratture The gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant and it has a red mark on the right end meaning "engine overheated".
C
NO OTICE V1065455
The red d cen ntrall wa arniing la amp fllashe es, iff th he coo olant te empe eratture be ecom mes s ab bnormallly hiigh. Sto op th he en ngine im mmed diately an nd in nves stiigate th he cau use..
In nstrrument pa anels
In nstrrument pa anel, frront 3
G
F
H P
1635 rpm 2 1 2 3
3
Engine speed
Engine speed screen is displayed when the "Menu screen" is not shown in "Main screen". For main menu screen, see page 42. The "Engine speed step" selected on "Engine speed control switch" is displayed on an engine speed graph that is a segmented rainbow-coloured bar graph. The actual speed is displayed below the engine speed graph (maximum four-digit number). When the engine is turned off, engine speed is displayed as "0",
1
I
39
V1106882
Engine speed step Working mode index Actual engine speed
NOTE! Engine speed and working mode may vary according to the optional equipment.
4 FLOW
200L
Mo ode scre ee n
Calculated value for X1 flow option is displayed on the segment called "Flow segment". Refer to page 42 for flow setting instructions.
V1065459
Flow rate for X1
5
CLIMATE
10:37
AUTO
25
AC V1065460
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time Air conditioner mode Temperature Fan speed Air flow direction Air flow circulation Air-conditioning status
Tim me an nd EC CC
Time segment displays current time. Refer to page 42 for instructions on how to set current time in the main screen. ECC segment displays the status of the ECC (Electronic Climate Control unit). This includes temperature setting, fan speed, airflow direction, circulation, and air-conditioning status. Refer to page 96 for more details.
In nstrrument pa anels
40 0
In nstrrument pa anel,, frront 6
V1129238
1 2
Function indicators Warning indicators SAE ISO V1065462
Fixed indicators and positions
Indicators
Indicator screen displays indicators as symbols that represent important meaning to inform the users easily and quickly. Indicators are divided into two, function indicator and warning indicator. - Indicators fill the space from left to right. - An Indicator that has higher priority is put on the left side of the one that has lower priority. - Indicators in both sides can extended their displaying area to the other side if there is no indicator in the other side. - When the all area is filled and there are more indicators to display, indicators keep replacing the others so that the user can see all indicators. In ndicattors an nd th heir prrio oritties arre as s fo ollows,
Fun nctiion in ndicattors
V1065463
1
Air preheating
5
Float position (optional equipment)
V1065468
V1065465
2 Hammer selected (optional equipment)
V1129236
6 Power boost selected
V1065466
3 Shear selected (optional equipment)
Service mode selected (fixed position)
V1065472
Message indicator (fixed position)
4 Overload indicator (optional equipment)
V1065469
7 Rototilt selected
SAE ISO V1065471
V1065467
V1065473
Pattern changer status (fixed position)
BHL V1065474
Pattern changer status (fixed position)
In nstrrument pa anels
In nstrrument pa anell, frront Warning indicators
V1065475
1
Low engine oil pressure
5
Open attachment quick coupler (optional equipment) Stop the work immediately if the bucket is still attached to the bracket
V1065479
V1065484
9
Clogged engine air filter
V1065476
2 Low coolant level
V1065480
6 Wrong battery charge
V1065486
10 Low fuel level
V1065467
3 Overload (optional equipment) Warning! Stop the lifting operation and reduce the load.
V1065481
7 High engine coolant temperature
V1065487
11 High hydraulic oil temperature
V1065478
4 Low engine oil level
V1065483
8 Pattern changer warning
V1065488
12 Seat belt
41 1
In nstrrument pa anels
42 2
Diispllay un nit
Display unit Start sequence Initial start sequence is performed as follows. A Volvo logo If the operator turns the ignition switch to the operating position, the Volvo logo on the I-ECU screen lights up for a few seconds.
V1178185
B Initializing After the Volvo logo lights up, the operator can see the status of initialization process that is required by the operating system. At this step, I-ECU will initialize all internal devices and its operating system. F
C
NO OTE! It takes a few seconds for the system to turn on the initial status; however, if the battery disconnect switch is turned off, it will take a few seconds longer for the system to initiate after the switch is turned back on. The machine can be turned on and engine mode can be changed during this period.
Initializing
V1178186
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit
43
C Anti-theft system (optional equipment) The optional anti-theft system is only displayed if this optional equipment is selected. - Enter operator code: To display this screen on start sequence, certain time should be passed after turning off the engine. The default time is 30 seconds and it is changeable. Contact your Volvo dealer to activate/deactivate this function. After entering the operator code, SELECT button should be pressed. Enter operator code * * * * Confirm:
V1178187
F
D Daily maintenance The operator can see the daily maintenance items once a day. This screen is dismissed by pressing ESC button or SELECT button and disappears automatically after 5 seconds if there is no button input. - Engine oil level - Coolant level - Water separator - Air cleaner - Hydraulic oil level
C
Daily maintenance Engine oil level Coolant level Water separator Air cleaner Hydraulic oil level
V1178203
E Initial camera screen (if installed) All the cameras installed on the machine will be displayed on the I-ECU. The initial camera screen is dismissed by pressing the camera button on the keypad. NO OTE! Press the camera button on the keypad for the camera views when operating the machine. For detailed information about camera control, see page 109.
V1178189
In nstrrument pa anels
44 4
Diispllay un nitt F Main screen After the initial camera screen is dismissed, the main screen is displayed. F
F
I
NO OTE! Indicator for seat belt will be displayed for 3 seconds on the "Daily maintenance" screen or main screen. Fasten the seat belt before operating the machine.
C
G
H P
0 rpm FLOW
240L CLIM ATE
AC
AUTO
V1178204
Ma ain me en u F
C
F
G
The main menu is reached by pressing the SELECT button on the keypad. Scroll the list by using the arrow buttons on the keypad. When a folder is highlighted, its sub screens are shown when pressing the SELECT button. Use the arrow buttons to scroll between the sub screens. Interrupt the action at any time by pressing the ESC button on the keypad.
H P
I
805 rpm FLOW
240L CLIMATE
AUTO
AC
SELECT
ESC
F
C
Engine
SELECT
Engine Oil Pressure
Hydraulics Electrical system
0
Vehicle information Oil Level
Service Setup
ESC Lo
Hi
V1065498
Su ubscre eens 1 Engine - Oil pressure: This shows the measured value of the engine oil pressure. When the bar graph is green, the value is ok, within normal operation range. When the bar graph is red, the value is abnormal. - Oil level: This shows the measured value of the engine oil level. When the bar graph is green, the value is ok, within normal operation range. When the bar graph is yellow, the value is abnormal.
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit F
2 Hydraulics - Oil temperature: This shows the measured value of hydraulic oil temperature. When the bar graph is green, the value is ok, within normal operation range. When the bar graph is red, the value is abnormal. - Hammer op. hours (optional equipment) : This shows the counted value of hammer operating time in the unit of hour.
C
Engine
SELECT
Hydraulics Oil Temperature
Hydraulics Electrical system
Hi
Vehicle information Service
45 5
ESC
Setup
NO OTE! Refer to this "Hammer op. hours" for service interval when replacing the hammer return filter.
Hammer op. hours 14h V1065499
Hydraulics X1 work tool
40bar
X3 response mode
Toggle ESC
Hydraulics
Hydraulics
SELECT
SHEAR 140L 40bar
X3 response mode Active
1way
X1 work tool
X1 work tool SHEAR
X1 work tool HAMMER 40L
HAMMER
Active
- X1 work tool (optional equipment) : This informs the operator which tool is selected at the moment. It also allows the operator to select a preset tool showing the name and settings of each tool. When pressing the arrow button, another preset work tool is displayed. When pressing the SELECT button for another tool, the screen reverts the screen to the former screen displaying the name of the newly selected tool.
Hydraulics SELECT
Push SELECT
2way V1091200
Hydraulics
Hydraulics SELECT
X3 response mode
X3 response mode
Active Active Normal Soft ESC
Hydraulics X3 response mode
Hydraulics SELECT
X3 response mode
Normal Active Normal Soft V1091201
- X3 response mode (optional equipment) : This informs the operator which X3 response mode is selected at the moment. It also allows to select a response mode from 3 different modes. The operator can select a X3 response mode from the three modes with the arrow buttons. When pressing the SELECT button, the marked response mode is set. The screen reverts to the former screen displaying the name of the newly selected item. - Active - Normal - Soft Operator can adjust the movement sensitivity of attachments when operating the levers. "Active" mode is the most sensitive.
In nstrrument pa anels
46 6
Diispla ay un nitt F
3 Electrical system - Voltage: This shows the measured value of voltage of the battery. When the bar graph is green, the value is ok, within normal operation range. When the bar graph is red, the value is abnormal. 4 Vehicle information
C
Electrical syst. SELECT
Engine
Voltage
Hydraulics Electrical system
Min
Max
Vehicle information Service
ESC
Setup V1065520
F
- Model: This shows the model name of the machine. - Serial number: This shows the serial number of the machine.
C
Vehicle information SELECT
Engine
Model
Hydraulics
ECXXXD
Electrical system Serial number
Vehicle information Service
ESC
XXXXXXXXX
Setup V1091437
Vehicle information
Vehicle information SELECT
Work timer 37h 43min
Work timer Reset work time
Average fuel cons 2L/h
No :
ESC
Yes :
Vehicle information Average fuel cons 2L/h Current fuel cons Lo
Hi
Vehicle information Current fuel cons Lo
Hi
Ambient temp 25.0 C V1091441
- Work timer: This shows the counted working time. - Reset work timer : Work time can be reset by pressing the SELECT button when the "Work timer" value is highlighted. Pressing SELECT button results in a "Yes/No" question on the screen. Press ESC button for "No" or SELECT button for "Yes". - Average fuel cons.: This shows the calculated average fuel consumption from the last 24 hours. - Current fuel cons.: This shows the calculated fuel consumption at the time. - Ambient temp: This shows the measured ambient temperature.
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit
F
C SELECT
Engine Hydraulics Electrical system Vehicle information Service
ESC
Setup
Check
Engine oil filter 450/500 V1091572
47
5 Service This subscreen shows the service items with “time remaining” value at once. Press the SELECT button to adjust interval or to check detail information. - Engine oil/filter Interval This shows the value of engine oil/filter interval with the unit of hours. According to engine oil/ filter type, operator can Service adjust engine oil/filter interval. The setting range is 50 ~ 500 Engine oil/filter 450h hours. Fuel filter/Water sep 450h Tiime rem maiining Hydraulic oil 2000h This shows the value of remained time for next engine oil/ Hydraulic oil filter 1900h filter service. When the "Time remaining" reaches at 40 h, 20 h and 0 h, check screen with "Time remaining" and "Interval" will pop V1091442 up on I-ECU. Service the maintenance items which should be serviced in that interval. For the service interval and maintenance items, see page 284. Resett tiime rem maiining? After servicing the maintenance items, the time can be reset. Pressing SELECT button results in a "Yes/No" question on the screen. Press ESC button for "No " or SELECT button for "Yes". When the time is reset, the next service interval and "Time remaining" will be displayed. If operator does not replace the engine oil/filter and reset this value it turns to zero to negative. Service Engine oil/filter
450h
SELECT
Fuel filter/ Water sep 450h Hydraulic oil
2000h
Hydraulic oil filter
1900h
Service Engine oil/filter
SELECT
Service Engine oil/filter
Interval : 500h
475h
Time remaining : 450h ESC
ESC
Service
Service Engine oil/filter
SELECT
Engine oil/filter Reset time remaining?
Interval : 500h Time remaining : 255h 450h ESC
No :
ESC
Yes : V1091443
In nstrrument pa anels
48 8
Diispla ay un nit - Fuel filter/Water sep Interval This shows the value of fuel filter/Water separator interval with the unit of hours. Operator can adjust fuel filter/Water separator interval. The setting range is 50 ~ 500 hours. Tiime rem maiining This shows the value of remained time for next fuel filter/ Water separator service. When the "Time remaining" reaches at 40 h, 20 h and 0 h, check screen with "Time remaining" and "Interval" will pop up on I-ECU. Service the maintenance items which should be serviced in that interval. For the service interval and maintenance items, see page 284. Resett tiime rem maiining? After servicing the maintenance items, the time can be reset. Pressing SELECT button results in a "Yes/No" question on the screen. Press ESC button for "No " or SELECT button for "Yes". When the time is reset, the next service interval and "Time remaining" will be displayed. If operator does not maintain the parts and reset this value it turns to zero to negative. Service Engine oil/filter
Service 450h
SELECT
Fuel filter/ Water sep 450h Hydraulic oil Hydraulic oil filter
Fuel filter/ Water sep
Service SELECT
Fuel filter/ Water sep
Interval : 500h
2000h
475h
Time remaining : 450h
1900h ESC
ESC
Service
Service Fuel filter/ Water sep
SELECT
Fuel filter/ Water sep Reset time remaining?
Interval : 500h Time remaining : 255h 450h ESC
No :
ESC
Yes : V1091444
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit
49 9
- Hydraulic oil Interval This shows the value of hydraulic oil interval with the unit of hours. Operator can adjust hydraulic oil interval. The setting range is 100 ~ 5000 hours. Tiime rem maiining This shows the value of remained time for next hydraulic oil service. When the "Time remaining" reaches at 40 h, 20 h and 0 h, check screen with "Time remaining" and "Interval" will pop up on I-ECU. Service the maintenance items which should be serviced in that interval. For the service interval and maintenance items, see page 284. Resett tiime rem maiining? After servicing the maintenance items, the time can be reset. Pressing SELECT button results in a "Yes/No" question on the screen. Press ESC button for "No " or SELECT button for "Yes". When the time is reset, the next service interval and "Time remaining" will be displayed. If operator does not maintain the parts and reset this value it turns to zero to negative. Ha ammerr op p. ho ours This shows the counted value of hammer operating time in the unit of hour. “Hammer op. hours” is not adjustable. it is automatically reset to zero when “Time remaining” is reset and shows the hammer operating hours from the reset point. Service Engine oil/filter
Service 450h
SELECT
Fuel filter/ Water sep 450h Hydraulic oil Hydraulic oil filter
Service SELECT
Hydraulic oil Interval :
2000h
Hydraulic oil
3000h
3000h
Time remaining : 2000h
1900h ESC
Hammer Op hours: 0h
ESC
Service
Service Hydraulic oil
SELECT
Hydraulic oil Reset time remaining?
Interval : 3000h Time remaining : 255h 2000h Hammer Op hours: 0h
ESC
No :
ESC
Yes : V1091445
In nstrrument pa anels
50 0
Diispla ay un nit - Hydraulic oil filter Interval This shows the value of hydraulic oil filter interval with the unit of hours. Operator can adjust hydraulic oil filter interval. The setting range is 100 ~ 2000 hours. Tiime rem maiining This shows the value of remained time for next hydraulic oil filter service. When the "Time remaining" reaches at 40 h, 20 h and 0 h, check screen with "Time remaining" and "Interval" will pop up on I-ECU. Service the maintenance items which should be serviced in that interval. For the service interval and maintenance items, see page 284. Resett tiime rem maiining? After servicing the maintenance items, the time can be reset. Pressing SELECT button results in a "Yes/No" question on the screen. Press ESC button for "No " or SELECT button for "Yes". When the time is reset, the next service interval and "Time remaining" will be displayed. If operator does not maintain the part and reset this value it turns to zero to negative. Ha ammerr op p. ho ours This shows the counted value of hammer operating time in the unit of hour. “Hammer op. hours” is not adjustable. it is automatically reset to zero when “Time remaining” is reset and shows the hammer operating hours from the reset point. Service Engine oil/filter
Service 450h
SELECT
Fuel filter/ Water sep 450h Hydraulic oil Hydraulic oil filter
Service
Hydraulic oil filter Interval :
2000h
SELECT
Hydraulic oil filter
2000h
2000h
Time remaining : 1900h
1900h ESC
Hammer Op hours: 0h
ESC
Service
Service Hydraulic oil filter
SELECT
Hydraulic oil filter Reset time remaining?
Interval : 3000h Time remaining : 255h 2000h Hammer Op hours: 0h
ESC
No :
ESC
Yes : V1091534
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit F
51 1
6 Setup There are sub items, "X1 work tool", "X3 Operation", "Auto idle time”, “Language", "Units", "Time/Date", "Display light" and "Keypad backlight".
C
Engine Hydraulics Electrical system Vehicle information Service Setup
V1065527
Setup SELECT
X1 work tool
Setup X1 work tool New Enter X1/X3 password ****
X3 Operation Auto idle time Language Units
ESC
Setup X1 work tool New Change Delete
Setup X1 work tool New Change Delete
V1091596
- X1 work tool This is to preset the X1 setting so that operators use it just by selecting the tool from the list. Entter X1//X3 pa asswo ord: Enter the password to proceed the setting for X1 tools. The password screen is displayed when the password is ever set by VCADS Pro. There are 3 sub items which are, - New - Change - Delete Use the arrow buttons to place the cursor (highlighting bar) on the required item, and then press the SELECT button.
In nstrrument pa anels
52 2
Diispla ay un nitt New The New setting is used to add new X1 tools. Follow the steps from 1 through 7, described below, to set and "Save" the parameters for the new attachment desired.
Setup X1 work tool New Name ----
NO OTE! If "Save" procedure described in 7 is not done, all settings are cancelled automatically.
Flow ---SELECT
Setup X1 work tool New Name -----------
V
SELECT
Setup
Setup
X1 work tool
X1 work tool ESC
New
-----------
New Name
Name
V----------
V
V
SELECT
Setup
Setup X1 work tool New Name
3 sec SELECT
X1 work tool New Name
VO LVO01 Flow
VOLVO01--
1
---V1065539
1 Select "New" after entering "X1 work tool". 2 Name: Enter the name of the tool. - Use the arrow UP and arrow DOWN button to select the characters (A,B...Z,0,1...9). - Use SELECT button to enter the selected character. - Use ESC button to delete the character entered. - Press SELECT button more than 3 seconds to save the name. - Press ESC button more than 3 seconds to escape without saving the name.
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit Setup
Setup X1 work tool
SELECT
X1 work tool New
New
Flow
Flow ----
200L
Pressure ----
Setup
Setup X1 work tool
SELECT
X1 work tool New
New
Pressure
Pressure ----
40bar
Control ----
Setup X1 work tool
Setup SELECT
New
X1 work tool New
Control ----
Control Toggle Push Proportional
Attachment ----
X1 work tool
X1 work tool New Attachment ---Save ----
SELECT
3 Flow: Set the flow rate when this optional function is selected. - Select the preferred flow rate value using arrow buttons. - Save the selected value using the SELECT button. Use ESC button to escape without saving. 4 Pressure: Set the pressure when this optional function is selected. - Select the preferred pressure value using arrow buttons. - Save the selected value using the SELECT button. Use ESC button to escape without saving. 5 Control: Choose the control type. - Select the preferred control type using arrow buttons. - Save the selected item using the SELECT button. Use ESC button to escape without saving. For the information of control types, see page 65. - Toggle - Push - Proportional 6 Attachment: Choose the 1 way or 2 way control. - Select the preferred setting using arrow buttons. - Save the selected item using the SELECT button. Use ESC button to escape without saving. 7 Save: Save the setting. - Select "Save" and press the SELECT button to save all the setting including "Name", "Flow", "Pressure", "Control", and "Attachment". NO OTE! After entering the new settings, the "Save" procedure should be done to record the new parameters into the system memory. If "Save" procedure is not done, all the settings will be cancelled automatically.
Setup
Setup
53
New Attachment 1 way 2 way
- If some items are not set up, the error message "Fill out all items" will appear. 8 The added X1 tool is newly listed.
Setup X1 work tool New Save ----
V1095231
In nstrrument pa anels
54 4
Diispllay un nitt Change This is to modify the setting of preset X1 tools. 1 Select "Change" after entering "X1 work tool". 2 Select the tool to be modified using the arrow buttons and press the SELECT button. 3 Follow the same procedures from 2 to 7 explained in "New" section described above to change the setting. 4 There are some restrictions to modify the setting: - The "Name" of two default X1 tools "HAMMER" and "SHEAR" are not modifiable. - The "HAMMER" can not be "2 way". 5 The modified X1 tool is listed.
Setup X1 work tool New Change Delete
SELECT
Setup X1 work tool Change HAMMER SHEAR VOLVO01
Setup X1 work tool
Setup X1 work tool
Change
SELECT
Change Name VOLVO01
HAMMER SHEAR VOLVO01
Flow 200L V1065541
De elete Use the arrow buttons to place the cursor (highlighting bar) on the required item, and then press the SELECT button. To delete the preset "X1 work tool" proceed as follows : 1 Select "Delete" after entering "X1 work tool". 2 Select the tool to delete using arrow buttons and press the SELECT button.
Setup X1 work tool New Change Delete
SELECT
Setup X1 work tool Delete VOLVO01
NO OTE! Current preset X1 tool and default tools are not displayed.
Setup X1 work tool SELECT
3 Are you sure to delete?: Confirming message is displayed on the screen, press the SELECT button for "Yes " or the ESC button for "No".
Delete Are you sure to delete? No :
ESC
Yes : V1065542
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit Setup SELECT
X1 work tool
Setup X3 Operation New Enter X1/X3 password ****
X3 Operation Auto idle time Language Units
ESC
Setup X3 Operation
55
- X3 Operation Enter X1/X3 password: Enter the password to proceed the setting for X3 tools. The password screen is displayed when the password is ever set by VCADS Pro. Place the mark at the preferred item from the three listed with the arrow button. When the SELECT button is pressed, the marked item is set. The screen reverts to the former screen displaying the newly selected item. Refer to page 65 for more detailed information on control types.
New Toggle Push Proportional
V1091597
- Auto idle time The basic concept of “Auto idle” is to reduce fuel consumption. The engine speed will be lowered automatically to idle mode, if Auto idle button ON and any of control levers (pedals) or engine speed control switch are not operated for a certain second. Operator can set Auto idle time from 3 second to 20 second.
Setup
Setup SELEC T
X1 work tool
Auto idle time
X3 Operation 5sec
Auto idle time Language Units
ESC V1091660
Setup
Setup SELEC T
X1 work tool
Language New
X3 Operation Auto idle time Language Units
ESC SELECT
SELECT
V1091598
- Language Supported languages are listed in the screen in the form of their own languages. Use the arrow buttons to scroll up and down to find your specific language. Press the SELECT button to select the chosen. The screen reverts to the former screen displaying the newly selected language When the operator sets a language that is not English, "Lang" is written in both the selected languages and English.
In nstrrument pa anels
56 6
Diispllay un n it - Units Two unit systems is displayed : "Metric" and "US". Operator can select one of the two using the arrow button and save it by pressing SELECT button. The units stored in I-ECU are as follows.
Setup
Setup SELEC T
X1 work tool
Units
X3 Operation
Metric
Auto idle time
US
Language Units
ESC V1091599
Ittems
Mettric c
US S
Tiime
h
h
Flluid ratte
l//h
US Sga al/h
Vollume
L
US Sga al
Volltage
V
V
Cu urren nt
A
A
Te empe eratture
°C C
°F
Re evollution
rpm m
rpm m
Spe eed
km/h h
mph h
Pres ssurre
ba ar
ps si
ance Diista
km
mille
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit
57 7
- Time/Date
Time/Date
Time/Date
Language Units
Setup
Setup
Setup
SELECT
SELECT
Clock format
Time/Date
Date format
Display light
Time/Date set
Clock format 24h AM/PM
Keypad backlingt
Setup
Setup
Time/Date
Time/Date Clock format
Date format SELECT
yy/mm/dd dd/mm/yy mm/dd/yy
Date format Time/Date set
Setup
Setup
Time/Date Clock format Date format Time/Date set
Time/Date SELECT
Time/Date set mm/dd/yy 24h 02 23 / 06 05:38
V1091658
Clock format: The items "24h" and "AM/PM" decide how the I-ECU describes the time, 24-hour-system or 12-hoursystem. Da ate fo ormatt: The items "yy/mm/dd", "dd/mm/yy", and "mm/ dd/yy" decide how the I-ECU describes the date. "yy" means year, "mm" means month, and "dd" means day. Tiime//Date sett: This is to adjust the time and date. The preset clock and date format is shown in the first row of the screen. Operator can adjust the time and date with arrow, ESC and SELECT buttons. SELECT and ESC buttons are used to proceed or go back the cursor. Arrow buttons are used to adjust each segment of the time and date.
In nstrrument pa anels
58 8
Diispllay un nit - Display light This is to change the contrast of the I-ECU. The adjusting bar in the screen is controlled by arrow buttons and the value is set by SELECT button. The contrast is adjustable for day and night independently. Co ontras st((Da ay) Co ontras st((Niight) NO OTE! When adjusting the "Contrast(Night)", the working light of the machine should be turned on.
Units Time/Date
Setup
Setup
Setup
Display light
Display light
Language SELECT
Contrast(Day)
SELECT
Contrast(Day)
Contrast(Night) 75%
Display light Keypad backlingt
Setup
Setup
Display light
Display light
Contrast(Night)
Contrast(Day) SELECT
Contrast(Night) 70%
V1091659
- Keypad backlight The brightness of the keypad backlight is changed by the adjustment. The adjusting bar in the screen is controlled by arrow buttons and the value is set by SELECT button. Setup
Setup
Keypad backlight
Language Units Time/Date
SELECT
80%
Display light Keypad backlight V1065548
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit
59 9
7 Vehicle messages This shows the headlines of messages. There are no errors or warning messages in normal operation. If an abnormal condition is sensed, then the message will display the specific error/failure. Contact your Volvo Construction Equipment dealer service department for advise if needed. When pressing the SELECT button to view detail information about a headline, the displayed information replaces the whole "main screen". The contents of information include, - Fault Active - Error Code - Source - First Event - No. of events - Last event Hydraulics Electrical syst. Vehicle information Service Setup Vehicle messages
SELECT
Vehicle messages
Coolant level low
Coolant level low
--Warning-Fault Active : Yes Error Code : SE2603-01 Source : EECU First Event : 20100503 No. of events :1 Last event : 20100531
Communication failure
SELECT
V1095232
In nstrrument pa anels
60 0
Diispla ay un nitt Popup messages
F
F
C
Close :
A
C
ESC
info :
B
C
V1065550
Po opup scre eens A
nfo In
Inffo scre een
B
eck Che
Che eck scre een
C
arning g Wa
Wa arning g scre een
The popup messages are divided into three groups: 1 Info screen - This screen is to give useful information about the machine. - The main screen is replaced by a green-outlined box with title of "Info". The buzzer alarm sounds on only 1 time. - The "Info screen" disappears automatically in 2 seconds. 2 Check screen - This screen is to inform the operator when a partial failure of the machine is detected. - The main screen is replaced by a yellow-outlined box with title of "Check". The buzzer alarm sounds 4 times. - To get more information about the message on the screen, press the SELECT button. To go back to the user's screen, press the ESC button. 3 Warning screen - This screen is to warn the operator when the electronic system senses a machine malfunction or a safety related failure. Stop the machine immediately and investigate the cause. - The whole I-ECU screen is replaced by a red-outlined box with title of "Warning". - A warning alarm sounds when the "Warning screen" pops up. - When the ESC button is pressed, the warning sound will stop and the central warning lamp will be turned off. To dismiss the "Warning screen", ESC button should be pressed again. The message will not appear again as long as the power is switched on even though the error signal is still valid. - To get more information about the message, refer to the "Vehicle messages" in the main menu. NO OTE! When error messages related with common rail pressure problem happen, buzzer and central warning will keep going on regardless of any key operations. Contact your Volvo Construction Equipment dealer. 1 2 3 4 5
(Errorr mes ssag ges rellated wiith com mmon n raiil prres ssurre)) E-ECU Common rail pressure sensor : SE2309-0/1/2/4/5 E-ECU Effective torque common rail : PPID435-0/1 E-ECU Rail pressure system : PSID96-0/1/4/7/12 E-ECU Pressure release valve : PSID97-0/7/11/14 E-ECU CR fuel control unit(FCU) : PWM2303-3/4/5/6/13
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit Check screen Cab interior temp Sensor failure
Ambient temperature Sensor failure
Climate system error
Engine air heater Failure
Fuel filter clogged Check at next stop
Water in fuel Check at next stop
Engine error Check at next stop
Engine oil temp high
Eng air filter clog Check at next stop
Engine oil level low Check at next stop
Engine speed Sensor failure
Communication failure
Fuel level low Check at next stop
Fuel level Sensor failure
Generator Voltage failure
Clock failure
Error in X1 setting Set X1 work tool
Error in X3 setting Set X3 operation
Cooling fan Failure
Battery relay failure Check at next stop
Auto-lubrication System
Hydraulic system Failure
Start lock RE failure Check at next stop
Float position Failure
Engine oil press low Check at next stop
Boost pressure high Check at next stop
Boost temp high Check at next stop
Eng coolant temp high Check at next stop
Eng coolant level low
Crankcase press high Check at next stop
High system voltage
Low system voltage
Fuel injection Failure
Computer failure
Overload pressure Sensor failure
Fan reverse Relay failure
RPM switch failure
Hammer select Failure
ECU temperature high Check at next stop
Fuse-Relay failure Check at next stop
Shear select Failure
Quick fit failure
Hydraulic oil temp Sensor failure
X1 PWM input failure
X3 PWM input failure
Fuse-PWM failure Check at next stop
Boost pressure low Check at next stop
No Coverage 1st step Get GSM signal
No Coverage 2nd step Get GSM signal
61 1
In nstrrument pa anels
62 2
Diispla ay un nitt Warning screen
Turn off battery sw Engine air heater
Turn off engine Boost temp high
Turn off engine Engine oil press low
Turn off engine Eng coolant level low
Turn off engine Engine oil level low
Turn off engine Boost pressure high
Turn off engine Engine overspeed
Turn off engine Engine oil temp high
Turn off engine Eng coolant temp high
Quick fit failure
Turn off engine Computer failure
Turn off engine Crankcase press high
High system voltage
Travel alarm Relay failure
Low system voltage
Computer failure
Stop lifting Reduce load
Stop machine Pattern signal failure
Hydraulic oil Temperature high
Turn off engine ECU temperature high
No Coverage 3rd step Immo at next stop
Remote immobilization Immo at next stop
GPS ECU failure Immo at next stop
GPS ECU power lost Immo at next stop
GPS cable cut Immo at next stop
Power down Water in fuel
Power down Eng air filter clog
Instrument panels
Display unit
63
Popup messages for China GPS (optional equipment) This function is only available in China and V-ECU communicates with local GPS-ECU which is provided by local supplier. Ch heck scree en - Check screen and indicator will be displayed as below. - Central warning lamp will light up with yellow color. - Check screen and buzzer alarm can be canceled by pressing ESC button.
NO OTE! Move the machine to an open place in order to get GPS (Global Positioning System) and GSM (Global System for Mobile communications) signal. If not, the machine could immobilized after a certain period of time.
No Coverage 1st step Get GSM signal
No Coverage 2nd step Get GSM signal
V1106873
V1106874
No Coverage 1st step Get GSM signal
No Coverage 2nd step Get GSM signal
- If the check screen is closed, indicator displays in the bottom line on I-ECU. - Check screen and buzzer alarm can be come out every 30 minutes after pressing ESC button.
V1106875
In nstrrument pa anels
64 4
Diispla ay un nitt
Warning screen - Warning screen and indicator will be displayed as below. - Central warning lamp will light up with red color. - Warning screen and buzzer alarm can not be canceled by pressing ESC button.
NO OTE! Contact authorized Volvo Construction Equipment dealer immediately.
ECU No Coverage 3rd step Immo at next stop
Remote immobilization Immo at next stop
V1106876
No Coverage 3rd step Immo at next stop
V1106877
Remote immobilization Immo at next stop
ECU
GPS
GPS ECU power lost Immo at next stop
GPS cable cut Immo at next stop
V1106879
GPS ECU power lost Immo at next stop
GPS ECU failure Immo at next stop
V1106880
GPS cable cut Immo at next stop
V1106878
GPS ECU failure Immo at next stop
In nstrrument pa anels
Diispllay un nit
65
Control types for X1 and X3 operation - Toggle - Push - Proportional
Setup X1 work tool New
If a machine has a "proportional control option" for X1 or X3, the user can set one of these 3 types. Otherwise the user is only allowed to set one of 2 types that are "Toggle" or "Push". Refer to page 77 for more details on optional levers.
Control Toggle Push Proportional V1065551
Control types for X1 and X3
V1065552
Control lever with on/off switch
V1065553
Control lever with proportional switch
Controll us sin ng on n/off swiitch on n th he con ntroll le everr 1 Toggle type in I-ECU Actuator for X1 or X3 is activated by pressing the on/off switch on the control lever and it will stay active even when the switch is released. The actuator will be deactivated when the same switch is pressed again or the other switch for opposite direction is pressed. 2 Push type in I-ECU Actuator for X1 or X3 is activated while the on/off switch is pressed (On position). The function will be deactivated when the on/off switch is released. Co ontroll us sin ng prrop portiional swiitch on n th he con ntroll le everr 1 Toggle and Push-button type in I-ECU These controls with proportional switch are similar as the ones with on/off switch but it has a special point to activate the actuator because the proportional switch also has a proportional value. In toggle type, the actuator will be activated by moving the proportional switch to one direction and it will be deactivated when the switch is moved to same direction again or to opposite direction. 2 Proportional type in I-ECU Actuator for X1 or X3 is activated proportional to the movement of the proportional switch.
In nstrrument pa anels
66 6
In nstrrument pa anel,, riight
Instrument panel, right 1 2 3 4 5 8
6
9 10
7
11
12 13 V1183299
1
Upper wiper switch
2
Attachment quick coupler switch, right (optional 9 equipment)
Working lights switch
3
Lower wiper switch (optional equipment)
10
Extra working lights switch (optional equipment)
4
Washer switch
11
Beacon switch (optional equipment)
5
Engine speed / work mode control switch
12
Cigarette lighter (optional equipment)
6
Keypad
13
Power socket
7
Ignition switch
1
8
1
2
0
Up pper wiiper swiitch
Position 0 Position 1 Position 2 V1065615
Travel speed switch
Upper wiper is switched OFF Upper wiper is switched ON intermittently Upper wiper is switched ON continuously
NO OTICE Do no ot liift th he wiindscree en, wh hile th he wiindscree en wiiper mottor is s run nning.
In nstrrument pa anels
In nstrrument pa anel, riight 1
67
2 Attachment quick coupler switch, right (optional equipment)
A
Position 0: Attachment quick coupler, lock control Position 1: Attachment quick coupler, initiating control
0
Press down to release the red lock device (A) and then press the switch to position (1) to initiate the attachment quick coupler.
V1134968
A Lock device
When the attachment quick coupler is initiated, the buzzer sounds and the check message and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU.
Check
NO OTE! The attachment quick coupler switch for activation on the left instrument panel must be pressed to open the attachment quick coupler. See page 33 for operation. Unlock Q/ coupler V1191370
Unlock quick coupler
After installing the attachment quick coupler, press the switch to position (0) to close the attachment quick coupler. When the switch is in position (0), the buzzer sounds and the check message for confirming and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU.
Check
Confirm Q/ coupler V1191369
Confirm quick coupler is locked
NOTE! Press the attachment quick coupler switch on the left instrument panel to confirm that the attachment quick coupler is locked. See page 33 for the operation.
In nstrrument pa anels
68 8
In nstrrument pa anel,, riight 3 1
2
Lower wiper switch (optional equipment)
Position 0 Position 1 Position 2
0
Lower wiper is switched OFF Lower wiper is switched ON intermittently Lower wiper is switched ON continuously
V1065617
4 1
Wa ashe er swiitch (u upper on nly)
Press down 1 Washer for upper window ON The switch is automatically returned.
NO OTICE V1065618
Do no ot kee ep th he wa ashe er swiitch prres ssed d in n fo or morre th han 20 0 sec con nds. Do o no ot us se th he wa ashe er, iff th he res serrvoiir fo or wa ashe er flluid is s em mptty.
Wa ashe er swiitch wiith lo ower wiiper (o optional eq quipment) 1
Press down 1 Washer for upper and lower window ON Press down 2 Washer for lower window ON The switch is automatically returned.
2
V1065619
Instrumentt panells
Instrument panel, right 5 rpm
F
G
69
Engine speed / work mode control switch
Nine (ten in cases where P mode is used) different throttle positions are available through the control of this switch. Turning this switch, the engine speed will change incrementally. According to the selected engine speed, working mode will be set automatically and setting mode is displayed on the main screen in front instrument panel.
H
No ormall mod de V1106883
Swiitch Eng gine spe eed (±40 0 rpm m) (no o lo oad/load) ste ep
de Mod Pow wer max x
P
He eavy
H
Ge enerall
Fiine Idle
9
Re emarrks
1900 / 1800 over
For maximum productivity during hard digging and trenching
1800 / 1700 over
For slightly hard operations
G1 1
8
1700 / 1600 over
G2 2
7
1600 / 1500 over
G3 3
6
1500 / 1400 over
G4 4
5
1400 / 1300 over
F1 1
4
1300 / -
F2 2
3
1200 / -
I1
2
1000 / -
I2 2
1
800 / -
For economical operation during general applications
For Maximum lifting power and moderate control For low idle, warm-up, and very precise operation
ECO mode Switch Engine speed (±40 rpm) (no load/load) step
Mode Power max
P
He eavy
H
Ge enerall
Fiine Idle
9
Remarks
1800 / 1700 over
For maximum productivity during hard digging and trenching
1700 / 1600 over
For slightly hard operations
G1 1
8
1600 / 1500 over
G2 2
7
1500 / 1400 over
G3 3
6
1400 / 1300 over
G4 4
5
1300 / 1200 over
F1 1
4
1300 / -
F2 2
3
1200 / -
I1
2
1000 / -
I2 2
1
800 / -
For economical operation during general applications
For Maximum lifting power and moderate control For low idle, warm-up, and very precise operation
In nstrrument pa anels
70 0
In nstrrument pa anel,, riight 6
Keypad
1) HVAC control buttons
1
HVAC control buttons are used to control the HVAC system. See page 96. 2) Ca amerra bu utton (iff in nsta alled)
7 8
2
9
3
6
4
This button is used to control the camera screen in the I-ECU. - A short press on the camera button shows the camera view. For detailed information about the camera control, see page 109. 3) Sellect bu utton This button is used to confirm the item or setup the user select.
5
11
12 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
V1163550
HVAC control buttons Camera button Select button Travel alarm stop button Overload warning button Auto idle button Arrow up button Arrow down button ESC button Hammer / shear button ECO button Power maximum mode button
4)) Trrav vell allarm sto op bu utton Travel alarm stop button is used to activates or deactivates "Travel alarm" function of V-ECU. “Travel alarm” function is activated whenever switch on the ignition. 5)) Ovverrlo oad wa arniing bu utton Overload warning button activates or deactivates "Overload warning" function. This button is to display symbol and to make alarm if the "overload signal" is detected. - First event of overloading : The pop up message will be displayed and a warning alarm sounds. The warning indicator also displayed on indicator screen. The pop up message will disappear only when the ESC button is pressed. - When the event occurs again when operating the machine : A warning alarm sounds and the indicator is displayed. When reducing the load, the alarm and indicator will be off.
Instrrument pa anels
In nstrrument pa anel, riight
71
6) Auto idle button Autoidle button activates or deactivates "Auto idle" function of VECU. The engine speed will be lowered automatically to idle mode to reduce fuel consumption if any of control levers, travel levers (pedals) or engine speed control switch are not operated for 5 seconds. If any one of the above is operated, the engine speed returns to the speed set with the engine speed control switch. 7)) Arrow w up p bu utton This button is used to scroll between items and adjust the each segment on the screen. 8)) Arrow w do own bu utton This button is used to scroll between items and adjust the each segment on the screen. 9)) ESC bu utton This button is used to go back to the previous screen or to escape without saving. The ESC button is also used to turn off the warning lamp and sound. 10 0) Ha ammerr / she ear bu utton This button is used to activate hammer / shear function. Before operating below functions, hammer / shear button should be activated. NO OTE! This instruction can be changed according to the types of operating lever. For more information about operating lever, see page 77. NOTE! Select the X1 tool on the I-ECU, see page 42 for details. NOTE! If a pedal is provided with X1 (hammer/shear) option, The pedal should be adjusted whether it is used for hammer or shear. Refer to page 77 for details.
In nstrrument pa anels
72 2
In nstrrument pa anel,, riight A
D
C B
1 Hammer mode The X1 system will work when the pedal is pressed forward (A). The X1 system will work when button (C) is pressed. 2 Shear mode The X1 will work when the pedal is pressed forward (A) or backward (B). (only for hydraulic pedal) If X1 (ha ammerr / she ear) 1--swiitch con ntroll is s fiitted 1 Hammer mode The X1 system will work when the button is pressed. 2 Shear mode The X1 system will not work.
V1065628
Iff X1 (ha ammerr / she ear) 2--swiitch con ntroll is s eq quipped 1 Hammer mode The X1 system will work when the button (C) is pressed. The X1 system will not work when the button (D) is pressed. 2 Shear mode The X1 system will work when buttons (C) and (D) are pressed. 11 1) ECO O bu utton
F
I
F
ECO function is a mode for fuel economy when working the machine. When pressing ECO button on the keypad, the pump control works for fuel economy. The button will light up and also ECO symbol is shown on I-ECU when activated. Press the button again to disable the function and the button light and symbol on I-ECU will go off.
C
G
H P
1800 rpm FLOW
240L CLIMATE
AUTO
AC
NO OTE! When the ignition is switched on, ECO mode is always activated automatically. NO OTE! This mode is only available for P, H, G1, G2, G3 and G4 mode of the engine speed / work mode control switch.
V1106884
12 2) Pow wer max xim mum m mod de bu utton (op ptional eq quipmen nt) At 9 ste ep off th he en ngine spe eed con ntroll swiitch,, Normal condition = H mode Press down the button = P mode If the machine is not operated in the P mode for more than 5 seconds and the auto idle selector switch is activated, the engine speed automatically goes down to idle mode. When the machine is operated again, it is returned to P mode again. At the P mode, it become H mode if 9 step is selected after turning the engine speed control switch to another step.
In nstrrument pa anels
In nstrrume ent pa ane el, riight 7 0
73 3
Ignition switch
This ignition switch has three positions. Make sure to activate the battery disconnect switch before trying to start engine.
1 2
Sto op po osittion (0)) Turn key to position 0 to stop engine. Ru unning (prreh heating) po osittion (1)) The machine is equipped with automatic engine preheating system. When the ignition switch is turned to position 1, the vehicle's electronic system will be active; thus, activating the engine automatic preheating system.
V1096081
Stop position (0) Running (preheating) position (1) Starting position (2)
Sta artiing po osittion (2)) When the ignition switch is turned to position 2 the starter will be engaged to run the engine, provided that the battery disconnect switch has been activated. The starter will not turn as long as the control lockout lever is unlocked (up) position. Refer to page 88 for details on the control lockout lever.
8
1 0
Tra avell spe eed swiitch
Position 0 Position 1
Travel at LOW speed only Travel at LOW or HIGH by automatic shift in accordance with the travel condition
V1065624
NO OTICE Sto op th he mac chiine be efore sellectiing a diifferen nt trrav vellling spe eed. Lo ow spe eed sho ould be e sellecte ed fo or in ncliines, on n sofft grrou und, in n liimitted spa aces s an nd wh hen th he mac chiine is s lo oaded on n to o orr un nloaded frrom m trran nspo ortiing veh hicle e.
9 1
2
Wo orkin ng liights swiitch
Position 0 Position 1
0
Position 2
Working lights are switched OFF Instrument panel lamp and deck working lights ON. Instrument panel lamp, deck working lights and boom working lights ON.
V1065625
10 0 1
2
Ex xtrra wo orkin ng liights swiitch (o optional eq quipment)
Position 0 Position 1 Position 2
0
V1065626
Extra work lights are switched OFF Extra work lights are switched ON (cab front) Extra work lights are switched ON (cab front, cab rear and counterweight)
In nstrrument pa anels
74 4
In nstrrument pa anel, riight 11
1
Beacon switch (optional equipment)
This switch is used to activate the beacon light when the swing system is activated.
0
Position 0 Position 1
Beacon is switched OFF Beacon is switched ON
V1065629
12 2
Ciigarette liighter (o optional eq quipment)
Press it down, and in a few seconds it will return to the original position. At this moment, it is ready to use (24V).
NO OTICE n th he cig garettte liighter soc ckett is s 24 4 V. Th hereffore,, do o The volltage in no ot con nnect an ny 12 2 V ap ppliances s.
V1080402
13 3
Po ower socckett
This socket is for electrical appliances like mobile phone charger. Capacity: under 12 V (10A)
V1080403
Instrument panels
Instrument panel, rear
75
Instrument panel, rear 3
1
4
2
V1080410
1
Power socket
3
Audio system (optional equipment)
2
Service socket
4
Auxiliary heater (optional equipment)
1
Po ower soc ckett
This socket is for electrical appliances like mobile phone charger or refrigerator. Capacity: under 24V (10A)
V1080411
2
Se ervic ce soc ckett
This socket is for service tool (MATRIS and VCADS Pro).
V1080412
3
Au udio syste em (o optional eq quipment)
For more information, see page 103.
4
Au uxilliary he eater (o optional eq quipment)
For more information, see page 111.
Otther con ntrols
76 6
Other controls 3
1
6
4
2
3
4
5
V1067090
1
Left control lever
2
Right control lever
3
Travel levers
4
Travel pedals
5
Optional pedal (X1)
6
Optional pedal (Straight travel)
The control levers of this machine is set from factory to operate in ISO/SAE standard operating pattern for optimum machine performance.
Otther con ntrols
Co ontrrols
77
Controls 1
Left control lever
This lever is for swing superstructure and moving dipper arm.
1 3
4 2
V1067091 V1067092
1 2 3 4
Dipper arm out Dipper arm in Left swing Right swing
N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Neutral (superstructure and dipper arm in neutral position) Dipper arm out Dipper arm out and swing superstructure right Swing superstructure right Dipper arm in and swing superstructure right Dipper arm in Dipper arm in and swing superstructure left Swing superstructure left Dipper arm out and swing superstructure left
Otther con ntrols
78 8
Co ontrols 2
Right control lever
This lever is for moving boom and bucket.
3 1
2 4
V1067093
1 2 3 4
Bucket in Bucket out Boom lower Boom raise
1
N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
B
V1067095
2
Neutral (boom and bucket are maintained at rest position) Lower boom Lower boom and bucket out Bucket out Raise boom and bucket out Raise boom Raise boom and bucket in Bucket in Lower boom and bucket in
Co ontroll le everr wiith on ne bu uttons A Left operating lever B Right operating lever 1 Horn button 2 Boost / hammer NO OTE! When the hammer select switch is activated, the boost function does not work.
Otther con ntrols
Co ontrols 1
A
3
6
B
7
4
8 2
5 V1067096
1
2
B
A
3
6
4
5 7 V1067097
79 9
Control lever with four buttons A Left operating lever B Right operating lever 1 Rotator button 2 Rotator button 3 Horn button 4 Unassigned 5 Hammer / Shear button 6 Shear / Unassigned 7 Float button 8 Boost button Co ontroll le everr wiith th hree e bu uttons an nd prrop portiional swiitch A Left operating lever B Right operating lever 1 Proportional switch 2 Proportional switch 3 Horn button 4 Unassigned 5 Boost button 6 Float button 7 Unassigned NO OTE! Before operating the joystick controls for X1 or X3 operation, make sure to read and understand the different control types for the different buttons and switches, refer to page 65 for details. Pow wer bo oost fu unctiion
F
I
F
C
G
H P
2400 rpm FLOW
240L CLIM ATE
AUTO
AC
V1129248
Indicator for power boost
The power boost is designed to increase dipper arm / bucket forces, and lifting capacities. When digging in P, H or G modes in extremely hard digging conditions, it is recommended to press the power boost button before starting the digging cycle. Digging force will be increased for 9 seconds, which is sufficient time for the operator to load the bucket. After the 9-second period, the power boost is turned off automatically. The power boost indicator is shown on the indicator screen of IECU whenever it is activated. In F-mode, the power boost is activated continuously for maximum lifting capacity.
Other controls
80
Controls 3
Travel levers
4
Travel pedals
These are used to move and stop the machine.
NO OTICE B
V1067099
A
A Sprocket B Idler
NO OTE! Travel the machine to forward direction (to idler side) to reduce wear to moving parts of the undercarriage.
2 N 1
1
1 2
2
V1067100
In th his Op perattor’s s Man nual frron nt, fo orwa ard,, rea ar, rea arwa ard,, rig ght an nd le eft arre ba ased d on n th he prrem mis ss th hat th he sprroc cketts arre pllaced d be ehind th he cab b. Pay y atttention to o th his be efore con ntroll le everrs an nd pe edals arre us sed d. Iff you u wa ant to o trrav vell th he mac chiine con ntinuously y, kee ep in n min nd be elow op peratting con nditions. Ground conditions
Operation
Flat, normal or soft soil
Do not travel continuously for more than 2 hours. If you want to travel for more than 2 hours at high speed, stop for more than 20 minutes. Otherwise, tracks rollers and idlers can be overheated to cause oil leakage.
Uneven or tough soil (mixed of gravels, stones, boulders, other obstacles or on a slope)
Travel the machine at low speed and do not travel continuously for more than 1 hour. If you want to travel for more than 1 hour, stop for more than 20 minutes. Otherwise, tracks rollers and idlers can be overheated to cause oil leakage.
N Neutral (machine stops) 1 Forward Push the lever forward or press down front end of the pedal to advance the machine, when the sprocket is at the rear of the machine. 2 Reverse Pull the lever rearward or press down rear end of the pedal to reverse the machine, when the sprocket is at the rear of the machine.
Other controls
Controls
81
NOTE! When the sprockets are at the front side of the machine, the machine will be moved to the opposite direction as to above. - The distance the travel levers/pedals are pulled or pushed determines the travel speed of the machine. That is, if the levers/pedals are pushed or pulled fully, the machine will travel at the maximum speed, provided that the high travel speed has been selected and the engine RPM is at full throttle position. - The machine brakes are engaged automatically when the travel controls are moved to the neutral position. To reduce the travel speed, slowly return the travel controls to the center (neutral) position. - In cold weather, the travel function may be heavier than normal due to the oil viscosity.
D C
V1067101
Le eft tu urn 1 When the sprockets are at the rear side of the machine Push the right lever (D) forward, the RH track rotates forward and the machine travels forward as it turns to the left. Pull the left lever (C) backward, the LH track rotates in reverse and the machine travels backward as it turns to the left. 2 When the sprocket is at the front side of the machine Operate levers (C or D) in the opposite direction as to above.
Otther con ntrols
82 2
Co ontrols Right turn 1 When the sprockets are at the rear side of the machine Push the left lever (C) forward, the L/H track rotates forward and the machine travels forward as it turns to the right. Pull the right lever (D) backward, the R/H track rotates in reverse and the machine travels backward as it turns to the right. 2 When the sprocket is at the front side of the machine Operate levers (C or D) in the opposite direction as to above.
D C
V1067102
Spiin tu urn 1 When the sprockets are at the rear side of the machine Pull the left lever (C) backward, the L/H track rotates in reverse; simultaneously push right lever (D) forward, the R/H track rotates forward and the machine turns on the spot quickly to the left. Pull the right lever (D) backward, the R/H track rotates in reverse; simultaneously push left lever (C) forward, the L/H track rotates forward and the machine turns on the spot quickly to the right. 2 When the sprocket is at the front side of the machine Operate levers (C or D) in the opposite direction as to above.
D C
V1067103
Other controls
Controls 5
83
Optional pedal (X1)
Position 1 Position 2 Position 3
Operating hammer Lock the pedal Operating Shear or Crusher
NO OTICE
1
Mak ke surre th hat th he pe edal is s in n lo ocked d po osittion wh hen itt is s no ot us sed d in n orrde er to o prrev ven nt un nwanted man noeuvres s.
2 3 V1170331
6
Op ptional pe edal (s strraight trravell)
Position 1 Position 2
Operating straight travel Lock the pedal
NO OTICE Mak ke surre th hat th he pe edal is s in n lo ocked d po osittion wh hen itt is s no ot us sed d in n orrde er to o prrev ven nt un nwanted man noeuvres s.
1
2 V1067112
Otther con ntrols
84 4
Ca ab
Cab ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) The cab is designed to ensure minimum crash protection space according to ROPS standard for excavator (ISO12117–2). The installation of any additional equipments resulting in exceeding maximum tested machine weight on a ROPS identification plate, may void ROPS certification. Do not jump out of cab if the machine should roll over. Keep stay in seat wearing seat belt. If any part of the cab's protective structure is affected by plastic deformation or failures, the cab shall be replaced immediately. NO OTE! Never carry out any unauthorized alterations to the cab, for example lowering the roof height, drilling, welding on brackets for fire extinguisher, radio aerial or other equipment, without first having discussed the alteration with personnel at the Volvo Engineering Department. This department will decide whether the alteration may cause the approval to become void. It is important that all parties concerned are aware of these regulations.
Otther con ntrols
Ca ab
85 5
Protection from falling or scattering materials (optional equipment) Install the necessary protection guards according to working conditions where falling or scattering materials are capable of entering the operator's cab. FO OG (Fa alling Ob bject Gu uard)) an nd FO OPS (Fa alling Ob bject Prottectiive Strruc ctu ure)) FOG and FOPS should be adopted when the machine is expected to work in an area where materials are capable of falling to the cab. Especially, in mining applications, FOG shall be adopted. Saffety ne et Install safety net to minimize the possibility of breaking windshield when working with a breaker. The above recommendations are based on standard working, install the necessary additional protection guards in accordance with job site conditions and local government regulations. Contact authorized Volvo dealer to meet local regulations. Any damage can affect the strength of the structure. Contact a qualified service technician for repairing safety structure after damage. Prevent persons from entering or remaining in the dangerous area. NO OTE! Never carry out any unauthorized alterations to the cab, for example lowering the roof height, drilling, welding on brackets for fire extinguisher, radio aerial or other equipment, without first having discussed the alteration with personnel at the Volvo Engineering Department. This department will decide whether the alteration may cause the approval to become void. It is important that all parties concerned are aware of these regulations.
Otther con ntrols
86 6
Ca ab NOTIICE Check the clearance between bucket and cab or spill guard by carefully moving the bucket as close to the cab as possible. The risk of the bucket knocking against the cab is greater if attachment quick coupler is used or if the bucket is provided with lifting eyes. Windshield with FOG, cleaning 1 Remove the screws (A), and then tilt the FOG. 2 Clean the windshield. 3 Fasten the screws (A) with regulated torque by pushing the FOG. (48 ± 4.9 Nm / 4.9 ± 0.5 kgfm / 35.5 ± 3.6 lbf ft) Do not operate the machine while FOG (Falling Object Guard) is tilted. Otherwise, FOG can be damaged by the bucket.
C
B
A A B+C C
V1065704
Screws FOG FOPS
Wiindshiield wiith saffety ne et, cle eaning 1 Remove the handle (B), and then take away the net. 2 Clean the windshield. 3 Install the net. 4 Fasten the handle (B) by pushing the net.
A
B V1065705
A B
Safety net Handle
Otther con ntrols
Ca ab A
87
Anti-vandal kit (optional equipment)
B
NOTE! Clean mud, grease, oil, and debris from track surface, steps, walkways, and working platforms before installing the antivandalism covers.
C
Anti-vandal covers are stored on the cab. The wing nut (A) should be tightened and the pin (B) should also be in right position not to be loosen when operating the machine. Six brackets are needed to install the covers. - To install the rear bracket (1), remove the rear handrail (2) and reinstall it with rear bracket. - Install two front brackets (4). For right side of front bracket, remove the front handrail (3) and reinstall it with front bracket. - Install two lower brackets (5). - Install the side bracket (6).
2 1
Tiightening to orqu ue: (1)): 24 4 ± 2..4 Nm m / 2..5 ± 0..3 kgff m / 17 7.8 ± 1..8 lb bf ftt (2)): 85 5 ± 8..8 Nm m / 8..7 ± 0..9 kgff m / 62 2.9 ± 6..5 lb bf ftt (3)),((4)),((5)): 48 8 ± 4..9 Nm m / 4..9 ± 0..5 kgff m / 35 5.5 ± 3..6 lb bf ftt (6)): 10 0 ± 1..0 Nm m / 1..0 ± 0..1 kgff m / 7..4 ± 0..7 lb bf ftt
V1065706
A B C 1 2
Wiing nu ut Piin Cov verrs Rea ar brrackett Rea ar ha andrail
OTE! NO When storing the covers (C), make sure that the locking screws do not cause interference between covers.
3 4 6
5
V1065707
3 4 5 6
Front handrail Front brackets Lower brackets Side bracket
Otther con ntrols
88 8
Co ontrol lo ockoutt syste em
Control lockout system WARNING Risk of serious injury. Uncontrolled touch of control lever can cause unexpected movement of machine or parts. This could result in serious injury. Alw ways lo ock th he con ntroll lo ockou ut leverr be efore sta arting th he en ngine orr be efore le eavin ng th he op perattor's sea at.
Un nlocked d po osittion (A A) The control lockout lever is in "Un nlocked d" position (A) for working and travelling operations. Wh hen th he con ntroll lo ockou ut le everr is s in n th his po osittion th he en ngine can n no ot be e sta arte ed.
Lo ocked d po osittion (B B)
2 3
The control lockout lever is used to lock out the attachment, swing and travel unit. Place this lever on the left control console to "Lo ocked d" position (B) to lock out the hydraulic control levers and pedals. Wh hen th he con ntroll lo ockou ut le everr is s in n th his po osittion th he en ngine can n be e sta arte ed.
A
B
1 1 2 3
Control lockout lever Left control lever Left control console
A Unlocked position B Locked position
V1065655
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
89 9
Operator comfort Operator seat The operator seat meets the requirements according to EN ISO7096. The operator seat is designed to provide maximum comfort and reduce vibration to the operator during normal machine operation. NO OTE! Adjusting the seat should always be done when the machine is stationary. NO OTE! Make sure that no objects are placed within the moving area of the operator's seat.
WA ARNING
7
11 10 9 3 6
2
8
Risk of serious injury. Uncontrolled touch of control lever can cause unexpected movement of machine or parts. This could result in serious injury. Alw ways lo ock th he con ntroll lo ockou ut le everr be efore sta artiing th he en ngine orr be efore le eavin ng th he op perattor'ss sea at.
NO OTICE Insta allation an nd maiintenance off th he op perattor sea at may y on nly be e carrrie ed ou ut by y au uthoris sed d an nd com mpe etent pe erson nnel.
NO OTICE 4
1
5
btain max xim mum m com mfo ort an nd ellimin nate th he ris sk off ac ccid dents, To ob you u mus st mak ke surre th hat alll sea at ad djustm men nts ha ave be een carrrie ed ou ut corrrec ctlly be efore sta artiing th he mac chiine. V1106888
Operator seat (type A) 1 Weight adjustment 2 Fore & aft adjustment, seat cushion 3 Angle adjustment, seat cushion 4 Horizontal adjustment, top seat 5 Horizontal adjustment, top seat and consoles 6 Height adjustment, consoles 7 Headrest adjustment 8 Backrest angle adjustment 9 Armrest adjustment 10 Lumbar support adjustment 11 Seat heating switch
NO OTE! The seat is intended for use by one seated occupant only.
Otther con ntrols
90 0
Op perator com mfort Mechanical suspension seat (optional equipment, type A) 1 Weight adjustment
1
Adjust the seat to the drivers weight by turning the weight adjusting handle. The set weight should be within the green zone of the ride indicator.
V1065657
A Ride indicator
2 Fo ore & afft ad djustm men nt, sea at cus shiion
3
Lift the lever (2) and adjust the seat cushion fore & aft. 3 Ang gle ad djustm men nt, sea at cus shiion Lift the lever (3) and adjust the angle of the seat cushion. It may be necessary to reduce occupant pressure on the seat cushion when performing this adjustment.
2
V1065658
4 Ho oriz zon ntal ad djustm men nt, to op sea at
4
V1065659
It is possible to move the seat forwards and backwards relative to the control consoles. Lift the handle (4) and move the seat so that the consoles are in the desired position relative to the seat. The locking lever must latch in the desired position. It should not be possible to move the seat into another position when it is locked.
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
91 1
5 Horizontal adjustment, top seat and consoles
6
The seat and the consoles can be adjusted forwards and backwards. Lift the lever (5) and move the seat and consoles to the desired position. The locking lever must latch in the desired position. It should not be possible to move the seat into another position when it is locked.
5
6 He eight ad djustm men nt, con nsolles Rotate the handle (6) and adjust the height of the control consoles.
V1106889
7 He eadres st ad djustm men nt
7
The headrest can be adjusted for height by pulling up or down. End stops limit the movement. It can be also adjusted for angle by pushing forwards or backwards. End stops limit the movement.
V1106890
8 Bac ckres st an ngle ad djustm men nt
10
9
Pulling up the control handle (8) releases the backrest latch. The back of the seat can then be reclined backwards or forwards to the desired position. Releasing the handle allows the backrest to move to a latching position. The locking lever must latch in the desired position. It should not to possible to move the backrest into another position when it is locked. 9 Armres st ad djustm men nt
8
Inclination of the armrest can be changed by turning the adjustment knob (9) mounted on the underside of the armrest. The armrests can be manually tipped up if required. V1106891
10 0 Lu umba ar sup pport ad djustm men nt Rotate the knob (10) in the direction of the arrow to increase the amount of lumbar support (five positions). Further rotation in the same direction causes the lumbar support to return to minimum.
Otther con ntrols
92 2
Op perator com mfort 11 Seat heating switch (optional equipment)
0
This is used to warm up the operator seat. The seat heating will activate when this switch is in position (1) and the temperature is under 26 °C (79 °F). The seat heating stops when the temperature is up to 36 °C ( 97 °F), and will activate again when the temperature turns down under 26 °C (79 °F) again.
1 V1065663
0 1
Seat heating, OFF Seat heating, ON
NO OTICE To red duce th he ris sk off fiire th he sea at he eating mus st be e swiitche ed offf be efore you u le eave th he sea at.
Aiir sus spe ensio on sea at (o optional eq quipment, tyype e A)) The operator seat is also available with air suspension for even better comfort. The adjusting possibilities are the same as for a mechanical suspension seat except adjustment of air suspension. To adjust air suspension of the seat, 1 Turn the ignition switch "ON" or start engine. 2 Lift operator's weight off the seat. 3 Lift and hold the lever (A) until air bag is completely inflated. 4 Sit and push down the lever (A) to deflate. 5 Stop deflating when seat starts lowering. The set weight should be within the green zone of the ride indicator. NO OTE! After adjusting the suspension with operator's weight, the suspension height should be in the position within suspension stroke.
B
A
A Adjusting lever B Ride indicator
V1065684
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
93 3
Mechanical suspension seat (optional equipment, type B) 1 Seat angle adjustment Push the lever (1) down to adjust the seat angle. 2 Sus spe ensio on ad djustm men nt Adjust the seat to the drivers weight by turning the weight adjusting handle (2). NO OTE! Never adjust the height of the seat with the suspension adjusting handle (2).
4 3
8 1 2
3 Bac ckres st an ngle ad djustm men nt Lift the lever (3) and press the backrest rearward to required position. 4 Ho oriz zon ntal ad djustm men nt, to op sea at Lift the lever (4) and push the seat forward or rearward. 5 Armres st ad djustm men nt
6
Inclination of the armrest can be changed by turning the adjustment knob (5) mounted on the underside of the armrest. The armrests can be manually tipped up if required.
7
6 He eadres st ad djustm men nt The headrest can be adjusted for angle by pushing forwards or backwards.
5
7 Lu umba ar sup pport ad djustm men nt Rotate the knob (7) to increase the amount of lumbar support. 8 Ho oriz zon ntal ad djustm men nt, to op sea at an nd con nsolles The seat and the consoles can be adjusted forwards and backwards. Lift the lever (8) and move the seat and consoles to the desired position. V1106844
Operator seat (type B) 1 Seat angle adjustment 2 Suspension adjustment 3 Backrest angle adjustment 4 Horizontal adjustment, top seat 5 Armrest adjustment 6 Headrest adjustment 7 Lumbar support adjustment 8 Horizontal adjustment, top seat and consoles
NO OTE! The operator seat is adjusted in a correct way in order to obtain the best possible comfort.
Otther con ntrols
94 4
Op perator com mfort Air suspension seat (optional equipment, type B) The operator seat is also available with air suspension for even better comfort. The adjusting possibilities are the same as for a mechanical suspension seat except adjustment of air suspension. To adjust air suspension of the seat, 1 Turn the ignition switch "ON" or start engine. 2 Lift operator's weight off the seat. 3 Press and hold the valve (A) until air bag is completely inflated. 4 Sit and pull on the valve (A) to deflate. 5 Stop deflating when seat starts lowering.
A
V1106845
A Air suspension valve
NO OTE! After adjusting the suspension with operator's weight, the suspension height should be in the position within suspension stroke.
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
95 5
Seat belt
WARNING Risk of serious injury! Unexpected machine movement can cause the operator to be ejected from the machine, causing serious injuries. Op peratte th he mac chiine on nly wh hile sea ated in n th he op perattor sea at wiith th he sea at be elt fa aste ened. The seat belt is critical to operator safety and must be worn at all times during machine operation to prevent the operator from being ejected from the cab or the operator platform if the machine rolls over or is involved in an accident. A fastened seat belt also helps the operator to maintain control of the machine if it moves suddenly or in an unexpected way. Failure to wear a seat belt during machine operation could result in serious injury or death. The seat belt is intended for one adult only. Keep the belt rolled up when not in use.
A
B
WA ARNING V1080399
A Retractable type (2 inches) B Retractable type (3 inches)
Risk of serious injury or death. A damaged seat belt could cause serious injury or death. Ch heck th he sea at be elt an nd as ssoc cia ated pa artss be efore sta art off mac chiine op perattion. Check the seat belt and associated parts daily. Ensure mounting hardware is tight. Replace the entire seat belt immediately if there is any wear, the webbing is worn, cut, has loose stitching, the belt is deformed or the seat belt retractor does not work. Replace the seat belt if the machine has been involved in an accident where the belt has been subjected to high strain or loading. Inspect mounting hardware. Changes to the belt or its mountings must never be made. Only clean with warm water, do not use soap or detergent. Let the belt dry while it is fully pulled out before rolling it in. Volvo Construction Equipment recommends replacing seat belt assemblies every 3 years regardless of appearance.
Otther con ntrols
96 6
Op perator com mfort Climate control system HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning) system The machine can be equipped with different kinds of system, for example, with air conditioning unit or heater with air conditioning unit. Before operating the system, check the detail information of your machine.
CLIMATE
10:37
AUTO
25
AC V1065579
A B C D E F G
Time Air conditioner mode Temperature Fan speed Air flow direction Air flow circulation Air-conditioning status
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
V1099519
Fan speed control button + Temperature control button + Air flow direction button Fan speed control button Temperature control button Air flow circulation button Auto mode selection button A/C button Defroster selection button HVAC system on/off button
Te empe eratture con ntroll Press buttons 2 or 5 to raise or lower the temperature. Default setting value is 22°C (71.6°F) and setting range is 16°C ~ 32°C (60.8°F ~ 89.6°F). If the temperature sensor in cab is malfunction, auto mode shall be turned off. See e pa age 42 etails on n ho ow to o swiitch th he un nit off te empe eratture 2 for de frrom m de egree es Ce entigrad de to o Fa ahren nheit. Airr fllow diirec ctiion Press button 3 to select the direction of the air flow. When pressing the button, auto mode will be automatically changed to manual mode.
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fa an spe eed con ntroll Press buttons 1 or 4 to increase or decrease the fan speed. When pressing any of these two switches, the auto mode will be automatically switched to manual mode.
Airr fllow cirrcullation Press button 6 to select the circulation of the air flow; recycle the air inside the cab or draw fresh air from the outside into the cab. When the defrost mode is activated, the fresh air mode is automatically selected. Autto mod de Press button 7 to select auto mode for temperature setting. Required temperature can be changed with buttons 2 and 5. A/C C Press button 8 to activate the air conditioning. De efros ste er Press button 9 to activate the defroster. The fresh air mode is automatically selected. In auto mode, if this button is pressed, mode shall be changed to manual mode. NO OTE! After 20 minutes, this setting is automatically returned to the previous mode.
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
97
HVAC system on / off Press button 10 to turn the HVAC system on or off. All settings remains if the system is turned off. NO OTE! Even if HVAC system is turned off, when ECC (Electronic Climate Controller) gets auxiliary heater signal, ECC turn on the cooling fan setting 1st step in manual mode.
Wiindows Fro ont wiindscre een, op pening
NO OTICE Mov ve th he con ntroll lo ockou ut le everr do own to o itts lo ower po osittion be efore you u op pen orr clo ose th he wiindscree en. 1 Lower the attachment to the ground and stop the engine. 2 Push both buttons (E) in order to unlatch the windscreen from the locked position (G) while holding both grips (F), and then move the windscreen upward. NO OTE! Stop lifting as soon as the windscreen is unlatched.
V1065686
3 Hold both grips (F) only and pull the windscreen upward and rearward, and then fix it in the locked position. NO OTE! If the windscreen is cracked, it must be replaced immediately. Contact a qualified service technician for replacing.
Fro ont wiindscre een, clo osin ng
G
G
E
E
F
F
V1065687
1 Lower the attachment to the ground and stop the engine. 2 Push the both buttons (E) with holding both grips (F) to move the windscreen out of the lock position. 3 Grip handle (F) only and pull the windscreen downward slowly. 4 Fix the windscreen securely and tighten in the locked position (G).
Otther con ntrols
98 8
Op perator com mfort Lower window, removing 1 Open the front windscreen. 2 Grip the upper part of lower windscreen with both hands and pull it upward. 3 Put the removed windscreen in the storing position inside the cab door. 4 Turn the locking handle to lock position (B). V1065688
NO OTE! Ensure that the lower windscreen is locked correctly in the storing position. NO OTE! Be careful not to drop the windscreen when releasing the locking handle.
A
B
V1065689
Locking handle for lower window A Unlock position B Lock position
Doo or Door lock (A) is used to keep the cab door secure in the open position. 1 Push the door against outside of the cab. 2 Ensure it is securely fixed to the lock (A) Press the lever (B) inside the cab to release the door.
V1065690
A
B
V1065691
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
99 9
Sun shade 2
3
1
Use the front, roof and rear sun shades to protect from the sun light coming in through windows.
V1065693
1 2 3
Front sun shade Roof sun shade Rear sun shade
Raiin shiielld A
A rain shield prevents rain from falling on the operator's feet when windshield is open.
B
NO OTICE ain atttachm men nt com mbiinations th here is s a ris sk th hat th he With cerrta atttachm men nt may y strrik ke th he cab b. Avoiid da amag ge by y be eing carrefful wh hen wo orkin ng clo ose to o th he mac chiine. Sun nlight prrottectiion
V1065694
A Rain shield B Sunlight protection
A sunlight protection on the roof reduces incoming light and heat radiation further. When installing the sunlight protection roof, consider other optional equipments, for example, rain shield, anti-vandal kit and so on.
Ho our me eter The hour meter shows the total number of hours the engine has operated. It records the hour only when the engine is running. H 1/10
V1065692
Otther con ntrols
10 00
Op pera ato or com mfortt Roof Roof hatch, open 2
1 Grip the handle (1) and turn it to open direction (2). 2 Open the roof (3).
1
NO OTICE 3
NO OTE! Cab with fixed roof hatch is provided as an optional equipment. In this case, there is no handle and gas spring.
V1065695
1 2 3
The roo of ha atch mus st be e sec currelly lo ocked d wh hen trran nspo ortiing.
Handle Open direction Roof hatch
Sttorrage com mpartme ent A storage compartment is located at the rear side of operator seat. NO OTE! Do not store tools in the storage compartment. This could damage the compartment.
V1065699
Cu up an nd drrink ho older Use the cup and drink holder to hold a soft drink can in place.
V1065697
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
10 01
Ashtray (optional equipment) Pull the top edge of the ashtray (A) in order to open it. Pull the ashtray upward out of the console when cleaning it.
A
NO OTE! Make sure that you close the ashtray after use in order to prevent any possibility of fire. NO OTE! The ashtray can be put into the cup and drink holder.
V1065698
Co oat ho ook The coat hooks (A) are inside the cab. NO OTE! Do not hook any item that may obstruct the view of the operator.
A
V1106870
Ope erator's ma anual, storrage Operator's manual storage is located at the backside of seat. Keep the manual in the storage so that it is always at hand.
Fiire e exxting guishe er, loc cattion n (op ptional eq quipmen nt) Mount fire extinguisher as follows, Remove two screws inside of caps (1) installed on the rear side in a cab and then install the fire extinguisher.
1
V1065701
Otther con ntrols
10 02
Op pera ato or com mfortt Emergency exit The cab has two emergency exits, the door and the rear windshield. Regardless of the rear windshield types, break the glass with the hammer attached on the rear side in a cab.
NO OTICE The ha ammerr mus st no ot be e rem mov ved d frrom m itts po osittion orr be e us sed d att otther oc ccas sio ons th han in n an n em merrge ency sittuation. Iff th he ha ammerr sho ould be e lo ost,, itt mus st be e rep placed d im mmed diately. V1106871
Hammer
NO OTICE There is s a kniife on n th he ha ammerr fo or th he em merrge ency ex xitt. Cu ut offf th he sea at be elt wiith th he kniife, iff th he bu uckle e can nnot be e un ndone.
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
103 3
Audio system 1 Radio setting method by region Europe: Press the FM/AM button, and then press preset 6 for 2 seconds. NO OTE! Setting is completed when "EU" message is shown. North America: Press the FM/AM button, and then press preset 4 for 2 seconds. NO OTE! Setting is completed when "NA" message is shown. Others: Press the FM/AM button, and then press preset 5 for 2 seconds. NO OTE! Setting is completed when "INT" message is shown. 2 Tuning ranges
pe Eurrop
No orth h Amerric ca Otthers
Ban nd
Frreq quency
FM
87.50 ~ 108.00 MHz
AM (MW)
531 ~ 1629 KHz
LW
144 ~ 288 KHz
FM
87.50 ~ 108.00 MHz
AM
530 ~ 1710 KHz
FM
87.50 ~ 108.00 MHz
AM
531 ~ 1629 KHz
Otther con ntrols
10 04
Op pera ato or com mfortt Radio and USB-MP3 Player (optional equipment)
1
5
2
6
15
7
3
8
9
10
11
12
4
13
14 V1153270
1
Power and Volume
9
Preset 3 / Repeat
2
Seek and Track
10
Preset 4 / Random
3
BSM and DIR
11
Preset 5 / Fast Forward
4
Tune, A mode, and File
12
Preset 6 / Rewind
5
AM / FM
13
USB
6
Mode
14
AUX
7
Preset 1 / Info
15
LCD panel
8
Preset 2 / Scan
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
10 05
Power and Volume setting button (1) - Power button Press the power button to turn on the audio system. While the audio is operating, press the button to turn off the power. - Volume button Turn the volume button clockwise to increase the volume and counter-clockwise to decrease the volume. SEEK an nd TR RACK K bu utton (2)) - Broadcast automatically search button (SEEK / TRACK) The buttons are used to automatically search for broadcasts, pressing the button will automatically search and stop at a frequency with the best reception. SEEK: Searches frequencies higher than current frequency TRACK: Searches frequencies lower than current frequency - Track up / down button (SEEK / TRACK) While playing a USB-device, press the SEEK button to play the beginning of the next song. Press the TRACK button to return to the beginning of the current song. Press the button again to play the beginning of the previous song. BSM an nd DIIR bu utton (3)) - Best Station Memory button (BSM) Press the BSM button to automatically save frequencies with the best reception in presets (1 INFO ~ 6 REW). - Directory up / down button (BSM / DIR) If there are more than 2 folders in the USB-device, pressing the BSM up / DIR down button will move to the previous or next directory. If there are no folders in the USB-device, then pressing the button will move up / down within the folder in 10 file increments.
Otther con ntrols
10 06
Op perato or com mfort TUNE, A MODE, and FILE button (4) - Broadcast manual search button (TUNE) The button is used to search for frequencies manually, a tune of the SEEK STEP will change the frequency. Turn the button clockwise to increase the frequency and counter-clockwise to decrease the frequency. - Sound setting button (A MODE) Press the sound setting (A MODE) button to set sound. Each press of the button will change the sound setting in the following order. BASS → MIDDLE → TREBLE → BALANCE → FADER → LOUD After selecting the desired setting, turn the sound setting (A MODE) button clockwise / counter-clockwise to adjust the sound setting value. - Finding and Playing file (FILE) While a USB-device is playing, turn the FILE button left / right to find the desired song and press the FILE button to play. Ra adio sellect (AM / FM M) bu utton (5)) - Each press of the AM / FM button will change the radio mode in the following order. FM1 → FM2 → AM → FM1
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
107 7
MODE select button (6) Press the MODE button to change to RADIO / USB / AUX modes. - USB select button While playing a different mode, press the MODE button to convert to USB mode. Connecting a USB-device to the audio system will automatically convert to USB mode even if another mode is playing and then songs on the USBdevice are played automatically. - AUX select button While playing a different mode, press the MODE button to convert to AUX mode. Connecting your portable media player to the audio system will automatically convert to AUX mode even if another mode is playing and then songs on the portable media player are played automatically. PRE ESET bu uttons (7,, 8,, 9,, 10 0, 11 1, an nd 12 2) Select the preset button (7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12) to which you want to save the selected frequency. Press and hold the preset button. The frequency will be saved to the preset button to the sound of a beep. The saved frequency number will be displayed on the LCD panel. IN NFO bu utton (7)) Each time the INFO button is pressed, the info on the currently playing song will be displayed in the following order. File Name → Folder Name → Title Name → Artist Name → Album Name → Play Time Scan n an nd Diirec cto ory scan n bu utton (8)) While music is playing, press briefly on the SCN button to scan each song within the current directory for 10 seconds in sequential order. While music is playing, press and hold the SCN button to scan each song in the USB-device for 10 seconds in sequential order.
Otther con ntrols
10 08
Op perator com mfort Repeat and Directory repeat button (9) While music is playing, press briefly on the RPT button to repeat the currently playing song. Press and hold the RPT button to sequentially repeat all songs within the current directory. (However, for Directory RPT, music files in the USB-device must be saved in directory format.) Ra andom an nd Diirec cto ory ran ndom bu utton (10 0) While music is playing, press briefly on the RDM button to randomly play the songs in the current directory. While music is playing, press and hold the RDM button to randomly play all songs in the USB-device. Fa ast fo orwa ard bu utton (11 1) While a USB is operating, press and hold the FF button to fast-forward the song. When fast-forward is complete, the next song will play from the beginning even if you continue holding the button. Pressing the button briefly will not operate FF. Re ewind bu utton (12 2) While a USB is operating, press and hold the REW button to rewind the song. When rewind is complete, the current song will play from the beginning even if you continue holding the button. Pressing the button briefly will not operate REW. US SB-con nnecto or (13 3) It is the connector for direct connection of a USB-device. Connecting a USB-device to the audio system will play the songs on the USB-device. NO OTE! When using an external USB-device, make sure to keep the device disconnected and connect only some time after turning on the vehicle's ignition switch. The USB-device may be damaged if the USB-device already is connected when the ignition switch is turned on. (A USB-device is not an electric automotive part.) AUX X-con nnecto or (14 4) It is the connector for connecting your portable media player using an AUX cable. AUX cable is not supported. NO OTE! The device will not operate when playing a format which is not MP3 or WMA file formats.
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
10 09
Vision system
3
The machine has a lot of equipment for the operator to minimize visibility hazards. Using this equipment, the operator must always ensure good visibility of the surroundings when operating the machine. 1 Left mirror 2 Right mirrors
4
NO OTE! Right mirrors are used as aids for better visibility.
2 1
3 Rear-view camera (if installed) 4 Side-view camera (if installed) NO OTE! Any modifications done to the machine that affect the operator's visibility must be verified by a Volvo dealer. V1182364
Mirrors and cameras (if installed)
Ca amera syste em (iif in nsta alled) The camera screen in the I-ECU (A) is opened by pressing the camera button (B) on the keypad. The camera button is illuminated when the camera view is displayed.
A
NO OTE! If both rear-view and side-view camera are installed on the machine, the operator can see their views alternately in the I-ECU (A) by pressing the camera button (B) on the keypad.
B V1178206
Re ear-vie ew cam mera (iif in nsta alled) The rear-view camera (C) is installed on top of the counterweight.
C
V1178207
Otther con ntrols
11 10
Op pera ato or com mfortt Side-view camera (if installed) The side-view camera (D) is installed on the fuel tank on the machine's right side.
D
V1182365
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
11 11
Auxiliary heater (Optional equipment) The auxiliary heater timer can be used to make the necessary settings for operation of the heater. Buttton fu unctiions
V1154252
A Display window B Buttons
V1154253
1 2 3 4
Power on / confirm button Power off / cancel / exit setting button Backward button Forward button
If the display is not lit the timer must be activated. SHORTPRESS on one of the four buttons, the start display appears in the display, then continue with the operation or setting. All functions can be set and, if necessary, changed with only 4 buttons. 1 Power on / confirm button SHORTPRESS button - if the display shows OFF → Timer On, the start display appears. - A selected function is confirmed. - Inputs are confirmed. LONGPRESS button : The button must be pressed for longer than 2 seconds. - The heater is switched on immediately if On or OFF appears in the display.
Otther con ntrols
11 12
Op pera ato or com mfortt
V1154253
1 2 3 4
Power on / confirm button Power off / cancel / exit setting button Backward button Forward button
2 Power off / cancel / exit setting button SHORTPRESS button - The displayed, activated function is ended, other activated functions are retained. - With each SHORTPRESS the display changes to a nexthigher level up to Timer OFF. - The start display appears and no function is active: → Timer OFF. - Timer is in submenu → the setting is exited, already set values are not saved. - If the display shows OFF → Timer On, the start display appears. LONGPRESS button : The button must be pressed for longer than 2 seconds. - All functions are ended. - If the display shows OFF → Timer On, the start display appears. 3 Backward button - Timer is in the Main menu and the start display appears → in the Menu bar the next, left-hand symbol appears in the middle and flashing. - Timer is in the submenu →the displayed value is changed (smaller), or the next selection is displayed. - If the display shows OFF → Timer On, the start display appears. 4 Forward button - Timer is in the Main menu and the start display appears → in the Menu bar the next, right-hand symbol appears in the middle and flashing. - Timer is in the submenu → the displayed value is changed (larger), or the next selection is displayed. - If the display shows OFF → Timer On, the start display appears.
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
11 13
Operation and setting/adjustment Main menu Menu bar The following menu items can be selected. Symbol
Function Heating ON / OFF
V1154254
Main menu A Menu bar B Status area
Settings Program / Preselection Sta atus arrea a If no menu item is activated, the current time is displayed in the status area. If a menu item is activated (heating, settings or program / preselection), different information is displayed in the status area. Sub bmen nu In the submenu, the symbol of the selected menu item appears in the middle of the display. The corresponding set value is displayed flashing in the entry area and can be set using the Backward button (3) or Forward button (4) and confirmed with the Confirm button (1). V1154255
Submenu A Menu bar : activated function B Input area
Other controls
114
Operator comffort Start display after switching ON if no menu item is activated, the start display appears with a flashing heater symbol in the Menu bar, with the current time in the status area. V1154256
V1154257
Otther po ossib ble acctiions arre: - Heating immediately with LONGPRESS button (1). - Heating on with SHORTPRESS button (1), in addition confirm and set the operating time. - Select a new menu item. 1 Heating ON / OFF Heating immediately with LONGPRESS (without settings) 1 Press the LONGPRESS button (1) for longer than 2 seconds. 2 Screen shows remaining operating time. 3 If LONGPRESS is pressed during heating mode, the display switches to the heating submenu set and set operating time. During heating mode it is possible to switch to another menu item.
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
115 5
Heating on with SHORTPRESS and with settings 1 Press the SHORTPRESS button (1) for less than 2 seconds. NOTE! The following settings and confirmations (operating time) are always required. 2 If necessary, use the BACKWARD or FORWARD button to set the operating time. Press the confirm button (1) to confirm the operating time. Heating OFF - Press the button (2) for longer than 2 seconds. → all active functions are ended. - Press the button (2) for less than 2 seconds.→ heater OFF. After the heating off the start display appears. if the vehicle lighting is off the display lighting goes out after 10 seconds.
Th he fo ollowing acctiions arre po ossib ble du uring th he he eating offf diispllay: - Use the forward or backward button to select a menu item. Press the SHORTPRESS button (2), the start display appears. - Press the SHORTPRESS button (1), the heating submenu is displayed.
Otther con ntrols
11 16
Op perator com mfort 2 General information on programming the preset time Timer can be used to program 3 preset times. The 3 preset times can either all take place on one weekday or can be distributed between different weekdays. 3 weekday ranges are available to choose from, these can each be started daily with a preset time. We eekda ay ran nges: Day: Once Sat-Sun: 2x Heating Mon-Fri: 5x Heating Mon-Sun: 7x Heating - If the system is activated with programmed weekday range, all weekdays are worked through consecutively; after that renewed programming is required. - If the timer with a programmed weekday range Mon – Fri is activated on Wednesday, the heater heats on Thursday and Friday, the heater is not operated on Saturday and Sunday. From Monday to Wednesday of the following week the operation is continued with the set defaults (5x heating). After a weekday range has been worked through renewed programming is required. De epartu ure tiime op peratting mod de (fa acto ory settting) Under the following conditions the preselected heating mode is not started on the current day. The current day and the preselected day are identical. The current time lies within the time period, departure time minus operating time.
A B
C
D
V1154261
A B C D
Preset unit Preset day Departure time Operating time
Otther con ntrols
Op perator com mfort
11 17
Example: Current day / preselected day: Mon Current time: 06:45 Departure time: 07:00 Operating time: 60 minutes Duration: 06:00 to 07:00 The current time lies within the time period, the heater is not switched on. The program will be run during the next week. Prog gram m prres sett tiimes s 1 Use the backward or forward button to select the Program symbol in the menu bar. 2 Confirm the Program menu by pressing the confirm button (1). If the Program symbol is marked with
, a or several
program memories is/are already activated. Activated program memories are marked in the display with a
Mon.
09:31
V1154262
A Current day B Current time C Settings submenu bar
.
3 Settings This function is for setting current day and time. 1 Use the backward or forward button to select the setting symbol in the menu bar. 2 Confirm the setting menu by pressing the confirm button. 3 Use the backward or forward button to select the submenu which want to change the setting. 4 Press the confirm button to confirm the setting value.
Otther con ntrols
11 18
Op perato or com mfortt Error messages In the event of a fault the following displays are possible:
Diispllay
De escrip ption
Re emed dy
- Automatic detection is active. Wait until the automatic detection - The auxiliary heater timer has been has finished, then set the time and disconnected from the power supply weekday. and then reconnected.
INIT V1154443
- No communication.
Check and if necessary renew the heater fuse. Contact a workshop authorized by Volvo.
- Heater fault.
Contact a workshop authorized by Volvo.
- Voltage too low.
Charge battery, if necessary contact a workshop authorized by Volvo.
NO SIGNAL V1154444
V1154445
-
+ V1154447
NO OTE! If you are unable to remedy the error or fault, contact a workshop authorized by Volvo.
Op perating in nstrructiions
11 19
Operating instructions This chapter contains rules which must be followed in order to operate the machine safely. However, these rules are to be followed in conjunction with laws or other national regulations applicable to road safety and labour welfare. Alertness, judgement and respect for applicable safety regulations are conditions for avoiding risk of accidents.
Run nning g-in ins stru uction ns During the first 100 hours, the machine should be operated with a certain care. It is important to check oil and fluid levels often during the running-in period.
Viisibiility
WA ARNING Risk of serious accidents. Machine parts, equipment or load could obstruct the operator‘s view. Operating or driving with obstructed operator‘s view could cause serious accidents. Us se a sig gnal man n iff op perattor‘s s vie ew is s ob bstrruc cte ed. It may not be possible to provide direct visibility to all areas around the machine. To achieve acceptable visibility, additional devices such as warning systems, mirrors, and closed-circuit television cameras (CCTV) may be used. In order to minimize hazards that may be caused by restricted visibility, rules or procedures shall be established by the job site management. For example: NO OTE! Some parts of the basic machine may restrict visibility, for example, the cab's pillars, frames, exhaust pipe, engine hood, as well as optional equipment such as buckets, pallet forks, grapples, and so on. The load that is handled with these attachments may also restrict visibility. Ensure that operators and job site workers have received thorough safety instructions. Control the traffic patterns for the machine and other vehicles. Avoid travelling in reverse if possible. Restrict the machine’s operating area. Use a signalman to help the operator. Use signals according to the signal diagram, see page 195. Provide two-way communication equipment if necessary. Ensure that job site workers communicate with the operator before approaching the machine. Use warning signs. Standard ISO 5006 "Earthmoving machinery-Operator's field of view" deals with the operator's visibility around the machine and is meant to be used for measuring and evaluating the visibility. The machine is tested by methods and performance criteria according to this standard. The visibility method used may not include all aspects of the operator's visibility, but provides information for determining if additional devices for indirect visibility, such as warning systems, are necessary.
Op perating in nstrructiions
12 20 The test was performed on machines with standard equipment and attachment. If the machine is modified or fitted with other equipment or attachment, which results in impaired visibility, it should be re-tested according to ISO 5006. If other equipment or attachments are used and the visibility has been impaired, the operator should be informed. Conforming to the standard is a requirement in EU-countries and provides for improved visibility around the machine.
Mirror an nd cam mera (iif in nsta alled) setttings Mirrrorrs, ad djustiing ISO 5006 states that an imaginary boundary line around the machine must be visible to the operator. Park the machine straight and on level ground. Adjust the mirrors until the imaginary boundary line is visible to the operator, see figure below. NO OTE! Cameras may be also used to create visibility on the rectangular boundary. (Cameras are not adjustable on the machine.)
A D
B
C
Close-up visibility boundary according to ISO 5006 (thick line) A 1.2 m (47.2 in) B 1.0 m (39.4 in) C 1.0 m (39.4 in) D 1.0 m (39.4 in)
V1182373
Op perating in nstrructiions
121 1 Rear-view mirrors Using the rear-view mirrors, check that you have as good visibility as possible towards the machine's superstructure and lower frame, and with as wide angle as possible. If not, adjust the rearview mirrors until good visibility is obtained, see figures.
V1182374
Machine’s right view
V1182376
Machine’s top view
V1182375
Machine’s left view
Re ear-vie ew an nd Sid de-vie ew cam merras s (iff in nsta alled) Check the rear-view and side-view camera's display screens, which are focused on the visible areas, for good visibility. NO OTE! Cameras are not adjustable on the machine.
V1182370
Machine’s rear view
V1182378
Machine’s top view
V1182377
Machine’s left view
Op perating in nstrructiions
12 22 Measures before and during operation Walk around the machine and check that there are no obstacles next to the machine. Check that mirrors and other visibility-enhancing devices are in good condition, clean, and correctly adjusted. Clean the cameras, if cameras are installed. NO OTE! When you have direct access to the cameras for cleaning, be sure to use an appropriate external ladder or an appropriate platform. Check that the horn, back-up/travel alarm and rotating beacon (optional equipment) are working correctly. Check if the management has established rules or procedures for the work site. Always pay attention around the machine to identify any obstacles. Prevent persons from entering or remaining in the work area, i.e., the area around the machine and at least 7 m (23 ft) beyond the maximum reach of the attachment. However, depending on the job site's organization, the operator may allow a person to remain in the work area, but must then observe caution and operate the machine only when the person can be seen or has given clear indications of where he or she is. Never allow any person to walk or stand under raised equipment or suspended loads.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Sa afety ru ules wh hen op peratiing
12 23
Safety rules when operating Operator obligations
WARNING Risk of fatal accidents. Unauthorised persons within the work area around the machine could lead to serious crushing injury. • Cllear alll un nauthoris sed d pe erson nnel frrom m th he wo orkin ng arrea a. • Kee ep a lo ookou ut in n alll diirec ctiions. • Do o no ot to ouch con ntroll le everrs orr swiitche es du urin ng sta art.. • Sou und th he ho orn be efore be eginning op perattion. The operator must operate the machine in such a way that the risk of accidents is minimized for both the operator and persons present on the work site. The operator must be thoroughly familiar with how to operate and maintain the machine and should undergo adequate training on the machine. The operator must follow the rules and recommendations in the Operator's Manual, but must also pay attention to any legislation and national regulations or specific requirements or risks that apply at the work site. The operator must be thoroughly rested and must never operate the machine when under the influence of alcohol, medicine, or other drugs. The operator is responsible for any load while working with the machine. - There must be no risk of the load falling off while operating. - Refuse to take a load which is an obvious safety risk. - Respect the stated maximum load for the machine. Pay attention to the effect of different distances to the centre of gravity and the effects of different attachments. The operator must check that the mirrors and cameras (if installed) are in good condition, clean, and adjusted correctly for good visibility before operating the machine. NO OTE! Cameras (if installed) are not adjustable on the machine. Check that the camera screen is displayed correctly on the I-ECU when pressing the camera button on the keypad.
X
V1170147
The operator must be in control of the machine's work area. - Prevent persons from walking or standing under raised excavating equipment or suspended loads, unless it has been made safe or supported. - Prevent persons from entering or remaining in the work area, i.e., the area around the machine and at least 7 m (23 ft) beyond the maximum reach of the attachment. However, depending on the job site’s organization, the operator may allow a person to remain in the work area, but must then observe caution and operate the machine only when the person can be seen or has given clear indications of where he or she is. - Prevent persons from being in the cab of a vehicle that is in a location with a risk that the cab may be hit by other machines or falling objects, for example, stones or logs. This does not apply if the cab is sufficiently strong or is protected to withstand the impact of such external forces.
Op perating in nstrructiions
12 24
Sa afe ety ru ule es wh hen op perating - Make sure that you know the weight limitation of the ground on which the machine is working. The operator may only take an instructor on board, if there is an approved instructor's seat in the machine.
WARNING Risk of fatal accidents. Using attachments for lifting or transporting persons may lead to fatal accidents with serious crushing injury or death. Ne everr us se atttachm men nts fo or liifting orr trran nspo ortiing pe erson ns.
Acccid dents Accidents and also incidents should be reported to the site management immediately. If possible leave the machine in position. Only take necessary action so as to reduce the effect of damage, especially personal injuries. Avoid action which may make an investigation more difficult. Wait for further instructions from the site management.
Ope eratorr saffetty The machine must be operational, that is faults which can cause accidents must be rectified. Suitable clothing for safe handling and a hard hat should be worn. A loose mobile telephone must not be used, as it may interfere with important electronics. The mobile telephone must be connected to the electrical system of the machine and have a fixed external aerial fitted according to the instructions of the manufacturer. Always sit in the operator seat when starting the engine/ machine. Keep your hands away from areas where there is a risk of crushing, for example covers, door and window. Always use the lap type seat belt or the three-point belt, if the machine is equipped with this. Use steps and handholds when entering or leaving the machine. Use the three-point grip, that is two hands and one foot or two feet and one hand. Always face the machine - do not jump! The door must be closed. Check that the attachment is properly attached and locked. The vibration (shaking) which arises when operating may be harmful to the operator. Reduce this by: - adjusting the seat and tightening the seat belt. - picking the smoothest operating surface for the machine (levelling the surface when necessary). - adapting your speed.
Operating in nstrructiions
Sa afety ru ules wh hen op perrating
12 25
In case of travelling on uneven ground, do not let the machine lean more than 10° to one side. The cab has two emergency exits, the door and the rear window. Only walk and step on surfaces which are provided with antislip protection. During electrical storms, do not attempt to enter or exit the machine. - If you are off the machine, stay well away from the machine until the storm passes. - If you are in the cab, remain seated with the machine stationary until the storm passes. Do not touch controls or anything metal. In all kinds of works (travelling, digging, loading, hammering, and so on), place the idler side in front to reduce the travel drive damage due to incorrect operating position.
Op perating in nstrructiions
12 26
Sa afetyy ru ules wh hen op perating Operating on public roads Road signs, traffic restricting arrangements and other safety devices, which may be required when considering traffic speed and intensity or other local conditions, must be used. When moving the machine with a suspended load, special attention must be observed. when required, request the help of a signal man. Warning beacon may by used: - On attached or connected implement, which is wider than the vehicle itself. - When the vehicle constitutes a hindrance or danger to other traffic. - When working on or by the side of the roadway.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Me easurres be efore op peratiing
12 27
Measures before operating NOTIICE The safety regulations and operating instructions issued by the manufacturer must be strictly observed.
V1065709
- Read the Operator's manual. - Carry out daily service, see page 268. In cold weather, make sure that the freezing point of the coolant is sufficiently low and that the lubricating oil is intended for winter use. - Clean / scrape ice off the windows. - Clean the dust around engine, battery and cooler. - Check the level of hydraulic fluid, refill if required. - Check that there is sufficient fuel in the fuel tank. - Check that there are no faulty, loose parts or leaks, which can cause damage. - Check that the battery disconnected switch is switched on. - Check for cracks on frame and tracks. - Check that hoods and covers are closed. - Make sure fire extinguisher if equipped is fully charged. - Inspect steps and handholds for damage or loose parts. Make necessary repairs if needed. - Check that there are no persons in the vicinity of the machine. - Adjust the operator seat and fasten the seat belt. - Adjust and clean the mirrors. - Inspect working and other lights for proper operation. - Travel alarm should be on before operating the machine. - Inspect the failure of gauges in the instrument panels. - Check the function of the attachment quick coupler (optional equipment).
Op perating in nstrructiions
12 28
Sttartting en ngine
Starting engine rpm
F
G
H
A
NOTE! Make sure the control lockout lever is in downward (lockout) position, otherwise the engine can not be started.
WA ARNING 0 1
2
B
Risk of fatal accidents. Unauthorised persons within the work area around the machine could lead to serious crushing injury. • Cllear alll un nauthoris sed d pe erson nnel frrom m th he wo orkin ng arrea a. • Kee ep a lo ookou ut in n alll diirec ctiions. • Do o no ot to ouch con ntroll le everrs orr swiitche es du urin ng sta art.. • Sou und th he ho orn be efore be eginning op perattion.
NO OTICE V1129242
A Engine speed control switch B Ignition switch Off position (0) Running (preheating) position (1) Starting position (2)
ot kee ep th he ig gnition swiitch in n sta artiing po osittion fo or morre th han Do no 20 0 sec con nds, as s th his may y serrio ously y da amag ge th he sta artiing syste em. Iff th he en ngine do oes no ot sta art,, tu urn th he swiitch ba ack to o sto op po osittion nd wa ait a cou uple off min nutes be efore th he ne ext sta artiing atttemptt. an
NO OTICE If th he en ngine sou unds orr run ns strran ngely orr iff strron ng vib brattions arris se,, th he ig gnition swiitch mus st be e tu urne ed to o sto op po osittion im mmed diately.
NO OTICE Wait un ntil th he ellectrron nic syste em is s com mplletely shu ut do own be efore res sta artiing. 1 Turn the engine speed control switch (A) to the low speed position and turn the key to running position. 2 Sound the horn and let other workers and bystanders know you are starting the machine. For the startup sequence, see page 42. 3 Turn the key to the starting position. 4 Release the key when the engine has started. 5 Warm up the machine.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Sttartting en ngiine
129 9
Starting engine in cold weather 1 Turn engine speed control switch (A) to the low speed position. 2 Turn the key to the running (preheating) position and keep it there while the preheating is working. The preheating indicator will be displayed on the indicator screen of I-ECU. 3 When the preheating is finished, sound the horn and let other workers and bystanders know you are starting the machine. For the startup sequence, see page 42. 4 Turn the key to the starting position. 5 Release the key when the engine has started. 6 Warm up the machine. Run at low speed and with a light load until the oil in the engine and hydraulic system has warmed up.
V1065729
Air preheating indicator
NO OTICE he en ngine att lo ow id dling spe eed fo or 10 0–15 5 min nutes to o wa arm th he Run th en ngine an nd th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em att te empe erattures s be elow –15 5 °C C (+5 °F)) be efore pu utting th he mac chiine to o wo ork. Us se rec com mmen nded lu ubric catting oiil fo or wiinter us se.. See e pa age 27 73 . Du urin ng th he colld sea ason n, fiill th he fu uel ta ank affter wo ork ha as fiinishe ed fo or th he da ay to o cou unterac ct th he fo ormattion off con ndensattion wa ater in n th he ta ank.
En ngine e blloc ck he eaterr (op ptional eq quipmen nt) This equipment is used to reduce the engine load which cause the wear in the engine when starting the machine in cold weather region.
NO OTICE The mac chiine may y be e eq quipped wiith cyliinder bllock he eater fo or eiither 12 20 V orr 24 40 V. Co ompa are th he spe eciffied volltage off th he ex xte erna al po ower sup pply an nd wiith th hat off th he cyliinder bllock he eater.
V1092114
Socket for block heater
Op perating in nstrructiions
13 30
Sttarting en ngin ne Starting with booster batteries
WARNING Batteries may explode due to the current surge if a fully-charged battery is connected to a completely discharged or frozen battery. Personal injuries may be sustained. When starting with booster batteries, check that the booster batteries or other power source have the same voltage as the batteries of the machine. If the batteries in another machine are used the engine of that machine must be turned off.
NO OTICE ot atttemptt to o sta art th he en ngine wh hile th he ba attery cha arge er is s stiill Do no con nnecte ed to o th he maiins. Th his may y cau use serrio ous da amag ge to o th he ellectrron nic con ntroll un nits. 1 Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 2 Remove the protections from the battery pole studs. Co onnect tw wo 12 2 V ba atterie es as s fo ollows : 3 Connect one of the jump leads between (+) terminal on the battery of the machine and the (+) terminal on the booster battery. 4 Connect the other jump lead between the (-) terminal of the booster battery and a grounding point on the machine.
NO OTICE Do no ot con nnect grrou und to o th he un ndercarrria age on n th he mac chiine. Th his may y serrio ously y da amag ge th he swiing be earin ng. 5 Connect the batteries of the machine by turning on the battery disconnect switch. 6 Start the engine with the ignition switch in a cab. 7 Leave the batteries connected for 5-10 minutes after starting the engine. 8 Disconnect the jump lead from the chassis connection on the machine, and then disconnect the other end of the jump lead from the (-) terminal on the booster battery. 9 Finally disconnect the jump lead between the (+) terminals. 10 Re-install the battery pole stud protections.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Sttarting en ngin ne
131 1
Turbocharger Turbocharger is driven by the exhaust gas, which pass through the turbine housing on the way out into exhaust system. Turbocharger is equipped with waste gate valve, which allows the turbo to limit its maximum charge air output.
V1067983
Air
Lubricating oil
NO OTICE
Exhaust
he en ngine att lo ow id dling spe eed fo or att le east ha alf a min nute affter Run th sta art.. Th his is s to o en nsurre th he lu ubric cattion off th he tu urbo ocha arge er.
V1066000
A B C D
Exhaust inlet To exhaust system Air inlet Compressed air
The turbocharger is lubricated and cooled through the engine lubrication system. Importance for the function of the turbocharger is that: lubrication and cooling is safeguarded by - not racing the engine immediately after it has been started. - the engine is allowed to run at low idling for at least 2 minutes before it is turned off. engine oil is changed and the filters are replaced at prescribed intervals. the air cleaner is serviced regularly and the exhaust system and lubricating oil lines do not leak. If any jarring noises can be heard or if the turbocharger vibrates, it must be reconditioned or changed immediately. On nly an n au uthoriz zed d de ealer wo orksho op may y carrry ou ut wo ork on n th he tu urbo ocha arge er.
Wa arming g up p Machine may respond slowly at low temperatures. Operate carefully until the system has reached normal temperature. Otherwise unexpected movements may occur.
Op perating in nstrructiions
13 32
Hy ydra aulic syste em, wa arm ming up p
Hydraulic system, warming up The oil in machine's hydraulic system is used for operating the hydraulic cylinders of the equipment as well as the hydraulic motors for travelling and swinging. When the oil is cold it is viscous. Therefore the machine's hydraulic functions operate slower than when the oil is warm. Malfunctions may result if one or more of the machine functions are forced against end-position without first having warmed up the system. NO OTE! Operate the machine functions (travel, swing, and attachments) very slowly and carefully.
WA ARNING Risk of crushing injury. The hydraulic system could respond slowly at low temperatures and could cause unexpected machine movements. Op peratte carreffully un ntil th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em ha as rea ache ed op peratting te empe eratture..
NO OTICE Do no ot rus sh wa armin ng off th he oiil, sin nce fo orced d wa armin ng can n da amag ge th he mac chiine.
WA ARNING Riisk off crus shiing. Sud dden mov vem men nt off atttachm men nts may y cau use serrio ous in njury orr de eath to o pe erson nnel ne ear th he mac chiine. Qu uick-ac ctiing con ntrolls op peratte th he op ptional atttachm men nts. Op peratte th he con ntrolls carreffully.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Hy ydrraulic syste em,, wa arming up p
Hydraulics Oil Temperature Hi
1 2 3 4 5 (1/5)
V1140829
Hydraulic oil temperature screen
13 33
1 Start the engine and let it run at low idle for 5 minutes. 2 Then increase engine speed to approx. 1,200 rpm. 3 Carefully follow the instructions given below. If the green bar for hydraulic oil temperature covers more than approx. 1/5 to the Hi (high level) position, perform the next steps 4 and 5. If the green bar for hydraulic oil temperature covers less than approx. 1/5 to the Hi (high level) position, raise the boom slightly from the ground and operate bucket-in and bucketout using the control lever for 5 minutes (stop operation for 2-3 seconds after 1 operation, i.e. bucket-in or out). After 5 minutes, if the green bar for hydraulic oil temperature has not reached approx. 1/5, operate bucket-in using the control lever and hold the control lever in that position for 10 seconds to reach relief pressure. Release the control lever for 5 seconds and then repeat the operation until the green bar has reached approx. 1/5. 4 Run out the bucket cylinder using the control lever and let the bucket move to its end-position. 5 Then carry out a number of boom, dipper arm, swing, and travel movements with the machine to distribute the warmed hydraulic oil to all hydraulic cylinders and motors. Carry out these movements until the hydraulic system has reached working temperature/rapid working movements.
Travellling a sho ort diista ance Moving the machine a short distance (for example, when loading onto or off a trailer) may be done without a complete warm-up. This operation must be done with great care. Under these conditions the engine speed must not exceed 1,200 rpm and the travel speed control should be in low speed position.
Op perating in nstrructiions
134
Op peratiing
Operating NOTIICE In order not to jeopardise the lubrication of the engine, the machine must not be inclined more than 35 degrees in either direction. In addition it may be unsuitable to operate at this inclination as the machine may become unstable and unbalanced, depending on the load. NOTE! Do not jack the track up more than 35 degrees using attachment. Otherwise counterweight can be damaged. NO OTE! If the machine is equipped with travel warning system, a warning alarm sounds when levers or pedals are actuated. For more operating information, see page 77.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Sttoppiing
135 5
Stopping 1 Select as level ground as possible to park the machine. 2 Lower the attachment to the ground. 3 Leave the engine running at low idling speed for approx. 2 minutes before shutting off the engine. Otherwise the lubrication of the turbocharger may be jeopardised, resulting in shorter service life and great risk of bearing seizure. 4 Turn the ignition switch to stop position. 5 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the hydraulic system securely. 6 If the machine is to be left for any length of time, the battery disconnect switch should be turned off. Keep in mind that the theft and burglary risk can be minimised by: - Removing the ignition switch when the machine is left unattended. - Locking doors and covers after working hours. - Turning off the current with the battery disconnect switch and removing the handle of the switch. - Parking the machine where the risk of theft, burglary and damage is minimised. - Removing all valuables from the cab such as cellular phone, computer, radio and bags. - Chaining the machine. By etching in the PIN-number or the national licence plate number of the machine on its windows, it is easier to identify stolen machines.
Op perating in nstrructiions
13 36
Pa arkin ng
Parking NOTIICE Choose level ground for parking the machine. If the machine has to be parked on an incline, the tracks must be blocked with wooden blocks and the bucket teeth pressed into the ground. V1092141
1 Park the machine with proper condition that the piston rods of the attachments will be protected against moisture, dust and damage. 2 Follow the paragraphs 3 - 6 above of "Stopping". 3 Close and lock all windows, doors and all covers.
Lo ong-term pa arkin ng Fo ollow th he in nstrruc ctiions as s fo or pa arkin ng an nd in n ad ddition to o th hat: 1 Wash the machine and touch up the paint finish to avoid rusting. 2 Check the machine for leakage of oil or water, and defects of the attachments and the tracks. Replace or repair all damaged or worn parts. 3 Treat exposed parts with anti-rust agent, lubricate the machine thoroughly and apply grease to unpainted surfaces like cylinders. 4 Fill the fuel tank and the hydraulic oil tank to the maximum marks. 5 Make sure that the freezing point of the coolant is sufficiently low (in cold weather). 6 Place the machine on level, firm ground where there is no risk of freezing, landslide or flooding. 7 When storing machines in extreme cold temperatures, remove batteries and store them at room temperature. Make sure to place the batteries over a wooden/plastic/rubber surface. 8 Cover the exhaust pipe (for parking out-of-doors).
NO OTICE Sta art th he en ngine on nce a mon nth an nd run n itt att lo ow id dling spe eed fo or on ne ho our. Op peratte alll fu unctiion cycle es wh hen wo orkin ng te empe eratture ha as be een rea ache ed.
Ch heck affter lo ong-term pa arkin ng All oil and fluid levels Tension of all screws Air cleaner Hydraulic hoses Seals
Op perating in nstrructiions
Re etrievin ng and d to owing
13 37
Retrieving and towing WARNING Always use classified cables, lifting straps, shackles and hooks with sufficient lifting capacity.
WARNING Incorrect or faulty equipment or improper towing methods may cause accidents. Therefore, carefully follow the instructions given below.
WARNING Only use the rear-mounted towing hook and the attaching point for a towing bar for towing the machine. Retrieval device is used when the machine is in the event of slipping into swampy ground or being disabled. 1 Attach a wire rope to be retrieved or to tow the machine as shown in the illustration. Ensure that the towing linkage is properly connected, adequate for the purposes. 2 Towing speed for short distance is maximum 2 km/h and use other transportations for long distance. 3 Keep the tow line angle as small as possible 4 Angle for pulling should not exceed 20° from the horizontal line of tow lope and longitudinal axis of the machine. Be careful there should not be also interference with parts of the machine.
A
B V1092205
There is a hole (A) on the lower frame to fit the shackle only for towing light objects. 1 The shackle must be used for the hole (A). 2 Permissible forces of the hole (A) for towing is as follows. - EC480D: 24,900 kg (54,894 lb) NO OTE! Do not use shackle holes (B) to retrieve or tow the machine. These holes are only for anchoring when transporting the machine, see page 150.
Op perating in nstrructiions
13 38
Re etrrievin ng an nd to owing Manual release of travel brake If it is impossible to operate the machine due to the failure of the components in the track motor, the travel brake should be released. 1 Apply hydraulic pressure of 40 kg/cm² (569 psi) at port (A) of the track motor. 2 Connect a hydraulic hose between port (B) and (C) after removing plugs.
C B
A
V1092216
Type A (model: A6VE160) A Brake released port B Pressure gauge port C Pressure gauge port
C A
B Type B (model: HM280V) A Brake released port B Pressure gauge port C Pressure gauge port
V1170117
Operating in nstrructiions
Trranspo orting ma achiine
13 39
Transporting machine Measurements before transporting machine
NOTIICE The person in charge of the transport must see to that loading, positioning, lashing and transporting the machine on a trailer or other vehicle is done according to applicable laws and regulations for the country or state in question. For further information, contact your dealer.
NOTIICE If vandal protection is installed on the machine, it should be removed before the machine is transported. Check local or national regulations.
Disassembled parts for transportation Below parts can be disassembled for transportation which are related with transportation in weight and size.
V1065803
Tottal an nd diisas ssem mbled spe ecifficattions, we eight an nd diimensio on Weight and dimension are very useful to estimate the method how the disassembled parts are supposed to be transported. To comply with the laws and regulations in certain region, use the specifications of total and disassembled parts. See 296, 293 and 300.
Op perating in nstrructiions
14 40
Trranspo orting ma achiine Transporting machine Track gauge, adjustment (optional equipment) If the machine is equipped with this optional equipment, the track can be adjusted for transportation. Trrac ck ga auge, rettrac ctiing
NO OTICE ot pu ull in n th he trrac cks ap part frrom m wh hen trran nspo ortiing. Re emov ve Do no diirt an nd otther de ebris s frrom m th he cen ntrall frram me.. 1 Position the machine on even, firm and level ground. 2 Stop the engine. 3 Remove screws (A) of the track frame using a special tool (multiplier).
A
A
NO OTE! Do not remove guide screws (B).
B C
4 Start the engine and swing the superstructure at a right angle to the track to be retracted. 5 Apply downward pressure and raise the track frame slowly to about 500mm above ground level. If the track is not readily retracted, rotate the raised track slowly to shake it gently into place.
C
A
A
C
NO OTE! Do not adjust the track gauge if the angle between boom and dipper arm is below 90°.
C B
6 Lower the track frame to the ground. 7 Align the screw holes and fasten screws (C). NO OTE! Insert the corks into screw holes to protect the holes from debris and mud.
V1065902
8 Adjust the opposite frame in the same way as above. Botth sid de rettrac ctiing sho ould be e do one.
90 ~110
V1065903
D
Track to be retracted
Op perating in nstrructiions
Trranspo orting ma achiine
14 41
Track gauge, extending
NOTIICE Remove dirt and other debris that has accumulated on the centre frame. 1 Position the machine on even, firm and level ground. 2 Stop the engine. 3 Remove screws (C) of the track frame. NO OTE! Do not remove guide screws (B). 4 Start the engine and swing the superstructure at a right angle to the opposite track extended. 5 Apply downward pressure and raise the track frame slowly to about 60 mm above ground level.
NO OTICE Do no ot raiise th he trrac ck frram me morre th han 60 0 mm (2..36 in n) in n orrde er no ot to o da amag ge th he ste eerin ng. V1065905
E
Track to be extended
6 Pull the machine with the dipper arm and the track will be extended by moving the central frame. 7 Lower the track frame to the ground. 8 Align the screw holes and fasten screws (A) using multiplier. 9 Adjust the opposite frame in the same way as above. 10 Adjust track tension. NO OTE! When tightening the screws, use the dedicated tool as an optional equipment. Tiightening to orqu ue: 27 75 ± 30 0 kgff m (26 697 ± 29 94 N m, 19 986 ± 21 17 lb bf ftt)
Op perating in nstrructiions
14 42
Trranspo orting ma achin ne Dipper arm, disassembling G H A B C H
E F V1065804
1 Position the machine on even, firm and level ground. 2 Retract the bucket cylinder and dipper arm cylinder completely. 3 Lower the boom so that the dipper arm is on the ground. Insert the block below the dipper arm. 4 Stop the engine. 5 Move the control lockout lever down. 6 Disconnect the hose at point (C) and drain the oil.
WA ARNING Ho ot oiil can n cau use bu urns s. Us se prrottectiive eq quipmen nt an nd ha andle ho ot oiil wiith grrea at carre.. Co ollect th he oiil an nd ta ake carre off itt in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally frrie endly wa ay.
WA ARNING Re esid dual prres ssurre in n th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em may y le ead to o oiil un nder hiigh prres ssurre je etting ou ut, ev ven n iff th he en ngine ha as no ot be een run nning fo or som me tiime.. Alw ways rellease th he prres ssurre be efore an ny kin nd off serrvic ce off th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em is s carrrie ed ou ut.
NO OTICE Do th he wo ork in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe man nner.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Trranspo orting ma achiine
14 43
7 Disconnect the hose at point (B) and plug the pipe with appropriate tool at point (B) and (C). remove the hoses (F). 8 Lift the dipper arm cylinder (G) slightly. use cable sheath and be careful that the cylinder is not damaged. 9 Remove the pin at point (A). 10 Lower the dipper arm cylinder on the boom. insert the block between boom and cylinder. 11 Reinstall the pin at point (A) again. 12 Hitch the cable at point (A), pin of dipper arm, with crane. Use cable sheath not to damage the pin. 13 Remove the pin at point (E). Start the engine and move the boom to disassemble from dipper arm. 14 Disassemble the dipper arm and move the machine rearward to lower the boom on the ground. 15 Reinstall the pin at point (E) again. 16 Turn off the engine. 17 Lower the dipper arm on the ground. Insert the blocks below the dipper arm. 18 Tie the cylinder rod for bucket and link not to be extended or moved. 19 Rectify any damage to paint finish. 20 Apply the anti-rust agent and seal the machined faces.
Counterweight, diisas ssem mbling
WA ARNING Mak ke surre th hat th he cou unterwe eight is s ha andled corrrec ctlly. No o pe erson nnel may y be e un nder th he cou unterwe eight. Ask a collleague to o carreffully wa atch th he cou unterwe eight du urin ng rem mov vall. Ca areffully rea ad th he in nstrruc ctiions be efore ha andling th he cou unterwe eight.
WA ARNING He eavy liift. Mak ke surre th hat no o pe erson ns arre un nder th he cou unterwe eight wh hen itt is s liifted.
WA ARNING Th he cou unterwe eight is s he eavy. Ta ake carre in n pe erfo ormin ng rem mov vall. To o liift th he cou unterwe eight, us se cerrtiified wiire rop pes in n go ood con ndition, off ad dequate lo oad ratting an nd le ength.
Op perating in nstrructiions
14 44
Trranspo orting ma achiine Counterweight, removal
NOTIICE Move the control lockout lever to its low position in order to lock the system securely before removing the counterweight. Attach a warning label to the left control lever with information that the engine must not be started.
D A
B
1 Position the machine on flat, firm and level ground, free from any obstructions or interference. 2 Remove three plug screws on the top of counterweight. 3 As shown in the illustration, connect the lifting cables or slings with sufficient strength for the counterweight at the lifting points (A) and (D) (with three eye bolts) correctly. 4 Disassemble screws (B, C). 5 Lift the counterweight fully to remove it. 6 Place the counterweight on suitable supports.
C V1182695
D A
Co ounterwe eight, in nsta allation 1 Position the machine on flat, firm and level ground, free from any obstructions or interference. 2 As shown in the illustration, connect the lifting cables or slings with sufficient strength for the counterweight at the lifting points (A) and (D) correctly. 3 Lift the counterweight enough to fasten with screws on the brackets.
B
WA ARNING Liift th he cou unterwe eight ju ust a liittle, an nd affter con nfirmin ng saffety an nd ho oriz zon ntal po osittion, prroc cee ed to o in nsta all itt.
WA ARNING
C V1182695
Do o no ot in nserrt you ur fiingers be etween mac chiine an nd cou unterwe eight, a serrio ous ac ccid dent cou uld oc ccurr. 4 Assemble screws (B, C). 5 Disconnect the lifting cables or slings from the counterweight at the lifting points (A) and (D) (with three eye bolts). 6 Install three plug screws on top of the counterweight. Tiightening to orqu ue orr spe ecifficattion off screw ws : Screws (B), (C): 2700 ± 265 N m (275 ± 27 kgf m, 1985 ± 195 lbf ft) Eye bolt specification: M48-P5
Op perating in nstrructiions
Trranspo orting ma achiine
145 5
Boom with dipper arm cylinder, disassembling
C
D
E
1 2
3
F
G 4 5
B A V1065805
1 Stop the engine. 2 Move the control lockout lever down. 3 Disconnect the hoses at point (A) (hoses for dipper arm cylinder and bucket cylinder) and drain the oil.
WA ARNING Ho ot oiil can n cau use bu urns s. Us se prrottectiive eq quipmen nt an nd ha andle ho ot oiil wiith grrea at carre.. Co ollect th he oiil an nd ta ake carre off itt in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally frrie endly wa ay.
WA ARNING Re esid dual prres ssurre in n th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em may y le ead to o oiil un nder hiigh prres ssurre je etting ou ut, ev ven n iff th he en ngine ha as no ot be een run nning fo or som me tiime.. Alw ways rellease th he prres ssurre be efore an ny kin nd off serrvic ce off th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em is s carrrie ed ou ut.
NO OTICE Do th he wo ork in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe man nner.
Op perating in nstrructiions
146
Trranspo orting ma achiine 4 Disconnect the hoses at point (B) (hoses for hammer and shear) and drain the oil. 5 If equipped with other attachments, disconnect hoses for them and drain the oil. 6 Disconnect the wire harness on the boom. 7 Plug pipes and hoses with appropriate tool at disconnected points, and then arrange the hoses not to be interfered with other components. 8 Lift the boom cylinder (left side of D) slightly. Use cable sheath and be careful that the cylinder is not damaged. 9 Remove the locking pins (3) at point (F) and push the pin (1) to the right side. 10 Start the engine. 11 Retract the boom cylinder completely and lower the boom cylinder on the bedplate (G). 12 Turn off the engine and move down the control lockout lever down. 13 Same method is applied on the boom cylinder of right side. 14 Reinstall the pin at point (F) again with shims and locking screws. Ensure that the locations of locking screws (3) and shims (2) are not changed into right side ones. 15 Hitch the cable at point (F) with crane. use cable sheath not to damage the pin. 16 Remove the locking plates (4) and pins (5). 17 Lift the boom with dipper arm cylinder and lower that on the ground. Insert the block below the boom. 18 Tie the cylinder rod of dipper arm not to be extended or moved. 19 When it is needed to remove the lower frame with under carriage, lift the boom cylinders with crane to position (C). Tighten the boom cylinders with rope not to move. 20 Reinstall the pins (5) and locking plates (4) again. 21 Rectify any damage to paint finish. 22 Apply the anti-rust agent and seal the machined faces.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Trranspo orting ma achiine
147 7
Superstructure, disassembling B
C
D,E
H I A
F,G
V1065806
1 2 3 4
Stop the engine. Move the control lockout lever down. Remove the docking screws except 4 at point (A). Start the engine and arrange the superstructure is aligned with lower structure. 5 Turn off the engine and move down the control lockout lever down. 6 Hitch the cable at points (B) and (C) with crane and lift the superstructure slightly. 7 Disconnect the hoses at points (D) to (I) and drain the oil.
WA ARNING Ho ot oiil can n cau use bu urns s. Us se prrottectiive eq quipmen nt an nd ha andle ho ot oiil wiith grrea at carre.. Co ollect th he oiil an nd ta ake carre off itt in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally frrie endly wa ay.
WA ARNING Re esid dual prres ssurre in n th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em may y le ead to o oiil un nder hiigh prres ssurre je etting ou ut, ev ven n iff th he en ngine ha as no ot be een run nning fo or som me tiime.. Alw ways rellease th he prres ssurre be efore an ny kin nd off serrvic ce off th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em is s carrrie ed ou ut.
NO OTICE Do th he wo ork in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe man nner.
Op perating in nstrructiions
14 48
Trranspo orting ma achiine 8 Plug pipes and hoses with appropriate tool at disconnected points, and then arrange the hoses not to be interfered with other components. 9 Remove left 4 screws at point (A). 10 Lift the superstructure and lower that on the ground. Be careful the pinion gear of swing motor is not damaged.
WARNING Th he sup perstrruc ctu ure is s he eavy. Pay y atttention to o saffe fo ooting an nd th he arrea a arrou und th he cran ne be efore prroc cee eding to o rem mov ve orr in nsta all th he sup perstrruc ctu ure.. 11 Rectify any damage to paint finish. Apply the anti-rust agent and seal the machined faces including pinion gear of swing motor, swing ring gear and center passage.
Op perating in nstrructiions
Trrans spo orting ma achiine
14 49
Sunlight protection, closing The sunlight protection may be opened while transporting the machine because of vibration. Therefore it should be closed tightly not to be opened.
Sa atellite an ntenna, fo olding (o optional eq quipment) When transporting the machine or using the machine in an area limited the height, the satellite antenna can be damaged. Fold satellite antenna (A) using spring (B) like the figure. In this case, it may be limited for satellite communication of the machine.
A B
A
B
V1099532
A Satellite antenna B Spring
Ro otating be eacon n la amp, fo olding (o optional eq quipment) C
A
B
V1099574
When transporting the machine, fold bracket (B) with rotating beacon lamp (A) not to be damaged. 1 Loosen screw (C) and then turn down rotating beacon lamp (A). 2 Fasten the screw (C).
Op perating in nstrructiions
15 50
Trranspo orting ma achiine Tying down machine
WARNING Only lift an empty machine. Make sure that no persons are near the machine when it is being lifted.
WARNING Make sure that loading ramps and platforms are free from oil, mud, ice and similar so that the machine does not begin to slip.
NOTIICE The function for automatic idling must be deactivated with the button on the keyboard in order to avoid that the speed increases during loading and unloading of the machine.
NOTIICE Select low engine speed and low travelling speed for loading and unloading the machine. 15
A
A
B
V1065808
V1065810
1 2 3 4
Place the trailer on a firm and level ground. Apply the brake of the trailer. Insert blocks (A) in front of and behind the tyres of trailer. Fix loading ramps (B) securely. - Make sure that the strength, width, length and thickness of the planks are safe for loading. - Make sure that the angle of loading ramp is 15° or less. 5 Check whether the right and the left loading ramps are of the same height. 6 Decide the direction and travel slowly onto the loading ramps and trailer bed / platform. Block each track and secure the machine with tie downs of adequate load rating so that the machine cannot move. - Load the machine so that the bucket cylinder rod does not contact the trailer. - Never operate any lever other than the travel levers (pedals) while the machine is on the loading ramp.
NO OTICE Do no ot ex xte end diipper arrm orr bu uckett cyliinders to o th heir en nd po osittions as s th hey th hen run n th he ris sk off be eing da amag ged. 7 Stop the machine.
V1065812
Operating in nstrructiions
Trranspo orting ma achiine
V1065813
V1065814
V1065815
15 51
8 When some parts of machine are disassembled, load the disassembled components on the trailers properly. If necessary, put the blocks behind or below the components. 9 Remove the ignition switch. 10 Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch. 11 Lock the door and the access covers. 12 Cover the exhaust pipe to prevent turbocharger from damage. 13 Ensure that the machine or disassembled components are firmly secured.
Operating instructions
152
Transporting machine Lifting machine
WARNING Never lift the machine with a person in the cab.
WARNING Always use classified cables, lifting straps, shackles and hooks with sufficient lifting capacity.
WARNING Incorrect or faulty equipment or improper towing methods may cause accidents. Therefore, carefully follow the instructions given below.
V1092230
Op perating in nstrructiions
Trranspo orting ma achiine
15 53
NOTE! Lift the machine on flat, even and level ground. 1 Start the engine, and arrange the bucket, dipper arm and boom as illustrated. Position the superstructure boom forward over the idlers. 2 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely, see page 88. 3 Stop the engine, check the safety around the machine. 4 Close and lock the windshield, cab door and engine hood securely. 5 As shown in the decal for lifting, connect lifting cables or slings with sufficient strength for the machine weight at the lifting points correctly. 6 After installation of all hoisting equipment, lift the machine a little to check its balance, if satisfactory, lift it slowly and evenly. 7 Maintain good visibility of the machine at all times during the lift. And continuously check that the machine is level.
Op perating te echn niques
15 54
Operating techniques The excavator is a multi-task machine capable of being fitted with multitude special attachments to perform many types of work. This chapter contains information and instructions regarding the best operating practices to improve efficiency, including examples on how the most common attachments are used. It is important that the correct technique is used to obtain safe and efficient use of the machine.
Op perating te echn niques
Wh hole-body vib brationss
15 55
Whole-body vibrations Whole-body vibration emission on construction machinery are affected by a number of factors, such as working mode, ground conditions, speed, and so on. To a large extent the operator can influence the actual vibration levels, because the operator controls the speed of the machine, its working mode, the travel path, and so on. Therefore, the result can be a range of different vibration levels for the same type of machine. For cab specifications, see page 290.
Gu uidelines fo or re educin ng vib bration le evells on n arthmovin ng ma achiines ea Use the proper type and size of machine, with optional equipment and attachments for the application. Keep the terrain and haul roads in good condition. - Remove any large rocks or obstacles. - Fill any ditches and holes. - Provide equipment and schedule time to maintain terrain conditions. Adjust the speed and travel path to minimize the vibration level. - Drive around obstacles and rough terrain conditions. - Reduce the speed when it is necessary to go over rough terrain. Maintain machines according to the manufacturer's recommendations. - Track tensions. - Tire pressures. - Brake and steering systems. - Controls, hydraulic system and linkages. Keep the seat maintained and adjusted. - Adjust the seat and its suspension according to the weight and size of the operator. - Inspect and maintain the seat suspension and adjustment mechanisms. - Use the seat belt and adjust it correctly. Steer, brake, accelerate, shift gears, and move the attachments smoothly. Minimize vibrations for long work cycle or long distance travelling. - Use suspension systems if available. - If no suspension system is available, reduce speed to prevent bouncing. - Transport machines when there are long distances between worksites. Back pain associated with whole-body vibrations may be caused by other risk factors. The following guidelines can be effective to minimize risks of back pains: - Adjust the seat and controls to achieve good posture. - Adjust the mirrors to minimize twisted posture. - Provide breaks to reduce long periods of sitting. - Avoid jumping down from the machine. - Minimize repeated handling and lifting of loads. - Maintain reasonable weight and physical condition.
Op perating te echn niques
15 56
Ru ules fo or dig ggin ng
Rules for digging WARNING Risk of serious injury. More than one person in the cab while operating could cause accidents and serious injury. On nly th he op perattor, sea ated in n th he op perattor’s s sea at, may y be e in n th he cab b wh hen op peratting. Alll otther pe erson ns mus st kee ep att a saffe diista ance frrom m th he mac chiine. First read the safety rules for operating, see page 123, 124, 124, 126. Always prepare work by carefully studying drawings and regulations that apply to the site. Also study the ground conditions and what the risk areas on the site look like. Turn off gas, electricity and water supplies, if this is necessary. Mark the position of cables and pipes. Fence off the area around the machine, if there is a risk that people may get too close. Pay attention to a swinging machine. Look after your workmates! Make sure that they take care. No persons, apart from the operator, may be present within the working area of the machine. Teach them to be on their guard against collapsing banks and rolling stones and to be prepared to dash for safety. Changes in stress in a bank immediately prior to a landslip are indicated by small streams of loose material just where the cracks are forming. If the machine is provided with optional equipment, which is operated with the pedals, the operator must assure him or her self of that the anticipated movements are obtained when actuating the pedals. An unexpected movement may entail risk of an accident. A cab provided with protective grill over the roof window meets the requirements for falling object guard in accordance with stated testing methods (FOPS/ISO 10262). Use the falling object guard when there is risk of heavy, falling objects.
NO OTICE With cerrta ain atttachm men nt com mbiinations th here is s a ris sk th hat th he atttachm men nt may y strrik ke th he cab b. Avoiid da amag ge by y be eing carrefful wh hen wo orkin ng clo ose to o th he mac chiine. Never swing the bucket or load above people. Never use the bucket for chopping. If uncontrolled movements should occur, first release levers and pedals, then shut off the engine immediately by turning the ignition switch to the stop position. If red warning lamps light up and/or the buzzer is sounding, the engine must be stopped immediately and the cause investigated. The machine must not be equipped with a larger bucket/ attachment than permitted. When using equipment which generate knocks or vibrations, for example hammer, the hydraulic cylinders must not be operated closer than 10 cm (4 in) from their end-of -stroke positions.
Operating te echn niques
Ru ule es fo or diiggiing 3 1
In case of fire, the battery disconnect switch should be turned off, if possible. It is positioned outside the tool box on the right side of the machine. Open the cover and turn the battery disconnect switch key counter-clockwise to switch off.
2
4 1 2 3 4
157 7
V1129250
Battery disconnect switch key OFF position ON position Cover
Op perating te echn niques
15 58
Ru ules fo or diigging Loading on to a vehicle
WARNING Risk of crushing. Material may fall off when loading a vehicle. Mak ke surre th hat no o pe erson ns arre sta anding ne ear th he veh hicle e wh hile lo oading. If possible, position the machine higher than the vehicle to be loaded. Place the vehicle to be loaded so that the machine does not have to swing and lift more than necessary. Make sure that the driver of the vehicle to be loaded stays outside the working area of the machine and never swing the bucket over the cab of the vehicle to be loaded. Do not load the vehicle unevenly and avoid unnecessary spillage when loading. Do not make the load so high that earth and stones fall over the platform sides. Release the load carefully.
Wh hen wo orkin ng, do o no ot: use the swing force for raking over the ground, demolition of buildings or thrusting bucket teeth into the ground. It may cause damage to the machine and attachments. dig by using the travelling motors or thrusting bucket teeth into the ground. This can overload the rear of the machine and damage the track drive. extend the hydraulic cylinder to its end of stroke. This can overload the stop in the cylinder and shorten the life span of the machine. Work with as much clearance as possible. work by slamming the bucket into the ground.Do not perform digging by dropping the boom, or using the bucket instead of a pick. Striking digging or continuous striking can overload the rear of the machine or damage the attachment. It is also very dangerous. carry out lifting work. Basically, using this machine as a crane is prohibited. However, local or national regulations may allow it on some markets. If permitted, a properly installed rated bucked hook and certified slings / shackles are required. Contact a workshop authorised by Volvo Construction equipment. operate by dropping the machine body.
Op perating te echn niques
Wo orkkin ng wiithin da angerous arreas
15 59
Working within dangerous areas Observe great care at marked danger areas. Do not operate too close to the edge of a quay, ramp, ditch and so on. Move slowly when working in confined spaces and check that there is sufficient room for machine and load. When working under ground, special equipment, for example certified engine is required within the EU and in EES countries. Talk to your dealer. When working in low light conditions, for example buildings and tunnels, use head light. Do not operate the machine when visibility is poor such as a heavy fog, snow or rain. When working in an area which is contaminated or dangerous to one's health, the machine must be especially equipped for this purpose. Talk to your dealer. Check also local regulations before entering the area.
High h volltag ge ov verrhead po owerr line e
WA ARNING Worrkin ng ne ear po ower liines may y le ead to o ellectrric call fllash--ov verr. Re emaiin in n th he mac chiine wh hile itt is s in n con ntact wiith th he po ower liine. Do o no ot to ouch an ny mettal surrfa aces s in n th he cab b. Warrn pe erson nnel ou utsid de th he mac chiine no ot to o to ouch itt. V1082640
High voltage is lethal and the current sufficiently strong to destroy both machine and attachments. Your life is in danger if you come into contact with or close to high voltage power lines. Always contact the power company responsible before beginning any work near high voltage power lines. Go through the special instructions issued by the power company for work/presence near the power lines. Regard all power lines as if they were live even if they are supposed to be without current. Working when the machine or its load at any time is closer than the minimum safety distance to a power line, is taking a very serious risk.
Operating techniques
160
Working within dangerous areas Remember that the voltage of the power line determines the safety distance. Electrical flash-over may occur and damage machine and operator at fairly great distances from the power line.
V1079478
Volltage
Min nimum m diista ance to o po ower liine
0 ~ 50 kV
3 m (10 ft)
50 ~ 69 kV
4.6 m (15 ft)
69 ~ 138 kV
5 m (16.4 ft)
138 ~ 250 kV
6 m (20 ft)
250 ~ 500 kV
8 m (26 ft)
500 ~ 550 kV
11 m (35 ft)
550 ~ 750 kV
13 m (43 ft)
750 kV~
14 m (46 ft)
WA ARNING Ens surre sec curre vis sib bility wh hen wo orkin ng arrou und th he po ower liines.
NO OTICE When trran nspo ortiing th he mac chiine allso ta ake ov verrhe ead po ower liines in nto con nsid derattion.
NO OTICE Remem mbe er th hat th he roo of wiindow may y diisto ort ho ow diista ance is s pe erceiived d. Keep the following in mind to ensure safety when operating. - Operate the machine slower than normal operation in the vicinity of power lines. - Consider the long-span power line, which can sway and reduce the clearance. - Pay attention when travelling over uneven ground that could cause the machine to lose balance. - Keep all persons away from the machine whenever it is close to power lines. - Prohibit persons from touching the machine or its load before it is confirmed to be safe. Find out what action to take if a person has been exposed to an electric shock. Procedure if a machine touches the power line. - The operator should stay inside the cab. - All other persons should keep away from the machine, ropes, and load. - The operator should try to remove the machine from contact by moving it in the reverse direction from that which caused the contact. - If the machine cannot be moved away from contact, the operator should remain inside cab until the lines have been de-energized.
Op perating te echn niques
Wo orkin ng wiithin da ang gero ous arreas
16 61
Overhead railway power lines
WARNING Working near power lines may lead to electrical flash-over. Remain in the machine while it is in contact with the power line. Do not touch any metal surfaces in the cab. Warn personnel outside the machine not to touch it. Loading and unloading is only permissible between the boundary signs. The signs may be mounted directly on the power line or on special posts. Contact authorised railway personnel to obtain permission to load or unload. After any breaks in the work, always contact the railway personnel again.
Op perating te echn niques
162
Wo orkin ng wiithin dan ngero ous arreas Underground cables and pipes Make sure that authorities or companies responsible for cables and pipes have been contacted and that their instructions are followed. Also check which rules apply to ground personnel regarding exposing cables and pipes. Normally only the service companies' own personnel may expose and arrange provisional suspension of cables. Make use of a signal man when you cannot see the actual point where you are working or when the position of the pipe or cable is critical, see page 195. The position of the pipe or cable may deviate from the drawing or distances may be incorrectly determined. Regard all electrical cables as live.
Op perating te echn niques
Wo orkin ng wiithin da ang gero ous arreas
16 63
Working on slopes
NOTIICE In order not to jeopardise the lubrication of the engine, the machine must not be inclined more than 35 degrees in either direction. In addition it may be unsuitable to operate at this inclination as the machine may become unstable and unbalanced, depending on the load.
Caution on a slope Be careful when opening or closing the doors on a slope, operational force may be changed rapidly. Make sure to keep the doors closed. Do not descend backward on a slope. Operate the travel function slowly when approaching or descending a slope. Do not change direction or travel a cross on a slope. Change direction on level ground, if necessary first come down to level ground and make a detour. V1065750
If the machine slides, immediately lower the bucket to the ground. The machine can turn over due to unbalance. Especially, do not swing with loaded bucket. In unavoidable case, pile up earth on the slope, and then make the machine level and stable.
V1065751
While travelling on a slope, keep the angle between boom and dipper arm at 90 - 110 °, raise the bucket 20 - 30 cm from the ground
90 ~110
20~30cm
V1065752
~ 90
While travelling down on a slope, keep the angle between boom and dipper arm at 90 - 110 °, raise the bucket 20 - 30 cm from the ground and travel at low speed.
0 11
20~30cm
V1065753
Op perating te echn niques
16 64
Wo orkin ng wiithin da ange erous arreas In case of shoes slipping If the shoes slip on a slope, thrust bucket into the ground, and pull the dipper arm in to assist the track drive to move the machine up the slope.
In n cas se off en ngine fa ailure In case of engine shut down while travelling on a slope, put the travel lever to neutral position and lower bucket down to the ground, then start the engine. If the engine shuts down on a slope, do not operate the swing function, since the superstructure may be swung under its own weight and cause tipping or side slipping.
Tra avellling on n un neven n grround In case of travelling on uneven ground, reduce travel speed and operate the machine so as not to lean to one side more than 10 °. In case of travelling on flat ground, retract the attachment and raise it 40 - 50 cm from the ground.
o
10
V1083566
40~50cm
V1065754
Op perating te echn niques
Wo orkin ng wiithin da ang gero ous arreas s
16 65
Working in water and on boggy ground Be very careful when working on boggy ground.
In n casse th hat on ne trrack ge ets bo ogged If one track gets bogged down, raise this track using the bucket and put a plank under the track.
NO OTICE he mac chiine is s liifted wiith th he aiid off th he bo oom orr th he diipper When th arrm, th he bo ottom off th he bu uckett sho ould res st on n th he grrou und no ot th he bu uckett te eeth. V1065755
Set the angle between boom and dipper arm at 90 ° ~ 110 °. After working in water or escaping from boggy ground, replenish the grease to the attachment pins or the areas affected by the water. Check the idler, rollers and track drive case oil, if contaminated, change the oil.
In n casse bo oth trracks ge et bo ogged In case that both tracks get bogged down, put planks under each track. Thrust the bucket into the ground, pull with the dipper arm as when digging, and move the travel lever forward to escape.
V1065756
Pe ermissib ble de epth off wa ater
1
NO OTICE 2
V1065758
1 2
Top roller Water level
Pay y atttention to o th he pe ermis ssib ble wa ater de epth in n orrde er to o av voiid da amag ge to o th he mac chiine. Permissible working depth in water is the center of top rollers. Do not fully submerge the top rollers. Upon leaving the water, make sure all the grease is replenished in the areas affected by the water, for example bucket pin and so on, remove the old grease completely regardless of the maintenance period. Also check the oil in the travel drive for contamination, and if necessary, replace it.
Op perating te echn niques
16 66
Wo orkin ng wiithin da ange erous arreas Working in cold weather
DANGER Risk of electrical shock. Personal injury results if a body part comes into contact with a machine that conducts electric power. Diiscon nnect th he ellectrric call en ngine he eater be efore wo orkin ng on n th he mac chiine.
WA ARNING Risk of frostbite. Bare skin can freeze stuck to cold metal which could cause injury. Us se pe erson nal prrottectiive eq quipmen nt wh hen ha andling colld ob bjectss.
WA ARNING Risk of crushing injury. The hydraulic system could respond slowly at low temperatures and could cause unexpected machine movements. Op peratte carreffully un ntil th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em ha as rea ache ed op peratting te empe eratture.. Read the advice for starting, see page 128 . Use appropriate fluids for the ambient working temperatures. (see recommended fluids in specification section.) The windows must be free from ice and snow before putting the machine to work. Watch out for ice on the machine causing slippery conditions. Step only onto anti-slip surfaces. Use an ice scraper on a long handle or a ladder when removing ice from the windows.
Op perating te echn niques
Wo orkin ng wiithin da ang gero ous arreas s
16 67
Demolition work The machine is often used for demolition work. Be extremely careful and study the work site thoroughly. Use fall protection over the cab against falling objects. Make sure that the material, on which the machine is standing, cannot collapse or slide. Operate the machine on firm level ground, if necessary prepare the area with another machine first. Do not work close to free-standing walls, which may fall over the machine. At all times be aware of where your workmates are. Do not work if anyone is dangerously close to the demolition object. Leave sufficient space in front of the machine for debris to fall to the ground and not hit the cab. Fence off the dangerous part of the work site. Spray water over the demolition site to prevent harmful dust from spreading. V1065759
Boots with steel reinforcements in the soles and toe caps, protective goggles and a hard hat are obvious protective items to be worn on a demolition site. If the machine is equipped with special demolition equipment, read the supplied instruction booklet about the safety risks that might occur and how the demolition equipment is used.
V1067189
Op perating te echn niques
16 68
Atttachm ments
Attachments Boom float position, description Float position means that both the boom cylinders' piston and piston rod sides are connected to the hydraulic tank. The boom then floats with the weight of the attachments when operating the boom lever forward. The boom lifting is not affected by float position. Float position gives better fuel economy, faster excavation cycle, less wear and less vibration. When the float position is engaged, the hydraulic oil of the machine can be used for other purposes than lowering the boom, such as the dipper arm and/or bucket operation. These functions then become faster and more efficient.
V1065876
Kee ep th he fo ollowing in n min nd. - Always make sure that the boom operating lever is in the neutral position before activating the float position. - Do not select the float position mode while the track or tracks are elevated. Selecting the float position mode and operating the boom operating lever forward (boom down position) while the track or tracks are elevated could cause the machine to drop down suddenly. - Do not release float position mode while the boom operating lever forward (boom down position) and bucket or tool is on the ground. This could cause the machine to tilt up suddenly. - Do not attempt to lift the track or tracks while the machine is in float position mode.
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm ments
1 2
V1065879
1 2
Float On / Off button Control lever with four buttons
16 69
Use the float position when the attachment has to follow the irregular ground, such as for bedrock clearance, grapple handling and when unloading barges and flatbeds. Float position also makes unloading more manageable. 1 Select the float position using button 1 on the right control lever in order to activate the float function. The control lever should have the float function, see page 77. The float operation indicator on the front instrument panel lights up. 2 Float position is only in operation when you push the boom operating lever forward. When the attachment is to follow the ground, the boom operating lever must therefore be held forwards all the time. The boom can then move upward and downward freely depending on the state of the ground. 3 Deactivate the float position by pressing the button 1 again. The indicator on the instrument panel will go out. NOTE! When the boom float function is on, the function will remain even if the ignition switch is off and on again. The indicator on the instrument panel will be also displayed.
V1065880
Indicator on the instrument panel
Op perating te echn niques
17 70
Atttachm ments, con nne ectiing an nd diiscon nnectiing
Attachments, connecting and disconnecting Attachment quick coupler S type quick coupler, S3 (Optional equipment)
WARNING Risk of crushing. Falling attachments could result in severe injury or death. Mak ke surre th he atttachm men nt brrac ckett is s prrop perly y lo ocked d be efore sta artiing wo ork.
WA ARNING Risk of crushing. An unsecured attachment could fall and cause serious injury or death. Alw ways en nsurre th he atttachm men nt is s prrop perly y sec curred d by y prres ssin ng th he frron nt pa art off th he atttachm men nt to o th he grrou und un ntil th he mac chiine is s sliightly liifted. The attachment quick coupler consists of flat mounting plates which are attached to the end of dipper arm and bucket link. There are two hooks (F) on the plate for the pins (B) on the bucket.
A
There is a lift hook (C) on the attachment quick coupler.
B F
The attachment quick coupler is equipped with a double-acting hydraulic cylinder. The quick coupler’s lock wedge (D) is fitted to its piston rod. Servo pressure acts on the piston of the lock cylinder, locking the bucket in place against rear hook (E). This means that the lock wedge adjusts itself and provides gap-free locking.
C E D
V1065832
A B C D E F
Red indicator pin Bucket pins Lift hook Lock wedge Bucket rear hook Hooks for gripping attachment
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm mentts, con nnec ctiing an nd diiscon nne ectiing
17 71
When the lock wedge (D) is released, the servo pressure is transferred to the piston rod side. If necessary, the release pressure can be increased by loading the bucket cylinder in its end position. There is a red indicator pin (A) on the left side of the quick coupler, which is pulled in when the lock wedge is in the locked position and pushed out when the lock wedge is released. With the lift hook, the machine can be used for lifting operations. Since the hook is located on the attachment quick coupler, it can be used without bucket. This improves visibility for the operator and increases the maximum permissible load. NOTE! See page 193 for information on lifting objects. WARNING
V1065833
WA ARNING Th he atttachm men nt qu uick cou upler may y be e op pen reg gardlless off wh hat is s in ndicatted by y th he allarm sig gnal orr on n th he in nstrrum men nt pa anel. Th hereffore,, allways che eck th hat th he atttachm men nt qu uick cou upler is s lo ocked d sec currelly. Als so rea ad th he in nstrruc ctiions in n th he op perattor'ss man nual.
WA ARNING Risk of crushing. If the pressure in the attachment quick coupler cylinder drops, the attachment could fall off and cause serious crushing injury or death. Ne everr in nsta all shu ut-offf vallves s in n th he liines le eading to o th he cyliinder fo or th he atttachm men nt qu uick cou upler.
Op perating te echn niques
17 72
Atttachme ents, con nnectiing an nd diiscon nnectiing Bucket, removing
WARNING Risk of crushing! Attachments that move unexpectedly can cause injuries. Mak ke surre pe eople sta ay ou ut off th he wo orkin ng arrea a wh hen con nnectiing orr diiscon nnectiing atttachm men nts. 1 Position the machine on even, firm and level ground with the bucket resting on the ground. 2 Press down to release the red lock device (A) on the right attachment quick coupler switch and then press the switch to position (1) to initiate the attachment quick coupler. When the attachment quick coupler is initiated, the buzzer sounds and the check message and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU. See page 66 for more information.
A
1 0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
3 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to open the attachment quick coupler. The switch is returned automatically. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
NOTE! When the attachment quick coupler is open, the buzzer sounds and the warning message and indicator are displayed on the IECU.
WARNING
Q/ coupler unlocked V1191368
Warning! Quick coupler unlocked
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm mentts, con nnec ctiing an nd diiscon nne ectiing
17 73
4 When the red indicator pin (A) on the quick coupler is extended completely, carefully release the bucket from the attachment quick coupler by operating the bucket cylinder to its inner end position (bucket out).
A B F
NOTE! If the red indicator pin (A) is not extended, increase the hydraulic pressure to the lock cylinder by carefully moving the bucket cylinder to its outer end position (bucket in), and keeping it under pressure for about a second.
C E D
5 Disconnect the bucket by extending the dipper arm and raising the boom.
V1065832
A B C D E F
Red indicator pin Bucket pins Lift hook Lock wedge Bucket rear hook Hooks for gripping attachment
6 Press the right attachment quick coupler switch to position (0) to close the attachment quick coupler. See page 66 for more information.
A
1 0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
OTE! NO When the switch is in position (0), the buzzer sounds and the check message for confirming and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU.
Check
Confirm Q/ coupler V1191369
Confirm quick coupler is locked
7 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to confirm that the attachment quick coupler is locked. Then the buzzer sound will be turned off and the check message and indicator will disappear. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
Op perating te echn niques
17 74
Atttachm ments, con nne ectiing an nd diiscon nnectiing Bucket, installing
WARNING Risk of crushing! Attachments that move unexpectedly can cause injuries. Mak ke surre pe eople sta ay ou ut off th he wo orkin ng arrea a wh hen con nnectiing orr diiscon nnectiing atttachm men nts. 1 Position the machine on even, firm and level ground. 2 Press down to release the red lock device (A) on the right attachment quick coupler switch and then press the switch to position (1) to initiate the attachment quick coupler. When the attachment quick coupler is initiated, the buzzer sounds and the check message and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU. See page 66 for more information.
A
1 0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
3 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to open the attachment quick coupler. The switch is returned automatically. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
NOTE! When the attachment quick coupler is open, the buzzer sounds and the warning message and indicator are displayed on the IECU.
WARNING
Q/ coupler unlocked V1191368
Warning! Quick coupler unlocked
G
4 Check that the red indicator pin (A) is fully extended.
H A
V1065835
G H A
Indicator pin fully retracted : lock position Indicator pin fully extended : unlock position Red indicator pin
NO OTE! If the red indicator pin (A) is not extended, increase the hydraulic pressure to the lock cylinder by carefully moving the bucket cylinder to its outer end position (bucket in), and keeping it under pressure for about a second. 5 Operate the dipper arm to such a position that the two hooks on the attachment quick coupler engage the bucket's front pin. 6 Slowly turn the attachment quick coupler towards the bucket by moving the bucket cylinder (bucket in) until the quick coupler mates correctly against the bucket. 7 Check that the attachment quick coupler is correctly aligned against the tip of the bucket, if necessary, adjust with dipper arm or boom movements.
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm ments, con nnectiing an nd diiscon nnectiing
8 Press the right attachment quick coupler switch to position (0) to close the attachment quick coupler. See page 66 for more information.
A
1
17 75
0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
NOTE! When the switch is in position (0), the buzzer sounds and the check message for confirming and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU.
Check
Confirm Q/ coupler V1191369
Confirm quick coupler is locked
G
9 Check that red indicator pin (A) is fully retracted into the attachment quick coupler.
H A
V1065835
G H A
Indicator pin fully retracted : lock position Indicator pin fully extended : unlock position Red indicator pin
10 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to confirm that the attachment quick coupler is locked. Then the buzzer sound will be turned off and the check message and indicator will disappear. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
11 Do the following tests to check that the attachment quick coupler is fastened securely. Press the bucket against the ground. Operate the bucket cylinder in and out to check that lock wedge (D) is seated securely. If you are not sure, check that lock wedge (D) has gone into the hook. Do not use the machine if the attachment quick coupler is not working. Contact a workshop authorized by Volvo if anything is wrong. V1065838
Op perating te echn niques
17 76
Atttachm mentts, con nnec ctiing an nd diiscon nnectiing WARNING Risk of crushing. If the red warning lamp for open attachment bracket lights up while working, the attachment could fall off and cause serious crushing injury or death. Sto op wo orkin ng wiith th he mac chiine im mmed diately an nd mak ke surre th he atttachm men nt brrac ckett is s prrop perly y lo ocked d be efore sta artiing to o wo ork ag gain.
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm mentts, con nnec ctiing an nd diiscon nne ectiing
17 77
S3 quick coupler, adjusting
C B A A
C
Periodic checks must be performed on the quick coupler. Check the quick coupler every 10 hours or daily, especially when operating the machine in severe or harsh conditions. 1 Remove the bucket, referring to the bucket removal instructions. 2 Remove shims (B) between screw holder (C) and spacer (A) in 5 places, as shown in the illustration. Replace all spacers back in their original positions and tighten the mounting bolts.
B V1185276
A Spacer B Shim C Screw holder
3 Install the bucket, referring to the bucket installation instructions. 4 Confirm that lock wedge (F) is fully engaged in the mating hook.
E
A
D
F
G D E
H A
V1185277
D E F G H
Attachment quick coupler Gap Lock wedge Bucket rear hook Recommended length of the mating surface (more than 60 mm (2.4"))
NO OTE! It is important to check that the lock wedge (F) sinks deep enough down into the hook (G). It is recommended that the lock wedge is engaged into the hook more than 60 mm (2.4") (H). Visually inspect to verify the lock wedge is in the correct position. 5 Measure gaps (E) between spacers (A) and the corresponding mating surface of the quick coupler (D). Bucket should be gently operated as needed to obtain maximum possible gap and this should be done in each of the 5 places independently. 6 Remove the bucket, referring to the bucket removal instructions. 7 Unscrew the spacer mounting bolts and add shims between spacer (A) and screw holder (C) for the thickness of the gap measured in procedure 5. Tighten the spacer mounting bolts. Contact your Volvo dealer for information on the correct shims. 8 Install the bucket again and check the gap in the same way as in procedure 5. 9 If there is still a gap, measure the gap and add the required thickness of shims. Or if the quick coupler cannot hook the bucket completely into its mating surface due to interference, reduce the thickness of shims. 10 Repeat this process until the gap is removed in each of the 5 places between the bucket and quick coupler. NO OTE! Operating with a bucket not tightly mounted, with a gap, will significantly increase wear and tear on the quick coupler.
Op perating te echn niques
178
Atttachme ents, con nnectiing an nd diiscon nnectiing Attachment quick coupler Universal quick coupler (optional equipment)
WARNING Risk of crushing. Falling attachments could result in severe injury or death. Mak ke surre th he atttachm men nt brrac ckett is s prrop perly y lo ocked d be efore sta artiing wo ork.
WA ARNING Risk of crushing. An unsecured attachment could fall and cause serious injury or death. Alw ways en nsurre th he atttachm men nt is s prrop perly y sec curred d by y prres ssin ng th he frron nt pa art off th he atttachm men nt to o th he grrou und un ntil th he mac chiine is s sliightly liifted. The attachment quick coupler is equipped with a double-acting hydraulic cylinder. The hook for gripping the attachment is fitted to its piston rod. The hydraulic system's pressure acts on the lock cylinder's piston, locking the attachment in place against the rear bucket pin. This means that the hook adjusts itself and provides gap-free locking. When checking from the cab if the attachment quick coupler is locked or unlocked, slowly curl out the bucket/attachment and dipper arm. With the lifting eye, the machine can be used for lifting operations. Since the lifting eye is located on the attachment quick coupler, it can be used without bucket. This improves visibility for the operator and increases the maximum permissible load. NO OTE! See page 193 for information on lifting objects.
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm mentts, con nnec ctiing an nd diiscon nne ectiing
17 79
Bucket, removing
WARNING Risk of crushing! Attachments that move unexpectedly can cause injuries. Mak ke surre pe eople sta ay ou ut off th he wo orkin ng arrea a wh hen con nnectiing orr diiscon nnectiing atttachm men nts. 1 Place the machine on firm and level ground. 2 Curl in the bucket completely towards the dipper arm (to release the lock mechanism).
D
V1190909
D = 200 mm (7.87 inches)
3 Press down to release the red lock device (A) on the right attachment quick coupler switch and then press the switch to position (1) to initiate the attachment quick coupler. When the attachment quick coupler is initiated, the buzzer sounds and the check message and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU. See page 66 for more information.
A
1 0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
4 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to open the attachment quick coupler. The switch is returned automatically. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
NOTE! When the attachment quick coupler is open, the buzzer sounds and the warning message and indicator are displayed on the IECU.
WARNING
Q/ coupler unlocked V1191368
Warning! Quick coupler unlocked
Op perating te echn niques
18 80
Atttachme entts, con nnectiing and d diiscon nne ectiing 5 Make sure that the front lock device (A) is fully opened to unhook from the bucket pin. Otherwise, the bucket pin cannot disengage correctly. NOTE! If the front lock device (A) is not opened, increase the hydraulic pressure to the lock cylinder by carefully moving the bucket cylinder to its outer end position (bucket in), and keeping it under pressure for about a second. 6 Lower the bucket and curl out to lift up the attachment quick coupler from the bucket. 7 Place the bucket flat on the ground and unhook it.
A
V1139764
Attachment quick coupler, unhooking A Front lock device
8 Press the right attachment quick coupler switch to position (0) to close the attachment quick coupler. See page 66 for more information.
A
1 0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
NOTE! When the switch is in position (0), the buzzer sounds and the check message for confirming and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU.
Check
Confirm Q/ coupler V1191369
Confirm quick coupler is locked
9 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to confirm that the attachment quick coupler is locked. Then the buzzer sound will be turned off and the check message and indicator will disappear. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm mentts, con nnec ctiing an nd diiscon nne ectiing
18 81
Bucket, installing
WARNING Risk of crushing! Attachments that move unexpectedly can cause injuries. Mak ke surre pe eople sta ay ou ut off th he wo orkin ng arrea a wh hen con nnectiing orr diiscon nnectiing atttachm men nts. 1 Place the machine on firm and level ground. 2 Curl in the bucket completely towards the dipper arm (to release the lock mechanism).
V1190910
3 Press down to release the red lock device (A) on the right attachment quick coupler switch and then press the switch to position (1) to initiate the attachment quick coupler. When the attachment quick coupler is initiated, the buzzer sounds and the check message and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU. See page 66 for more information.
A
1 0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
4 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to open the attachment quick coupler. The switch is returned automatically. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
NOTE! When the attachment quick coupler is open, the buzzer sounds and the warning message and indicator are displayed on the IECU.
WARNING
Q/ coupler unlocked V1191368
Warning! Quick coupler unlocked
Op perating te echn niques
18 82
Atttachm ments, con nnecctiing an nd diiscon nnectiing 5 Make sure that the front lock device (A) is fully opened before hooking it onto the bucket pin. Otherwise, the bucket pin cannot be engaged correctly. NOTE! If the front lock device (A) is not opened, increase the hydraulic pressure to the lock cylinder by carefully moving the bucket cylinder to its outer end position (bucket in), and keeping it under pressure for about a second. 6 Curl out the attachment quick coupler and hook it onto the bucket pin. 7 Slowly curl in the attachment quick coupler fully towards the bucket.
A
V1139782
Bucket in locked position A Front lock device
8 Press the right attachment quick coupler switch to position (0) to close the attachment quick coupler. See page 66 for more information.
A
1 0
V1134968
Attachment quick coupler switch, right
NOTE! When the switch is in position (0), the buzzer sounds and the check message for confirming and indicator are displayed on the I-ECU.
Check
Confirm Q/ coupler V1191369
9 Visually check that the front lock device is fully engaged. 10 Lift and curl in the bucket fully towards the dipper arm and hold it there for approximately 5 seconds to ensure that the attachment quick coupler has locked securely to the bucket.
Confirm quick coupler is locked
11 Press the left attachment quick coupler switch for more than 0.7 seconds to confirm that the attachment quick coupler is locked. Then the buzzer sound will be turned off and the check message and indicator will disappear. See page 33 for more information.
1
V1140835
Attachment quick coupler switch, left
12 Do the following tests to check that the attachment quick coupler is fastened securely. Press the bucket against the ground. In this position, curl the bucket in and out to check that it is locked in the correct position. If you are uncertain about whether the bucket is securely locked to the attachment quick coupler, get out and check that the front lock device is fully engaged. Do not use the machine if the attachment quick coupler is not working. V1065838
Op perating te echn niques
Atttachm mentts, con nnectiing an nd diiscon nne ectiing
18 83
Contact a workshop authorized by Volvo if anything is wrong.
WARNING Risk of crushing. If the red warning lamp for open attachment bracket lights up while working, the attachment could fall off and cause serious crushing injury or death. Sto op wo orkin ng wiith th he mac chiine im mmed diately an nd mak ke surre th he atttachm men nt brrac ckett is s prrop perly y lo ocked d be efore sta artiing to o wo ork ag gain.
Op perating te echn niques
18 84
Bu ucketts
Buckets A
B
Bucket, changing Bucket, removal
WARNING 2mm V1065823
Risk of splinter injury. Striking the bucket pin with a hammer could cause metal chips to fly around and cause serious splinter injury. Alw ways we ear fa ace an nd ey ye prrottectiion, ha ard ha at an nd glloves s wh hile rem mov vin ng an nd in nsta alling th he bu uckett piins. 1 Lower the bucket lightly on the ground. 2 Remove the lock screw (A) and nut (B) of each pins. 3 Remove pins (C and D) and O-rings (E), then remove the bucket.
NO OTICE Blo ock th he rem mov ved d bu uckett to o sta abilise itt. Kee ep th he piins cle ean an nd do o no ot da amag ge th he O--rin ng. Buc ckett, In nsta allation
E
CA AUTION
E
C
D V1065824
Risk of cutting and crushing. Loose parts could cause crushing and cutting injury. Ne everr us se you ur fiingers fo or che eckin ng allignmen nt be etween lo oose pa artss. Alw ways us se a to ool. 1 Align the dipper arm and links to the bucket. 2 Put O-rings (E) at the holes for the dipper arm and link. Align the holes between bucket and dipper arm and links. 3 Apply grease to the holes. 4 Insert pins (C and D). 5 Install lock screw (A) and nut (B) of each pins.
NO OTICE Mak ke surre th hat th here is s a cle earan nce off att le east 2 mm (0..08 in n) be etween nu ut an nd piin bo oss. Lu ubric catte th he piin.
Op perating te echn niques
Bu ucketts
18 85
Working with buckets
NOTIICE Select a suitable attachment that fits the machine on which it is to be installed. The types of attachments that can be installed vary with the machine type. Contact a workshop authorised by Volvo. The machine is prepared for several different type of optional equipment to perform many types of work. Only the simplest operations are described below.
Ba ackho oe wo o rk Backhoe work is digging the material at a lower level than the machine is located.
90 90
V1065819
30
45
When the angle between bucket cylinder and links, dipper arm cylinder and dipper arm is set to 90° respectively, the working efficiency of each cylinder will be at its maximum. Take advantage of this angle to improve the work efficiency. The range for effective digging is when the dipper arm is between 30° forward and 45° rearward. There may be a little difference according to digging depth. Do not use the cylinder up to its stroke end, but only within this range.
V1065820
Diitchiing wo ork Install a proper bucket for ditching. Place the machine where the ditching is performed effectively. In case of a wide ditch, dig both sides in first, and then dig the center area.
V1065821
Lo oading wo o rk Position the hauler or truck so as to achieve a small swing movement and good visibility for the operator to work effectively.
V1065822
Also load over the rear side of the dump truck rather than over the side, as this makes the operator work easier and increases efficiency.
Operating techniques
186
Hammer
Hammer NOTIICE Do not use the hammer before you have read and understood how it is to be used and maintained. When hammers are used, install the Volvo external hydraulic filter in the hammer return line circuit. Contact your Volvo dealer for detailed information regarding this option. Protect your equipment main hydraulic system from any hammer failure. Refer to page 257 and page 261 for details on specific maintenance for machines equipped with hammers.
orks Main wo - Breaking stone - Demolition work - Road repairing It is widely used for demolition of buildings, breaking road surfaces, tunneling work, smashing slag, and breaking or cutting stone.
V1065908
Press the chisel firmly onto the surface at a right angle as shown.
90 90 V1065909
When striking, press the chisel firmly onto the surface, and lift the frame about 5 cm. Never raise the machine unnecessarily high. If the surface is struck repeatedly but it does not break within 1 minute, move the chisel nearer one end and strike again. V1065910
The striking direction of chisel and the direction of breaker body are deviate slightly. Therefore, adjust the bucket cylinder so that the direction of body and chisel is always the same.
V1065911
Ope erating techniques
Hammer
187
Press the chisel firmly against the surface so idle striking is avoided.
V1065912
Caution du uring ha ammer op peration Do not operate the cylinder to its end of stroke, leave about 5 cm.
V1065913
Do not swing the hammer against the rocks, concrete and so on.
V1065914
Do not move the chisel while it is striking a blow.
V1065915
Do not strike horizontally, or in an upward direction.
V1065916
Op perating te echn niques
188
Ha amm mer Do not bend with the chisel to make a hole in the ground.
V1065917
Do not hoe the chisel.
V1065918
Do not raise the machine by extending the bucket cylinder to maximum.
V1065919
Op perating te echn niques
Wo orkin ng wiith lo ong ra ange atttachm mentts
18 89
Working with long range attachments NOTIICE With certain attachment combinations there is a risk that the attachment may strike the cab. Avoid damage by being careful when working close to the machine.
NOTIICE Only attachments approved for the machine by Volvo may be used. Long range attachments can be used in clearing and dredging lump of clay accumulated in the river and reminders of waste water effectively. Do not use long-range attachment in general excavating, because it is designed for excavating small amounts. Operate the machine smoothly in order to keep stability and safety when travelling. Do not stop the machine abruptly, which may cause heavy joggling of the attachment. It also causes excessive force to the attachments which finally may damage the machine. Never use power boost switch with long reach boom and arm. Boom, dipper arm and bucket have big inertial power compared to standard equipments. Therefore, do not operate the machine at the ends of stroke of each cylinder. Do not travel the machine or raise the main body with the bucket grounded. It may give excessive force to pin around the bucket.
Op perating te echn niques
19 90
Ho ose ru upture vallvess
Hose rupture valves (Optional equipment)
NOTIICE Do not dismantle the hose rupture valve as it is pressurised. Contact a workshop authorised by Volvo if problems arise.
WARNING Risk of serious injury. Working under an attachment that is not properly supported could cause serious injury. Beffore wo orkin ng un nder an n atttachm men nt, en nsurre th he atttachm men nt is s prrop perly y sup pporte ed an nd th he con ntroll lo ockou ut le everr ha as be een lo ocked d an nd th he en ngine is s shu ut offf. Ens surre th hat no obody en nters th he cab b wh hile wo orkin ng un nder th he atttachm men nt.
Atttachm ment lo owering affter ho ose rupture
V1080405
Hose rupture valves
Wh hen en ngine is s run nning Lower the boom or dipper arm with the operating levers in the usual way. Collect the oil from the ruptured hose in a suitable vessel. Wh hen en ngine is s sto opped The servo hydraulic pressure is maintained by a pressure in accumulator for a few minutes, which permits the operator to lower the boom or dipper arm in the usual way with operating levers. Do not wait too long to lower the boom, the servo hydraulic pressure will reduce at a speed depending on your machine's condition and equipment. Collect the oil from the ruptured hose in a suitable vessel.
Op perating te echn niques
Ho ose ru uptture vallvess
191 1
When engine is stopped and with no servo hydraulic pressure
WARNING Risk of high pressure injection. The hydraulic oil is under high pressure. Discharging hydraulic oil will cause serious injury when injected into the skin. De epres ssurriz ze th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em be efore con nnectiing orr diiscon nnectiing hy ydrrau ulic ho oses s.
NO OTICE
A B
Alw ways us se pe erson nal prrottectiive eq quipmen nt, suc ch as s wo orkin ng glloves s, ov verrallls an nd fa ace prrottectiion orr prrottectiive go oggles wiith sid de prrottectiion be efore you u rellease ex xces ss prres ssurre in n a hy ydrrau ulic ho ose orr piipe con nnectiion.
V1065847
A Adjusting screw B Lock nut
1 Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (A) counterclockwise slowly. Beffore tu urniing th he ad djustiing screw w, marrk itts po osittion to o fa acillitate as ssem mblling la ater (settting prres ssurre:: 36 6.8 MPa,, 37 75 kgff cm², 53 337 ps si)) The boom will then slowly be lowered to the ground. 2 Turn adjusting screw (A) to its original position. 3 Hold adjusting screw (A) securely and tighten lock nut (B). 4 Contact an authorized Volvo Construction Equipment dealer workshop.
Op perating te echn niques
19 92
Se ele ectiing trrack sho oes
Selecting track shoes Grouser A 600 mm
Use Rocky ground, normal soil
B 70 00 mm 80 00 mm
C 90 00 mm
Soft ground
Extremely soft ground (boggy ground)
Precautions when using Travel in low speed when travelling on rough ground with obstacles such as large boulders and fallen trees. Travel in high speed only on flat ground. When it is impossible to avoid travelling over obstacles, lower the travel speed to approximately half of low speed. NO OTE! Cannot be used on rough ground where there are large obstacles such as boulders or fallen trees. Use only for ground where "A" and "B" are impossible to use. Travel in high speed only on flat ground. When it is impossible to avoid travelling over obstacles, lower the travel speed to approximately half of low speed. NO OTE! Cannot be used on rough ground where there are large obstacles such as boulders or fallen trees.
Op perating te echn niques
Liifting ob bjectss
193 3
Lifting objects If the machine is used to lift objects within an area that is governed by the European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and its amendments, the machine must be equipped with following devices. - A load hooking device. - A hose rupture valve on the boom or in some countries hose rupture valve on both boom and dipper arm is required depending on risk assessment. See page 190. - A overloading warning device. See page 66. Safe lifting make great demands on the operator. Read the below recommended steps before starting any lifting. Use qualified and properly trained operators who have: - Specific machine knowledge and training. - Read and understand the operator’s manual and its load charts. See page 308. - Specific machine knowledge and training how to properly rig the load. - Full responsibility for all aspects of the lift. Interrupt the lift if not fully confident of a safe lift. Select machine with sufficient capacity for the total expected load, reach and swing. Ideally, load should be less than the load listed on the load chart at maximum reach across the undercarriage. - Know the mass (weight) of the item to be lifted. - Know the start and finish positions, load lifting position and setting position. - Know the machine configuration, especially the dipper arm and boom lengths and counterweight mass. - Choose the correct lifting chart taking into account all attachments and rigging materials that will be used during the lift. The weight of the rigging materials and attachments, should be deducted from the load capacity. Warm up the machine to normal working temperatures. Position the machine on firm level ground. Properly set outriggers and blade when applicable. Once the load is properly rigged, ensure all ground workers are clear of the load and the machine. If guiding of the load is necessary, use ropes or other type of slings tied to the load to keep ground workers at a safe distance. Use a trained signalman to direct all aspects of the move.
Op perating te echn niques
19 94
Liifting ob bjects s NOTIICE It is the responsibility of the owner or the operator to know and follow the local or national regulations that apply for lifting operations. For further information, contact your dealer. Keep the following in mind to ensure the highest level of controllability and safety when lifting. - Operate on solid, flat, level ground. - If ground conditions are unstable, for example loose gravel, sand or water, do not work with loads close to the rated load maximums given on the machine load chart. - Do not swing the excavator abruptly with a suspended load, the effects of centrifugal force will impair machine stability. - Do not use the swing or dipper arm-in operation to drag a load. - Do not operate the machine while someone is hanging on or in the bucket or attachments.
1 Lo oad ho ookin ng de evic ce on n bu uckett orr atttachm ment qu uick cou upler
1 2 3 V1065907
1 2 3
Connecting rod Lifting device on connecting rod Lifting device on bucket
The lifting device whether mounted on a bucket or other attachment must not be subjected to lateral loads. The load must be applied longitudinally to the hook. Always ensure that the load lies within the marked permissible lifting load of lifting device when manoeuvring the dipper arm and bucket. Exceeding these limits can cause serious injury. Remember that the operator is responsible in case of an accident. NO OTE! This represents the capacity of the hook and not the rated load capacity of the machine which varies according to ground conditions, reach, track position and so on. NO OTE! Only use lifting device recommended by Volvo in order to avoid damage to the machine. Contact your dealer for information regarding other lifting device.
2
Lo oad ho ookin ng de evic ce on n con nnectiing ro od
Lifting device on connecting rod is designed to lift the marked permissible load on the lifting device.
Op perating te echn niques
Siignalling diiagrram
19 95
Signalling diagram Manual signalling to operator of a mobile excavator as per SAE J1307. The primary use of hand signals is for a signalman to direct the lifting, handling, and placement of loads attached to working equipment. Hand signal usage may also be applicable to earthmoving operations and/or machine travel when the operator's visibility is obstructed. If a rapid lifting, lowering or moving movement is required, the dipper arm movements should be carried out more lively. If two different machines are used for lifting the same load, there should be an agreement beforehand how the lift should be carried out and what signals should be given to the respective operators.
V1065921
V1065920
RA AIS SE LO OAD VERT TICALL LY With either forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles.
V1065923
LO OWER LO OAD VERT TICALL LY With either arm extended downward, forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.
V1065925
MOV VE LO OAD IN N HO ORIZONTALL LY With either arm extended, hand raised and open toward direction of movement, move hand in direction of required movement.
V1065926
V1065924
MOV VE LO OAD OU UT HO ORIZONTALL LY With either arm extended, hand raised and open toward direction of movement, move hand in direction of required movement.
V1065927
RA AIS SE BOO OM With either arm extended horizontally, fingers closed, point thumb upward.
V1065928
SWIING With either arm extended horizontally, point with forefinger to direction of swing rotation.
V1065930
V1065931
LO OWER BOO OM With either arm extended horizontally, fingers closed, point thumb downward.
V1065929
DIIPPER ARM M IN NWARD D With both hands clenched, point thumbs inward.
V1065932
Op perating te echn niques
19 96
Siignalling diiagram
DIPPER ARM OUTWARD With both hands clenched, point thumbs outward.
CL LOSE BUC CKET Hold one hand closed and stationary. Rotate other hand in small vertical circle with forefinger pointing horizontally at closed hand.
V1065933
V1065934
TU URNTHIS FA AR TO O GO O Raise forearm with closed fist indicating inside of turn. Move other fist in vertical circle indicating direction of track or wheel rotation.
V1065936
V1065937
CO OUNTER RO OTATE E Place hand on head indicating side or reverse track or wheel rotation. Move other hand in vertical circle indicating forward rotation of other track or wheel.
V1065939
V1065940
TR RAVEL Raise forearm with closed fist indicating inside of turn. Move other fist in vertical circle indicating direction of track or wheel rotation.
V1065942
EMERG GENC CY STO OP With both arms extended laterally, hands open downward, wave arms back and forth.
V1065922
STO OP ENG GINE Draw thumb or forefinger across throat.
OP PEN BUC CKET Hold one hand open and stationary. Rotate other hand in small vertical circle with forefinger pointing horizontally at open hand.
V1065935
TH HIS FA AR TO O GO O With hands raised and open inward, move hands laterally, indicating distance to go.
V1065938
MOV VE SLO OWLY Y Place one hand motionless in front of hand giving motion signal. Raise load slowly is shown.
V1065941
STO OP With either arm extended laterally, hand open downward, move arm back and forth.
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
197 7
Safety when servicing This section deals with the safety rules which should be followed when checking and servicing the machine. It also describes the risks when working with unhealthy material and ways to avoid personal injuries. Further safety rules and warnings texts are given within the respective sections.
WA ARNING Risk of burns! Hot machine parts could cause burns. Alllow ho ot mac chiine pa artss to o coo ol be efore pe erfo ormin ng ad djustm men nts orr serrvic ce.. We ear pe erson nal prrottectiive eq quipmen nt.
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
19 98
Se ervic ce po osittion
Service position NOTE! Before beginning any service work, the following measures must first be taken. 1 Position the machine on even, firm and level ground. 2 Put the attachment on the ground. 3 Turn off the engine. After releasing the system and tank pressure, remove the ignition switch. See page 255. 4 Make sure the control lockout lever is down to lock the system securely, see page 88. 5 Pressurized lines and vessels should have the pressure released gradually to avoid risks. 6 Allow the machine to cool. A suitable position is stated in the description for the different service operations. If no particular position is stated, the machine should be parked in service position A.
Servicce po osittion A Retract the bucket and dipper arm cylinder completely, and then lower the boom on the ground.
V1106842
Se ervic ce po osittion B Extend the bucket cylinder completely, retract the dipper arm cylinder completely and lower the boom on the ground.
V1106843
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
Be efore serrvic ce,, re ead
19 99
Before service, read Preventing personal injury
V1065951
Read the Operator's Manual before the service work is started. It is also important to read and follow information and instructions on plates and decals. Do not wear loose-fitting clothing or jewellery, which can get caught and cause injury. Always wear a hard hat, protective goggles, gloves, protective shoes and other protective articles when the work so requires. Make sure that the ventilation is sufficient when starting the engine indoors. Do not stand in front of or behind the machine when the engine is running. If service work has to be carried out under raised lifting arms, these must first be secured. (Engage the control lever lockout and apply the parking brake if the machine is equipped with one). Turn off the engine before opening the rear door and engine cover. When the engine is stopped, there is a remaining accumulated pressure in the pressurized systems. If a system is opened without having first released the pressure, liquid under high pressure will jet out. When checking for leaks, use paper or hardboard, not your hand. Make sure that stepping surfaces, handholds and anti-slip surfaces are free from oil, diesel fuel, dirt and ice. Never step on parts of the machine that are not intended for this. It is important to use correct tools and equipment. Broken tools or equipment should be repaired or changed.
Prreven nting ma achiine da amage When lifting or supporting the machine or parts of the machine, use equipment with a sufficient lifting capacity. Lifting devices, tools, working methods, lubricants and parts prescribed in the Operator's Manual should be used. Volvo Construction Equipment will not accept any responsibility otherwise. Make sure that no tools or other objects, which may cause damage, have been forgotten in or on the machine. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system before starting the service work.
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
20 00
Be efo ore serrvic ce,, re ead Never set a relief valve to a higher pressure than that recommended by the manufacturer. Machines, which are used within a polluted or in another way insanitary area should be equipped for this kind of work. Special safety regulations apply when servicing such a machine. When installing two-way radio, mobile telephone or similar equipment, the installation should be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions in order to eliminate interference with the electronic system and components intended for the function of the machine, see page 17. Measures to be taken in connection with electric welding, see page 238. Make sure that all covers on the machine are in position before the engine is started and the machine is put to work.
Preven nting en nvirronmental in nfluence Be conscious of the environment when carrying out service and maintenance. Oil and other liquids dangerous to the environment and released into the environment will cause damage. Oil degrades very slowly in water and sediment. One litre of oil can destroy millions of litres of drinking water. NO OTE! In common for all points below is that all waste is to be handed over to a treatment and disposal firm approved by the authorities. When draining, oils and liquids must be collected in suitable vessels and steps taken to avoid spillage. Used filters must be drained of all liquid before they are passed on as waste. Used filters from machines which work in environments with asbestos or other dangerous dust, must be placed in the bag supplied with the new filter. Batteries contain substances dangerous to the environment and health. Used batteries must therefore be handled as waste dangerous to the environment. Consumables, for example used rags, gloves and bottles may also be contaminated with oils and liquids dangerous to the environment and must in that case be treated as waste dangerous to the environment.
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
En ntering, le eavin ng an nd cliimbing th he ma achiine
20 01
Entering, leaving and climbing the machine Entering, leaving and climbing the machine A
WARNING For safety, observe the following rules.
V1065947
V1065948
V1065949
V1065950
Do not jump on/off a machine, especially never get on / off when the machine moves. Never grasp the control lever to get on / off. Use handholds and steps when entering, leaving or climbing the machine. Use the three-point grip, that is two hands and one foot or two feet and one hand. Always face the machine. Always wipe mud and oil off all footboards, handrails and your footwear, especially clean the windows, rear view mirrors and lights. Clean your boots and wipe your hands before getting on the machine. Do not use hand grip (A) of the cab door as a support when entering, leaving and climbing the machine. it is not strong enough to be used as a support. it should only be used for closing the door.
Sa afety wh hen serrviccin ng
20 02
Fiire prreventiion
Fire prevention WARNING Using the machine in environments with high risk of fire or explosion requires special training and equipment. There is always a risk of fire. Find out what kind of fire extinguisher is used on your working site and how to use it. If the machine is equipped with a fire extinguisher, it should be kept inside the cab on the left side of the operator. If the machine is to be provided with a hand-held fire extinguisher, it should be of the ABE type (ABC in North America). The designation ABE means that it is possible to extinguish fires in both solid organic material and liquids, and that the fire extinguishing compound does not conduct electricity. Efficiency class I means that the effective operating time of the extinguisher must not be less than 8 seconds, class II at least 11 seconds and grade III at least 15 seconds. A hand-held fire extinguisher ABE I normally corresponds to a powder content of 4 kg (8.8 lb) (EN-grade 13A89BC), standard EN 3-1995, parts 1, 2, 4 and 5.
Firre prreven ntion me easurres Do not smoke or have an open flame near a machine when filling with fuel or when the fuel system is opened and in contact with the surrounding air. Diesel fuel oil is flammable and must not be used for cleaning. Use conventional car care products meant for cleaning or degreasing. Also bear in mind that certain solvents can cause skin rashes, damage to the paint finish and constitute fire hazard. Keep the place clean where the service is to be carried out. Oil and water can make the floor slippery and is also dangerous in connection with electrical equipment or electrically powered tools. Oily and greasy clothes are a serious fire hazard. Check daily that the machine and the equipment, for example underbelly plates are free from dust and oil. Besides reducing the risk of fire, it is also easier to detect faulty or loose components. NO OTE! Take great care if a high-pressure wash is used for cleaning. Electrical components and electrical leads can be damaged even at a moderately high pressure and temperature. Protect electrical leads in an appropriate way. Take extra care when cleaning a machine working in a firesensitive environment, for example saw-mill and refuse dumps. The risk of spontaneous combustion can be further reduced by installing insulation of the silencer guard. It is important that the fire extinguisher is maintained in order to work when it is needed.
Safety wh hen serrvic cin ng
Fiire prreven ntiion
20 03
Check that fuel lines, hydraulic and brake hoses and electrical cables have not been damaged by chafing or are not in danger of being damaged in that way because of incorrect installation or clamping. This applies particularly to unfused cables, which are red and marked R (B+) and routed: - between the batteries - between battery and starter motor - between alternator and starter motor Electrical cables must not lie directly against oil or fuel lines. Do not weld or grind on components which are filled with flammable liquids, for example tanks and hydraulic pipes. Exercise care with such work also in the proximity of such places. A fire extinguisher should be kept near to hand.
Actiions in n cas se off fiire Iff th he cirrcum msta ances s pe ermitt an nd you ur ow wn saffety is s no ot je eopardiised d, ta ake th he fo ollowing ste eps att th he sliightest sig gn off fiire:: 1 Stop the machine, if the machine is in motion. 2 Lower attachments to the ground. 3 Move the control lockout lever to locked position, if so equipped. 4 Turn the ignition switch to stop position. 5 Exit the cab. 6 Call the fire brigade. 7 If possible to access safely, turn off the battery disconnect switch. 8 Attempt to put out the fire, if possible. Otherwise, move away from the machine and out of the danger zone.
Ac ctiions affter fiire Whe en ha andling a mac chiine wh hich ha as be een da amag ged by y fiire orr be een ex xpo osed d to o in ntense he eat, th he fo ollowing prrottectiive mea asurres s mus st be e fo ollowed: Use thick, protective gloves made of rubber and wear goggles. Never touch burnt components with your bare hands in order to avoid contact with melted polymer materials. First wash thoroughly with plenty of lime water (a solution consisting of calcium hydroxide, that is slaked lime in water). Handling heated fluoro-carbon rubber, see page 204.
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
20 04
Ha andling ha azard douss ma aterials s
Handling hazardous materials Heated paint
WARNING Risk of toxin inhalation. Burning of painted, plastic or rubber parts produces gases that could damage respiratory tracts. Ne everr bu urn pa ainted orr rub bber pa artss orr an ny pllastiics. Heated paint gives off poisonous gases. Therefore, paint must be removed from an area with a radius of at least 10 cm (4 in) before carrying out welding, grinding or gas cutting. In addition to the health hazard, the weld will be of inferior quality and strength, which, in the future, may cause the weld to break. Metthods an nd prrec cau utionary mea asurres s wh hen rem mov vin ng pa aint Blasting - use respiratory protective equipment and protective goggles Paint remover or other chemicals - use a portable air extractor, respiratory protective equipment and protective gloves Grinding machine - use a portable air extractor, respiratory protective equipment and protective gloves and goggles Never burn painted parts after they have been discarded. They should be disposed of by a licensed disposal plant.
He eated ru ubber an nd pllastiics Polymer materials can, when heated, form compounds which are dangerous to health and environment and must therefore never be burned when scrapped. Iff ga as cuttting orr we elding is s to o be e carrrie ed ou ut ne ear suc ch matteria als, he fo ollowing saffety in nstrruc ctiions mus st be e fo ollowed: th - Protect the material from heat. - Use protective gloves, protective goggles and respiratory protective equipment.
He eated flluoro-carrbon ru ubber
WA ARNING Risk of serious injury. At very high temperatures fluoro-carbon rubber forms substances which are very corrosive to skin and lungs. Alw ways we ear pe erson nal prrottectiive eq quipmen nt. Wh hen ha andling a mac chiine wh hich ha as be een da amag ged by y fiire orr be een ex xpo osed d to o in ntense he eat, th he fo ollowing mea asurres s sho ould be e ta aken n: Use thick, rubber gloves and wear protective goggles. Discard gloves, rags and other items that have been in contact with heated fluoro-carbon rubber after first having washed these items in lime water (a solution of calcium hydroxide, that is slaked lime in water).
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
Ha andling haz zarrdous ma aterials
20 05
The area around a part which has been very hot and which may be made of fluoro-carbon rubber should be decontaminated by thorough and ample washing with lime water. As a precaution, all seals (O-rings and other oil seals) should be handled as if they were made of fluoro-carbon rubber. The hydrofluoric acid may remain on the machine parts for several years after a fire. If swelling, redness or a stinging feeling appears and one suspects that the cause may be contact with heated fluorocarbon rubber, contact a medical doctor immediately. Several hours may pass, however, before any symptoms appear and there is no immediate warning. The acid cannot be rinsed or washed off from the skin. Treat instead with Hydrofluoric Acid Burn Jelly or similar before contacting a medical doctor.
Crysta alline sillica (q quartz) du us t
WA ARNING Risk of hazardous inhalation. Working in environments containing dangerous dust can lead to serious health problems. Wea ar pe erson nal prrottectiive eq quipmen nt wh hen wo orkin ng in n du ustyy en nvirron nmen nts. Crystalline silica is a basis component of sand and granite. Therefore, many activities at construction and mining sites, such as trenching, sawing and boring, produce crystalline silica dust. This dust can cause silicosis. The employer or working site management should provide the operator with information about the presence of crystalline silica in the work site along with specific work instructions and precautions and also necessary personnel protection equipment. Also check the local / national regulations regarding silica / silicosis.
Sa afety wh hen serrviccin ng
20 06
Ha and dling ha azarrdous ma aterials Refrigerant Environmental precautions The air conditioning system of the machine is filled with R134a refrigerant at the factory. R134a refrigerant is a flourinated greenhouse gas and contributes to global warming. Do not release refrigerant into the environment. See page 291 for the amount of R134a refrigerant in your machine and its global warming potential.
Safety prrecau utions Work on the air conditioning system must only be performed by a qualified service technician. Do not attempt to perform work on the air conditioning system. Wear safety goggles, chemical resistant gloves (e.g., neoprene or butyl rubber) and appropriate personal protective equipment to protect bare skin when there is a risk of contact with refrigerant.
Acctiions in n cas se off exxpo osurre Eye con ntact:: Rinse with warm water and apply a light bandage. Seek medical attention immediately. Liimitted skin n con ntact:: Rinse with warm water and apply a light bandage. Seek medical attention immediately. Exte ensiv ve skin n con ntact:: Rinse with warm water and carefully heat the area with warm water or warm clothing. Seek medical attention immediately. In nhalation: Leave the area and find fresh air. Seek medical attention immediately.
Sa afety wh hen serrvic cin ng
Ha andling liine, tu ubes an nd ho osess
20 07
Handling line, tubes and hoses WARNING Risk of high pressure injection. Oil or fuel leaks from high pressure hoses could cause serious injury caused by high pressure injection. Iff oiil orr fu uel le eaks frrom m hiigh prres ssurre ho oses s orr lo oose screw ws arre fo ound, sto op op perattions im mmed diately an nd con ntact a qu ualified serrvic ce te echn nicia an. Do not bend high pressure lines. Do not strike high pressure lines. Do not install any lines that are bent or damaged. Check lines, tubes and hoses carefully. (leakage, damage, deformity and aging) Do not reuse hose, tube and fittings. Do not use your bare hand to check for leaks. Tighten all connections. Consult your Volvo Construction Equipment dealer for the recommended tightening torque. If any of the following conditions are found, replace the parts. Consult your Volvo Construction Equipment dealer. Connections and end fittings are damaged, leaking, deformed or aged. Outer coverings are chafed or cut. Strengthening wires are exposed. Outer coverings are ballooning. Flexible part of the hoses are kinked. End fittings are displaced. Foreign material is embedded in the coverings.
NO OTICE ke surre th hat alll cla amps s, gu uards s an nd he eat shiields arre corrrec ctlly Mak in nsta alled. Th his con ntrib butes to o prrev ven nting vib brattions, cha afing ag gainst otther pa artss an nd ex xces ssiv velly strron ng ge enerattion off he eat.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
20 08
Service and maintenance If the machine is to function satisfactorily and at lowest possible cost, it requires careful maintenance.
Ma aintenance Regarding intervals for other maintenance, see the "Service Programme" or the “Lubrication and Service Chart” in this chapter.
V1068256
Lu ubricattion n an nd serrvice cha art The section "Lubrication and service chart" describes the maintenance work which the operator can carry out. If certain operations require trained workshop personnel and special equipment, this will be indicated.
Se ervice hiistorry After each completed service at a workshop authorised by Volvo Construction Equipment, the service history should be filled in, see page 325. Service history is a valuable document, which can be referred to when for example selling the machine.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
20 09 Arrival Inspection Before the machine leaves the factory, it is tested and adjusted. The dealer or distributor must also carry out arrival inspections according to the applicable form.
Delliverry In nspe ection n Before the machine leaves the factory, it is tested and adjusted. The dealer or distributor must also carry out delivery inspections according to the applicable form.
Delliverry In nstru uction ns When handing the machine over, the dealer must give the buyer "Delivery instructions" according to applicable form, which must be signed, if the warranty is to apply.
Se ervice Prrogramme For any factory warranty to be valid, the machine shall be maintained according to the service program established by Volvo. The service program is continuous with fixed intervals. The operating time between intervals only applies if the machine is used in normal environment and operating conditions. Ask your Volvo dealer what is right for your specific machine.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
21 10 Cleaning machine The machine should be cleaned regularly with conventional car care products in order to eliminate the risk of damage to the paint finish and other surfaces on the machine.
NO OTICE sin ng strron ng cle eaning ag gents orr che emic calls in n orrde er to o Avoiid us min nimis se th he ris sk off da amag ge to o th he pa aint fiinish..
NO OTICE Soiil an nd cla ay may y da amag ge orr cau use we ear to o mov vin ng pa artss off th he un ndercarrria age. Th hereffore,, alll pa artss mus st be e cle eaned reg gularly y frrom m off soiil an nd cla ay. NO OTE! Daily clean the areas on the machine where dust, chips and similar may collect in order to minimise the risk of fire, see page 202. -
Place the machine in a place intended for cleaning. Follow the instructions supplied with the car care product. The water temperature must not exceed 80 °C (176 °F). If high-pressure wash is used, keep a distance of at least 40 cm (16 in) between the seals and the nozzle. Keep a distance of 30 cm (12 in) between nozzle and other machine surface. Too high pressure and too short distance may cause damage.
NOTE! Protect electrical leads in an appropriate way and be careful not to damage the cab prefilter when cleaning the machine.
NO OTICE Do no ot sprray y wiith hiigh prres ssurre in nto th he sea aling off th he sle ewing rin ng, th he wa ater may y pe enetratte an nd afffect th he cha arac cte eris stiics off th he grrea ase.. -
Use a soft sponge. Finish by rinsing the whole machine with only water. Always lubricate the machine after washing. Touch-up the paint finish when required.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
21 11 Paint finish maintenance - Machines which are used in corrosive environment suffer more from rust than others. As a preventive measure it is recommended that the paint finish should be maintained every sixth months. - At first clean the machine. - Apply Dinol 77B (or corresponding transparent waxy anti-rust agent) at a thickness of 70-80 μ. - A protective layer of underseal Dinitrol 447 (or corresponding) may be applied under the mudguards where mechanical wear is expected.
To ouch--up pa aintting - Check if there are any damaged areas of the paint finish. - At first clean the machine. - Rectify any damage to paint finish in a professional way.
Cle eaning en ngine com mpartme ent
WA ARNING Risk of serious injury. Rotating parts could cause serious cutting or crushing injury. Ne everr op pen th he en ngine ho ood wh hen th he en ngine is s run nning.
WA ARNING Risk of burns. Engine and exhaust system components get very hot and can cause severe burns. Avoiid con ntact wiith en ngine com mpa artm men nt cov verrs, en ngine com mpo onents an nd ex xha aust syste em un ntil th he en ngine is s coo oled do own. Machines operating in dusty environment or environment exposed to fire hazards for example, wood-processing, woodchip handling or grain handling and animal feed industries require daily attention and cleaning of the engine compartment and surrounding areas. When operating in other environments, inspection and cleaning is required at least once a week. Loose material is removed with for example compressed air. Cleaning should preferably be carried out at the end of the working shift before the machine is parked. Use personal protective equipment such as protective goggles, gloves and respirator. After cleaning, check and rectify any leaks. Close all covers and hoods.
Service and maintenance
212
Service points
Service points 1 2
3
4,5
6 7 8 28 27 17 10,11 12 13 14
26
9
15 16 25 23,24 22 8 21 20 19
18
V1106854
Servic ce an nd ma aintenance
Se ervic ce po oints 1
Cab ventilation filter, air conditioning filter
15
Battery
2
X1 (hammer circuit return) filter
16
Swing gear bearing, greasing
3
Air cleaner filter
17
Extra water separator filter element
4
Coolant, level checking
18
Fuel, draining
5
Coolant, filling
19
Hydraulic tank, suction strainer
6
Engine oil filter
20
Hydraulic oil, draining
7
Coolant, draining
21
Hydraulic oil, level checking
8
Track drive unit oil, level checking
22
Engine oil, draining
9
Hydraulic oil drain filter
23
Fuel filter
10
Hydraulic oil, filling
24
Water separator filter element
11
Hydraulic oil return filter
25
Hydraulic oil servo filter
12
Hydraulic tank, air breather filter
26
Swing drive unit, oil level checking
13
Fuel tank ventilation filter
27
Engine oil, filling
14
Fuel, filling
28
Engine oil, level checking
213 3
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
21 14
En ngine
Engine Engine oil level, checking
WARNING Risk of serious injury. Rotating parts could cause serious cutting or crushing injury. Ne everr op pen th he en ngine ho ood wh hen th he en ngine is s run nning. Ch heck th he oiil le evell wh hen th he che eck scree en fo or lo ow en ngine oiil le evell po ops up p in n th he frron nt in nstrrum men nt pa anel, see e pa age 42 de frrom m 2. Asid th his, che eck th he oiil le evell ev verry 50 0 ho ours. NO OTE! Check the oil level when the machine has cooled down. (at least 30 minutes after turning off the engine)
A
1 2 3 4 5
B
C
D V1093142
A B C D
Dipstick Filler port Oil level, High Oil level, Low
Position the machine on even, firm and level ground. Open the engine hood. Pull out dipstick (A) and wipe it with a clean cloth. Push it in and pull it out again. If the oil level is between (C) and (D), it is normal. If the oil level is below (D), refill the oil to proper level through filler port (B). For the recommended engine oil, see page 273.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
En ngiine
215 5
Engine oil, changing
WARNING Work carefully when changing oil as hot oil can cause severe burns to unprotected skin. Change the oil every 500 hours. NOTE! Maximum interval between oil change is twelve months Th he con nditions fo or th he 50 00 ho ours in ntervall be etween oiil cha ange arre as s fo ollows : - The oil filters should be replaced every time the oil is changed. - The oil filter is genuine Volvo filter. - The sulphur content in the diesel fuel must not exceed 0.2 percent (2000 ppm) by weight. - The oil used is of a certain quality grade, see page 275. - The correct oil viscosity for the ambient temperature is selected, see page 273. ny off th hese con nditions can nnot be e mett, orr iff th he mac chiine is s If an op peratted in n an n ac cid d orr pa artiicullarly y du ustyy en nvirron nmen nt, th he oiil sho ould be e cha anged an nd th he fiilters rep placed d morre offten. Co ontact Vollvo Co onstrruc ctiion Equ uipmen nt de ealer. Regarding the oil changing interval according to the sulphur content in the fuel, see page 275. 1 Place the machine in the service position. 2 Put a suitable sized container under the protecting cap (E) at the bottom of the engine oil pan. 3 Open the filler cap. 4 Remove protecting cap (E) and attach drain hose (F) provided as a service tool with machine. 5 Drain the oil into a container.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay. 6 7 8 9
E F
Disconnect the hose and install the protecting cap. Fill the oil through the oil filler cap. Check the oil level on the dipstick. Close the filler cap again.
Oiil cap pacitty fo or cha anging, see e pa age 28 83. V1106837
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
21 16
En ngine Engine oil filter, replacing Replace the oil filter every time the oil is changed. The oil filters are disposable type, that is they cannot be cleaned, but should be replaced. 1 Remove filters using a suitable filter wrench.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay.
V1065984
2 Fill the new filters with engine oil. 3 Clean the filter housing base and apply a light coat of engine oil to the gasket of the new filters. 4 Screw on the filters by hand until the gasket just touches the sealing surface. 5 Tighten the filters a further 1/2 turn. 6 Start the engine and check that the gaskets are sealed. If not, remove the filter and check the sealing surface.
Engine oil filter
NO OTICE It is s im mpo orta ant th hat th he fiilter is s fiilled wiith oiil be efore in nsta alling itt in n orrde er to o gu uaran ntee th he en ngine lu ubric cattion diirec ctlly affter sta art..
NO OTICE Aftter rep placin ng oiil fiilters, th he en ngine mus st be e run n att lo ow id dling fo or att le east on ne min nute.
Va alve cle earance,, ad djustiing Ch heck th he vallve cle earan nce ev verry 40 000 ho ours. The work should be carried out by a workshop authorized by Volvo Construction Equipment.
Fa an be elt, che ecking g Ch heck th he be elt ev verry 10 000 ho ours.
WA ARNING
A
Th he en ngine mus st be e offf wh hen che eckin ng be elt te ensio on - rottating pa artss may y cau use pe erson nal in njury.
B
Inspect tension, cracks, wear or damage of the belts. If damaged, replace the belt with a new one.
C
V1106857
A Crankshaft pulley B Auto tensioner C Belt
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Fu uel syste em
21 17
Fuel system Clean fuel is essential for trouble-free of the diesel engine. For fuel quality, see page 279.
Fuel, filling
WARNING Stop the engine before filling fuel.
WARNING The engine heater must always be switched off when filling fuel. There is a risk of fire and explosion.
A
1 Carefully clean around the filler cap on the fuel tank before removing it. 2 Open the fuel filler cap and fill the fuel in the tank. 3 Check the fuel level on I-ECU. See page 37. Avoid spilling the fuel when filling, which attracts dirt. If fuel is spilled, clean it up immediately. During the cold season, fill up the fuel tank to prevent water condensing in the tank. For th he cap pacitty off fu uel ta ank, see e pa age 28 83. V1106849
NO OTE! Be careful not to damage the level gauge on the fuel tank by being stained from thinner or oil.
A Fuel filler cap
Fillling wiith ellectrricall pu ump (o optional eq quipment) The pump is installed in the tool box. Use it when filling the fuel in a tank. 1 Remove the strainer cover (C) which is installed to protect the strainer from dust at the end of hose (A). 2 Put the pump hose with strainer into the fuel barrel. 3 Operate the switch (B) to start the pump. 4 Stop the switch to stop the pump when the fuel is filled enough. 5 Fold the hose and reinstall the strainer cover.
C A
NO OTICE B
he fu uel fiilling pu ump to o run n drry. Th he pu ump may y be e Neverr alllow th da amag ged. V1106855
A Fuel filler pump hose B Operating switch (ON / OFF) C Strainer cover
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
21 18
Fu uel syste em Filling with auto shut-off controller (optional equipment) This pump is provided with an electronic overfilling protection. 1 Remove the strainer cover (D) which is installed to protect the strainer from dust at the end of hose (A). 2 Put the pump hose with strainer into the fuel barrel. 3 Press the green start button (B). The pump will run as long as the tank is not full. - At any time during the refuelling or when the drum has been emptied, the pump may be stopped by pressing the red button (C). - The pump will automatically stop when the fuel level sensor is actuated. The pump cannot be restarted until the fuel from the tank is used. 4 Fold the hose and reinstall the strainer cover.
D A
B C V1106856
A B C D
Fuel filler pump hose Start button (green) Stop button (red) Strainer cover
Fu uel filterr, re eplac cing g
A
Re eplace th he fu uel fiilter ev verry 50 00 ho ours. If using fuel of lower quality, replace the filter more often. Th he fiilter is s a diispo osab ble tyype e, th hat is s itt can nnot be e cle eaned bu ut mus st be e rep placed d. 1 Loosen the filter with a suitable filter wrench and remove it.
B
NO OTICE Ta ake carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay.
V1093235
A Water separator filter element B Fuel filter
2 Coat the gasket of the new filter with diesel fuel. 3 Screw on the filter by hand until the gasket just touches the sealing surface. 4 Tighten the filter a further 1/2 turn. NO OTE! Automatic deaeration system is applied that there is no need to bleed the air after changing the filter .
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Fu uel syste em
21 19
Fuel system, air bleeding E
Air must be bled out of the fuel injection system whenever the machine runs out of fuel while the engine is running.
NO OTICE Under no o cirrcum msta ances s mus st sta artiing atttemptts be e mad de be efore th he syste em ha as be een blled. Th he fu uel fe eed pu ump may y be e serrio ously y da amag ged. NO OTE! Do not spill fuel on electrical components.
V1065998
E Hand pump
1 Turn hand pump (E) counterclockwise to unlock the plunger. 2 Pump hand pump (E) until a heavy resistance can be felt in the hand pump. 3 Push hand pump (E) fully and turn it clockwise to lock the plunger. 4 Start the engine and let it run in idle for 3 minutes. 5 If the engine is difficult to start, repeat (1) to (4). 6 Check for leakages.
Fu uel tan nk, re eplaccin ng ven ntilattion fiilterr
2 1
Ch hange th he aiir ven ntilation fiilter ev verry 20 000 ho ours. Th he fiilter is sa diispo osab ble tyype e, th hat is s itt can nnot be e cle eaned, bu ut mus st be e rep placed d. 1 Disassemble the protection cover (3) after loosing 2 screws (1). 2 Remove the air ventilation filter (4) after loosening a clamp (2). 3 Replace the air ventilation filter (4), then tighten the filter (4) with clamp (2). 4 Assemble the protection cover (3) and tighten 2 screws (1).
3 4
V1106850
1 2 3 4
Screws Clamp Protection cover Air ventilation filter
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
22 20
Fu uel syste em Fuel tank, draining Drain the sediment when required. If the machine is run with fuel of low quality, the fuel tank needs to be drained more often. 1 Place a suitable sized container under drain hose. 2 Open the drain valve cap (G) at the bottom of the tank. 3 Open the filler cap. 4 Connect the drain hose (F) and drain off any sediment.
NO OTICE Take carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay.
F
G
5 Disconnect the drain hose and install the valve cap again. 6 Close the filler cap.
V1106851
F Drain hose G Drain valve cap
Wa aterr sep paratorr, drrainiing g The water separator filter element is designed to remove the water from the fuel supplied to the engine.
A
C
Ch heck an nd drraiin th he wa ater in n th he wa ater sep parattor fiilter ellemen nt wh hen th he che eck scree en fo or wa ater in n fu uel po ops up p in n th he I--ECU U. 1 Place a suitable sized container under drain hose (E). 2 Open the drain valve (C) and drain the sediment into a container.
D E
NO OTICE
B
V1093236
A B C D E
Filter element Bowl Drain valve Sensor connector Drain hose
nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay. 3 Close the drain valve (C).
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Fu uel syste em
22 21
Water separator filter element, change Change the water separator filter element every 500 hours. 1 Place a suitable sized container under drain hose (E). 2 Open the drain valve (C) and drain the fuel from water separator filter element.
A B
NO OTICE
C
Take carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay.
D E V1093236
A B C D E
Filter element Bowl Drain valve Sensor connector Drain hose
3 Close the drain valve (C). 4 Disconnect the sensor connector (D). 5 Remove the filter (A) including the bowl assembly (B) with sensor and drain valve (C). Wipe up all spilled fuel. 6 Remove the bowl assembly and set it aside for reinstallation. 7 Check the condition of the O-ring. Replace the O-ring if damaged. 8 Carefully install the bowl assembly with the new filter. Tighten it with hand only. 9 Clean the mounting surface of element, fill with fuel in the filter and apply a small amount of fuel to the gasket of the new filter. 10 Install the new filter until it contacts the mounting surface. Tighten the filter and bowl. 11 Reconnect the sensor connector (D). 12 Bleed the system. See page 219.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
22 22
Fu uell syste em Extra water separator, draining (Optional equipment) The extra water separator is designed to remove the water from the fuel supplied to the engine.
A
B C
Ch heck an nd drraiin th he wa ater in n th he ex xtrra wa ater sep parattor wh hen th he che eck scree en fo or wa ater in n fu uel po ops up p in n th he I--ECU U. 1 Place a suitable sized container under drain hose (C). 2 Open the drain valve (B) and drain the sediment into a container.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay. 3 Close the drain valve (B).
V1106852
A Extra water separator B Drain valve C Drain hose
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Fu uel syste em
22 23
Extra water separator filter element, change (Optional equipment) D E
C
Change the extra water separator filter element every 500 hours. 1 Place a suitable sized container under drain hose (B). 2 Turn the fuel shut-off valve (C) to 90° counterclockwise to shut off the fuel. 3 Open the drain valve (A) and drain the fuel from the extra water separator filter element.
NO OTICE
A B
Take carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay. 4 Close the drain valve (A). 5 Remove the extra water separator cover (D) by turning the handle on the cover counterclockwise. 6 Remove the extra water separator filter element (E). 7 Install the new filter element and the cover. 8 Turn the fuel shut-off valve to 90° clockwise. 9 Bleed the system. See page 219.
V1106853
A B C D E
Drain valve Drain hose Fuel shut-off valve Cover Filter element
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
22 24
En ngine aiir cle eaner
Engine air cleaner F
2
The air cleaner prevents dust and other impurities from entering the engine. The air first passes through the primary filter and then the secondary filter.
C
1
The degree of engine wear depends largely on the cleanliness of the induction air. Therefore, it is very important that the air cleaner should be checked regularly and maintained correctly. Observe great cleanliness when working with the air cleaner and filters.
NO OTICE V1066001
1 2
Check screen Indicator
Do no ot, un nder an ny cirrcum msta ances s, run n th he en ngine wiithout a fiilter orr wiith a da amag ged on ne. Alw ways ha ave a spa are fiilter att ha and an nd kee ep itt we ell prrottecte ed frrom m diirt.. Check regularly that hose and pipe connections from the air cleaner to the engine induction manifold do not leak.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
En ngine aiir cle eanerr
22 25
Engine air cleaner primary filter, cleaning and replacing Clean the filter when the check screen for engine air filter clog pops up in the I-ECU. The filter may be cleaned, at the most, five times. Thereafter or after maximum 1 year, the filter should be replaced. Also replace the filter if it is damaged NOTE! Do not clean the filter if the check screen does not pop up in the I-ECU. NO OTE! Use Volvo genuine air filters. Otherwise Volvo may not support the engine failures. If the indicator is still alight after replacing or cleaning the primary filter, the secondary filter must be replaced. As the length of time between filter replacements depends entirely on the operating environment of the machine, it may sometimes be necessary to replace the filter more often. When cleaning the primary filter, mark it on the secondary filter to recognize primary cleaning times. Mec cha anicall cle eaning 1 Open the cover. 2 Press with both thumbs on primary filter (C) at the same time as you pull it out. This is to prevent the secondary filter (D) from coming out together with the primary filter. 3 Carefully tap the end of the primary filter against a soft and clean surface. 4 Install the primary filter and the cover. NO OTE! Do not tap against a hard object. Clleaning wiith com mprres ssed d aiir
D
V1093272
C
B A 1 Use clean and dry compressed air with a max. pressure of 500 kPa (5 bar) (73 psi). Do not hold the nozzle closer than 3 ~ 5 cm (1 ~ 2 in). 2 Blow the filter from the inside along the folds. 3 Check the filter with the aid of a lamp. 4 If there is the smallest hole, scratch, crack or other damage, the filter must be discarded. 5 Install the primary filter and the cover. V1066003
NO OTE! To discover the damage more easily, this check should be made in a darkened room.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
22 26
En ngine aiir cle eaner Engine air cleaner secondary filter, changing D
Replace the secondary filter every 3rd time primary filter is replaced or at least every 2 years.
C
If the indicator is still alight even though the primary filter has been cleaned or replaced, the secondary filter should be replaced. The secondary filter (D) works as a protective filter in case the primary filter (C) should be damaged. NO OTE! The secondary filter must always be replaced, never cleaned.
V1066004
NO OTE! Never remove the secondary filter unless it is to be replaced.
C Primary filter D Secondary filter
1 The secondary filter should be removed carefully and with precision so that no impurities enter the engine. 2 Carefully check that the new secondary filter is correctly installed.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay.
En ngine aiir clea aner cov verr, clea aning g
B A V1066005
A Vacuator valve B Cover
The cover for aircleaner should be cleaned when the primary filter is cleaned. 1 Remove the cover (B) and valve (A) from the air cleaner. 2 Empty and clean the cover and valve. 3 Reinstall them on the air cleaner.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
En ngine aiir cle eaner
22 27
Oil bath air cleaner (optional equipment)
Oil bath air cleaner, checking Check the oil level every 50 hours. When working in a particularly dusty environment, the oil bath air cleaner may be installed in series with the existing dry type air cleaner. This will provide further safety against damage to the engine. The removable and fixed filters are the most sensitive operational parts of the air cleaner. Unless they are kept clean, the air cleaner cannot function properly. A plugged filter not only leads to excessive engine wear, but can also cause loss in engine power. V1066007
The screen filter assembly should be removed from the oil cup and inspected every 50 hours.
Oil ba ath aiir clea aner oiil, cha anging g Ch hange th he oiil ev verry 25 50 ho ours orr iff th he oiil ha as be ecom me slu udgy. If the oil has become sludgy or if there are sediment deposits on the underside of filter, the oil must be changed and the reservoir and filter cleaned. Top up with same viscosity as in the engine.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
22 28
En ngiine aiir cle eaner Oil bath air cleaner, cleaning Clean the screen filter every 2000 hours or according to clogging signal.
A
The lower portion of the body assembly should be inspected each time the air cleaner is serviced. If there is any sign of build-up or plugging, the body assembly should be removed and cleaned. At least once a year, remove the body assembly and perform the following service steps: 1 Remove the oil cups (C, D) and removable filter (B). 2 Clean the inner oil cup (C) and outer oil cup (D). 3 Reassemble inner cup in outer cup and refill both cups to indicated oil level (8.5 liters). The same oil specified for the engine crankcase is generally acceptable.
B C D V1066008
A B C D
Air cleaner housing Screen filter Inner oil cup Outer oil cup
4 Inspect the filter with the aid of a lamp. Hold it up to a strong light. An even, bright pattern of light through the wire element means it is clean.
V1066009
5 Wash filter if needed If element is plugged with dirt, lint or chaff (even partially), wash thoroughly with solvent.
V1066010
6 Dry thoroughly with compressed air
V1066011
7 Inspect the lower portion of body assembly and center tube for structural integrity. Replace broken, cracked, or missing parts.
V1066012
Servic ce an nd ma aintenance
En ngine aiir cle eanerr
229 9
8 Reassemble the filter assembly with serviced oil cups and air cleaner body. Be sure the oil cup is tight to body assembly.
V1066013
Se ervicce an nd ma aintenance
23 30
Co oolling syste em
Cooling system Coolant
NOTIICE If the warning of high coolant temperature is shown on the display unit, the engine must be stopped immediately. Check the coolant contents (%) every 2000 hours or every 1 year. The cooling system is filled with Volvo Coolant VCS, which fulfils the highest requirements regarding freeze-, corrosion-, and cavitation protection. To avoid damage to the engine, it is very important that Volvo Coolant VCS is used when filling or changing the coolant. Volvo Coolant VCS is yellow and a decal by the filling point shows that the system is filled with this coolant (see picture).
NO OTICE oolant VCS S mus st ne everr be e mix xed d wiith an ny otther coo olant Vollvo Co orr corrros sio on prrottectiion to o av voiid da amag ge to o th he en ngine. Th he coo oling syste em cap pacitty wh hen cha anging, see e pa age 28 83. V1066019
If concentrated Volvo Coolant VCS and clean water (see page 276) is used, the table below shows the approximate amount of concentrated coolant needed for freezing protection. The content of Volvo Coolant VCS must never be less than 40% of the total mixture. If in doubt of the water's quality, use the ready-mixed Volvo Coolant VCS, which contains 40% concentrated coolant.
NO OTICE In orrde er to o av voiid da amag ge to o en ngine an nd coo oling syste em, diifferen nt brran nds off coo olant orr corrros sio on prrottectiion mus st no ot be e mix xed d. Freeze protection down to
Content of concentrated coolant
-25 °C (-13 °F)
40%
-35 °C (-31 °F)
50%
-46 °C (-51 °F)
60%
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Co ooling syste em
23 31
Coolant level, checking Check the coolant level when the warning screen for low coolant level pops up in the I-ECU, see page 42.
A
WARNING Open the radiator cap carefully if the engine is warm. High pressure in the radiator may cause hot coolant to jet out. 1 Position the machine on even, firm and level ground. 2 Open the engine hood. 3 Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is lower than "MIN" marking on the tank, top up the coolant through filler cap between "MIN" and "MAX" level.
V1093390
A Filler cap
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
23 32
Co oolling syste em Coolant, changing Change the coolant every 6000 hours or every fourth year.
NOTIICE Volvo Coolant VCS must never be mixed with any other coolant or corrosion protection to avoid damage to the engine.
WARNING Before removing the radiator cap, stop the engine and let it cool down sufficiently. When removing it, turn it slowly to release the pressure. 1 Open the side door and put a suitable sized container under drain hose (C). 2 Open the expansion tank cap (A). Release the internal pressure of expansion tank before opening the cap. 3 Open the cock (B) to drain the coolant into a container
A
NO OTICE Take carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay. NO OTE! The cooling system does not become safe against frost even after draining. There may be pockets of water left.
V1093390
A Filler cap
4 5 6 7
After draining, close the cock (B). Fill the recommended coolant through the cap (A). Run the engine at low idle for about 5 minutes. Stop the engine and refill the coolant to the proper level on the expansion tank. 8 Install the expansion tank cap. For the capacity of cooling system, see page 283.
B C V1066021
B Drain cock C Drain hose
NO OTICE Neverr fiill orr to op up p th he coo oling syste em wh hen th he en ngine is s wa arm. Th his can n cau use crac ckin ng off th he en ngine bllock an nd cyliinder he ead. Fa ailure to o cha ange coo olant may y le ead to o clo ogging off th he coo oling syste em an nd sub bseq quent en ngine fa ailure..
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Co ooling syste em
23 33
Radiator and coolers, cleaning
WARNING When using compressed air, water jets or steam cleaning methods, ensure that appropriate protective clothing is worn to protect eyes and exposed parts of the body.
WARNING Use protective goggles or a face mask when cleaning. Do not use steam for cleaning the condenser for the air conditioning.
Radiator and charge air cooler fins, cleaning Cleaning interval depends on the environmental condition the machine is operating. Therefore, clean all fins when required or at least every 500 hours.
2
1
V1093391
1 2
Wing nut Clogging net
If the engine temperature becomes too high even though the coolant level is correct, the radiator should be cleaned. 1 Remove wing nuts (1). 2 Remove two clogging nets (2). 3 Clean the clogging nets. 4 Clean any mud or dust attached to the cooler fins with compressed air or steam. 5 Check the rubber hose for wear and cracks. if damaged, replace it. Check the hose clamp for looseness. 6 Reinstall the wing nuts (1). If the engine temperature still remains high after cleaning the cooler, contact a workshop authorized by Volvo for remedial action.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
23 34
Co ooling syste em A B
C
D
E
Hydraulic oil cooler and condenser fins, cleaning 1 Remove the outside and inside screws (E), and then open the cover (B) above the hydraulic oil cooler. 2 When removing the clogging net (A) in front of oil cooler (C), remove the two wing nuts (D). 3 Clean the oil cooler and detached clogging net. 4 Remove any mud, dust attached to the oil cooler fins with compressed air. 5 Check the rubber hose for wear and cracks. If damaged, replace it. Check the hose clamp for looseness. 6 Reinstall the net and close the cover (B) with screws (E).
NO OTICE V1093392
A B C D E
Clogging net Cover Hydraulic oil cooler Wing nut Screw
When us sin ng com mprres ssed d aiir, kee ep th he no ozzle e att a diista ance frrom m th he fiins to o prrev ven nt da amag ge. Da amag ged fiins may y cau use le eakag ge orr ov verrhe eating.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Ellectrricall syste em
23 35
Electrical system Safety regulations
WARNING Risk of chemical burns. The battery electrolyte contains corrosive sulphuric acid which could cause severe chemical burns. Iff ellectrrollyte e spiilled on n you ur ba are skin n, rem mov ve itt im mmed diately an nd wa ash th he afffecte ed arrea a wiith soa ap an nd pllenty off wa ater. Iff itt ge ets in nto you ur ey yes s orr an ny otther sen nsittive bo ody pa art,, rin nse wiith pllenty off wa ater an nd see ek im mmed diate med dicall atttention. Do not smoke near batteries as these give off explosive gases. Make sure that metal objects, for example tools, rings and watch straps, do not come into contact with the battery pole studs. Make sure the protections are always installed over the battery pole studs. Do not tilt a battery in any direction. Battery electrolyte may leak out. Do not connect a discharged battery in series with a fully charged battery. Risk for explosion. When removing a battery, disconnect the ground cable first and when installing, connect the ground cable last in order to reduce the risk of sparks. Discarded batteries must be taken care of according to national environmental requirements. Charging batteries, see page 237. Starting with booster batteries, see page 130.
ery diiscon nnect swiitch Batte 3 1
2
NO OTICE Do no ot tu urn offf th he ba attery diiscon nnect swiitch wh hen th he en ngine is s run nning. Th he ellectrric call syste em may y be e da amag ged.
4 1 2 3 4
Battery disconnect switch (1) is located outside of the tool box which is located on the right side of the machine. When welding, servicing of electrical system or after finishing work of the day for safety, the battery disconnect switch should be turned off. V1129250
Battery disconnect switch key OFF position ON position Cover
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
23 36
Ellectrrical syste em Battery electrolyte level, check Check the electrolyte level every 500 hours. NOTE! Check the electrolyte level every 250 hours at temperature above +30 °C (+86 °F).
NO OTICE Do no ot kee ep ob bjectss in n th he ba attery bo ox th hat may y da amag ge th he cab bles.
WA ARNING Risk of fire and explosion. Battery gas contains hydrogen and is flammable and could explode. Do o no ot op pen a ba attery clo ose to o sou urces s off fiire suc ch as s op pen fllames s, cig garetttes orr spa arks.
WA ARNING Risk of chemical burns. The battery electrolyte contains corrosive sulphuric acid which could cause severe chemical burns. Iff ellectrrollyte e spiilled on n you ur ba are skin n, rem mov ve itt im mmed diately an nd wa ash th he afffecte ed arrea a wiith soa ap an nd pllenty off wa ater. Iff itt ge ets in nto you ur ey yes s orr an ny otther sen nsittive bo ody pa art,, rin nse wiith pllenty off wa ater an nd see ek im mmed diate med dicall atttention. 1 Open the cover of the battery box on the right side of the machine. 2 Ensure the battery disconnect switch is at off position and remove the battery cover. 3 Remove all battery cell caps (A) and check the electrolyte level for each cell with level indicator (B) inside of the battery cell.
B C
NO OTE! The electrolyte level should be up to the end of level indicator (C) as shown in the illustration.
A
V1196189
4 Refill distilled water up to the end of level indicator (C) when required. 5 Install the battery cell caps. 6 Check that the cable terminals and battery terminals are clean, well tightened and coated with petroleum jelly or similar product. 7 Install the battery cover.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Ellectrricall syste em
23 37
Battery, charging
WARNING Risk of serious injury. Short-circuit, open flames or sparks near a charging battery could lead to an explosion. Swiitch offf cha arge e currren nt be efore diiscon nnectiing cha argiing cab ble cla amps s. Ne everr cha arge e a ba attery ne ear op pen fllames s orr spa arks. Alw ways cha arge e a ba attery in n we ell-ven ntilated arrea as.
WA ARNING Risk of chemical burns. The battery electrolyte contains corrosive sulphuric acid which could cause severe chemical burns. Iff ellectrrollyte e spiilled on n you ur ba are skin n, rem mov ve itt im mmed diately an nd wa ash th he afffecte ed arrea a wiith soa ap an nd pllenty off wa ater. Iff itt ge ets in nto you ur ey yes s orr an ny otther sen nsittive bo ody pa art,, rin nse wiith pllenty off wa ater an nd see ek im mmed diate med dicall atttention.
V1066032
- Always turn off the charging current before the charging lead clips are removed. - Ventilate well, especially if the battery is charged in a confined space.
Ellectriicall diistriibu ution n bo ox Relays and fuses are in the electrical distribution box which is located on the rear side of cab.
A
NO OTICE nsta all a fu use wiith a hiigher am mpe erag ge th han wh hat is s sta ated Neverr in on n th he de ecall. Riisk off da amag ge orr fiire on n th he cirrcuiit bo oard..
B
Relays and fuses are easily accessible after discovering the cover of box. A decal which shows the exact positions and specifications of respective relays and fuses is provided on the inside of cover, see page 286.
V1066025
Electrical distribution box A Relays B Fuses
NOTE! If a fuse blows repeatedly in the same position, the cause of the fault has to be investigated.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
23 38
Ellectrrical syste em Welding The following measures should be taken before starting electric welding on the machine or attachments connected to the machine. 1 Turn off the electric power with the battery disconnect switch. 2 Disconnect the batteries, both the plus and minus terminal. 3 Disconnect the electronic units ; V-ECU, E-ECU, I-ECU, ECC and so on. For further information, contact a workshop authorized by Volvo Construction Equipment. 4 Connect the welding equipment's ground connection as close to the welding point as possible and make sure that the current does not pass across a bearing. 5 Ventilate well, specially if the welding is performed in a confine space. 6 Remove all paint from an area of at least 10 cm (4 in) around the welding point.
WA ARNING Risk of toxin inhalation. Burning of painted, plastic or rubber parts produces gases that could damage respiratory tracts. Ne everr bu urn pa ainted orr rub bber pa artss orr an ny pllastiics.
NO OTICE xtiinguishe er sho ould be e ea asilly ac cces ssib ble du urin ng alll we elding A fiire ex wo ork. NO OTE! The weld will be related with inferior quality and strength, never weld directly on a painted surface.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Ellectrricall syste em
23 39
Alternator belt, checking Check the belt every 1000 hours.
A B C D
WARNING The engine must be off when checking belt tension - rotating parts may cause personal injury. 1 Inspect belt for cracks, wear or other damage. 2 If damaged, replace the belt with a new one.
V1106858
A B C D
Alternator Auto tensioner Belt Air compressor
The alternator installation is sensitive to incorrect connection, therefore always follow the instructions below: - Battery and alternator cables must not be disconnected while the engine is running. A fault may then arise in the alternator and the electronics. - Disconnect and insulate the battery cables before carrying out any work on the alternator equipment. - The battery terminals must never be confused. If the cables are wrongly connected, the alternator rectifier will be ruined immediately. - When disconnecting batteries, first break the circuit using the battery disconnect switch. See page 235.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
24 40
Sw wing drrive un nit
Swing drive unit NOTIICE Always clean around the oil dipstick before you check the oil level. Dirt in the oil damages the swing gearbox. It is very important that the oil level is always correct and that it is checked at working temperature. - Too little oil may lead to insufficient lubrication of the swing drive unit and cause costly damage. - Too much oil may lead to oil foaming, and cause the swing drive unit to overheat.
WA ARNING Risk of burns! Hot liquids and machine parts can cause burns. Alllow th he mac chiine to o coo ol be efore be eginning an ny serrvic ce..
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Sw wing drrive un nit
24 41
Swing drive unit, checking oil level Check the oil level every 250 hours. 1 Pull out oil dipstick (A) and wipe it with a clean cloth. 2 Insert oil dipstick and pull it out again. 3 Check the oil level. If the level is in the center of "D", the level is correct. 4 If the level is low, top up oil through oil filler hole (B) to correct level. 5 If the level is high, - Place a suitable sized container under the drain valve (E). - Open the protection cap of drain valve (E) and drain cock (C). - Attach the drain hose (F) and drain the oil to the correct level. - Close drain cock (C) and disconnect the drain hose. - Close the protecting cap.
A B
For oil specification, see page 273.
D
C
E F V1093408
Swin ng drrive un nit, cha anging g oiil Ch hange th he oiil affter fiirst 50 00 ho ours an nd th hen ev verry 10 000 ho ours. 1 Place a suitable sized container under the valve on the swing drive unit for receiving the drained oil. 2 Open the protection cap of drain valve (E) and drain cock (C). 3 Attach the drain hose (F) and drain the oil. The hose is the same hose as that used for engine oil draining.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay. 4 Disconnect the drain hose. 5 Close the protecting cap and drain cock. 6 Pull out oil dipstick (A), and fill oil to the correct level through oil filler hole (B). 7 Check the oil level again and if necessary, top up. Wait about 5 minutes for checking the level accurately after filling oil. For oil specification, see page 273.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
24 42
Trrack drrive un nit
Track drive unit NOTIICE Always clean around the level plug before you check the oil level. Dirt in the oil damages the track gearbox. It is very important that the oil level is always correct and that it is checked at working temperature. - Too little oil may lead to insufficient lubrication of the track drive unit and cause costly damaged. - Too much oil makes the oil foaming and cause the track drive unit to overheat.
WA ARNING Risk of burns! Hot liquids and machine parts can cause burns. Alllow th he mac chiine to o coo ol be efore be eginning an ny serrvic ce..
WA ARNING Risk of high pressure injection. Residual pressure in the hydraulic system could lead to oil under high pressure jetting out and cause serious injury, even if the engine has not been running for some time. Alw ways rellease th he prres ssurre be efore an ny kin nd off serrvic ce off th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em is s carrrie ed ou ut.
Trrack drrive un nit, che ecking g oiil lev vell Ch heck th he oiil le evell ev verry 10 000 ho ours. 1 Turn the case so that drain plug (A) is located at the bottom. 2 Remove the level checking plug (B). If the oil is about to overflow from the hole, the level is correct. If the oil is low, top up the oil to the correct level through the plug (B). For oil specification, see page 273.
B A
V1066070
Track drive unit, type A
B A V1170118
Track drive unit, type B
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Trrack drrive un nit
24 43
Track drive unit, changing oil Change the oil after first 500 hours and then every 2000 hours. 1 Turn the case so that drain plug (A) is at the bottom. 2 Place a container under the drain plug (A) for receiving the drained oil. 3 Remove the drain plug (A) and plug (B), and then drain the oil.
NO OTICE Take carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay.
B A
V1066070
Track drive unit, type A
4 Check the O-ring on the plugs, if damaged, replace it. 5 Install the drain plug (A). 6 Fill the oil to the correct level through filling hole (B). If the oil is about to overflow from the checking hole (B), the level is correct. 7 Install the plugs (B). For oil specification, see page 273.
B A V1170118
Track drive unit, type B
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
24 44
Sw wing gea ar and batth
Swing gear and bath Swing gear bearing, greasing Grease the swing gear every 250 hours. 1 Park the machine on level ground. 2 Lower the bucket to the ground. 3 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the hydraulic system securely and stop the engine. See page 88. 4 Fill the grease in the grease nipples (A) at three points using a hand or power grease gun. 5 Apply grease to the swing bearing until grease can be seen from the swing bearing seals. 6 Take care not to supply excessive mount of grease. 7 After greasing, clean off the superfluous grease completely.
A
A A
V1106846
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Sw wing ge ear an nd batth
245 5
Swing bath, grease checking Check the grease condition and level every 1000 hours. 1 Park the machine on a level ground and move the superstructure as shown in the figure. 2 Lower the bucket to the ground. 3 Turn the ignition switch to stop position. 4 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely. See page 88. 5 Remove screws (B) and the cover (C). 6 Check the level and condition of the grease. Fill if needed. 7 Inspect the seal (D). Replace the seal if damaged. 8 Install the cover.
B C D
V1106847
If the grease is contaminated or discoloured with water, remove screw (E) and drain cover (F), and then change the grease.
F
E
V1066068
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
24 46
Trrack uniit
Track unit Track unit, checking tension Check the track tension every 50 hours.
WARNING To check the track tension, the track must be raised off the ground. Make sure that the machine cannot fall down or move while checking. NOTE! When two persons are working, the operator should follow the sign of the maintenance worker. The degree of wear condition of track link pins and bushings varies with the working condition or the characteristics of soil. Check the track tension often and keep it to the specified value. When working in wet sand or clay, it sticks to and packs between moving undercarriage components. This can prevent mating parts from properly engaging each other, which cause interference and high loads. Due to abrasive particles in the material it significantly accelerates wear rates of the sprockets, pins / bushings, idlers and track links as the track load and tension increase. Generally, packing effects cannot be controlled except by constant cleaning or removal of the material.
90~120
V1068725
Therefore thoroughly clean the undercarriage at least daily or more often according to soil conditions in job-site. 1 Swing the superstructure to the side and raise the track by using boom and dipper arm. For this movement, operate the lever slowly. 2 Turn the track slowly in forward and reverse direction several time. Stop the track while moving in the reverse direction. 3 Measure the track slack (L) at the center of track frame, the clearance between the bottom of track frame and the upper surface of track shoe. 4 Adjust the track tension according to the soil characteristics. Recommended track tension is as below,
L
Wo orkin ng con ndition
Cllearan nce ( L)) (mm) (in n)
General soil
340 - 360 (13.4 - 14.2)
Rocky ground
320 - 340 (12.6 - 13.4)
V1066072
Moderate soil like gravel, sand, 360 - 380 (14.2 - 15.0) snow, and so on.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Trrack un nit
24 47
Track unit, adjusting tension
WARNING Risk of serious injury Recoil spring cylinder is filled with pressurised grease. High pressure grease in the cylinder could cause serious injury or death. Alw ways kee ep fa ace,, ha ands an nd bo ody aw way frrom m th he grrea ase niipple an nd vallve wh hen ad djustiing th he trrac ck te ensio on orr lo oosen ning th he trrac ck. Ne everr rem mov ve th he grrea ase fiitting orr nu ut an nd vallve as ssem mblly to o rellease grrea ase..
A
Tiightening trrac ck te ensio on - red ducin ng sla ack 1 Fill the grease through grease nipple (B) using a grease gun with high pressure. 2 Check the tension by moving the machine forward and rearward. 3 Check the tension again. If not correct, adjust it again.
B
A Valve B Grease nippie
V1066073
Lo oosen ning trrac ck te ensio on - in ncrea asin ng sla ack 1 Loosen the valve (A) gradually to drain the grease, but not more than one turn. If the grease does not drain smoothly, move the machine forward and rearward.
NO OTICE nvirron nmen ntal po ollution! Risk off en Th he grrea ase in n th he trrac ck ad djustm men nt cyliinder is s un nder hiigh prres ssurre an nd la arge e qu uantities off grrea ase wiill be e qu uickly y relleased d iff th he vallve is s lo oosen ned to oo muc ch.. Ne everr lo oosen n th he vallve by y morre th han tw wo tu urns s wh hen drraiining th he grrea ase.. 2 Close the valve (A) but do not tighten excessively as the fitting may be damaged. - The valve (A) assembly, tightening torque: 7.0 kgf m (51 lbf ft) (69 N m) 3 Check the tension by moving the machine forward and rearward. 4 Check the tension again. If not correct, adjust it again.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
24 48
Trrack un nit Track unit, checking shoe screws Check the shoe screws daily. If track shoe screws (A) are loose, the track shoes are likely to be damaged.
A V1066074
A Shoe screw
1
3
4
2
1 Swing the superstructure to the side and raise the track using boom down operation. 2 Turn the track slowly in forward and reverse direction several time. Check for missing, loose or damaged shoe screws and shoes. If needed, tighten the screws to specified torque, 130 ± 5 kgf m (1275 ± 49 N m) (940 ± 36 lbf ft) V1066075
Order to tighten the screws
NO OTICE s verry im mpo orta ant th hat lo oose trrac ck sho oe screw ws an nd nu uts arre It is rem mov ved d fu ully an nd th hat th he th hrea ads arre cle eaned. Cllean th he trrac ck sho oes be efore th hey arre in nsta alled an nd th he screw ws tiightened. 3 After tightening, check whether the nut and the shoe are in full contact with the mating surfaces of the link. Tiighten th he screw ws in n th he orrde er as s sho own in n th he fiigure..
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Ca ab
24 49
Cab Cab prefilter, cleaning and replacing If the cab prefilter is clogged, the air flow capacity will be reduced. Therefore, clean it periodically.
A
B C
Cllean th he cab b prreffilter ev verry 25 50 ho ours an nd rep place itt ev verry 20 000 ho ours. 1 Turn the screw counter clockwise using an L wrench. 2 Tilt the cover (B) towards rear side and take out the prefilter (A). 3 Clean the prefilter with compressed air. 4 If the prefilter is damaged or heavily contaminated, replace it with a new one. 5 Install the prefilter and close the cover.
V1066039
A Cab prefilter B Cover C Screw
Wa ashe er re eserrvoiir Check the fluid level daily. NO OTE! When the temperature is below freezing point, anti-freeze should be added to the washer fluid. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations with regards to the ambient temperature.
V1106834
Washer reservoir
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
25 50
Aiir con nditioning
Air conditioning Air conditioning filter, cleaning and replacing If the air conditioner filter is clogged, the air flow as well as the cooling and heating capacity will be reduced. Therefore, clean it periodically. NO OTE! If the machine is operated in particularly dusty environment or in air with hazardous material to human such as asbestos, special filter should be used. Please contact Volvo Construction Equipment dealer for more information.
NO OTICE
A
Refrig geran nt R1 134a ad dds to o th he grree enhouse efffect an nd may y no ot be e relleased d.
B
Cllean th he fiilter ev verry 50 00 ho ours an nd rep place itt ev verry 20 000 ho ours. 1 Unscrew 4 screws (A). Two are under rubber mat (B). 2 Disconnect the wire harness of the air conditioner. 3 After opening the 4 latches (D), open the cover (C) and take out the filter. NO OTE! Refer to the information plate attached on the top of the cover when disassembling the cover.
C
D
V1066040
A B C D
Screws (4 EA) Rubber mat Cover Latches (4 EA)
4 Clean the filter with compressed air. 5 If the filter is damaged or heavily contaminated, replace it with a new one. 6 Install the filter, and assemble them in reverse order.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Bu uckett te eeth
25 51
Bucket teeth Bucket teeth, replacing Replace the bucket teeth before the adaptors wear away.
WARNING Risk of splinter injury. When striking metal objects with a hammer, flying metal chips could cause serious splinter injury to eyes and other body parts. Alw ways we ear pe erson nal prrottectiive eq quipmen nt an nd ey ye prrottectiion wh hen rep placin ng bu uckett te eeth.
V1066076
- Lower the bucket to the ground and position it to the easiest posture for working. - Stop the engine before replacing the bucket tooth.
Forr sid de piin lo ockin ng syste em D A
B,C V1066077
1 Lower the bucket horizontally and place it on a block. 2 Stop the engine and move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely. 3 Drive out the pin (B) using a hammer and punch. Be careful not to damage the locking washer (C). Use a round bar with a smaller diameter than the pin as a punch. 4 Clean the surface of adapter (D) and insert a new locking washer (C) in the correct place, and then install a new tooth (A). 5 Drive the pin (B) into the pin groove until the pin is flush with the tooth.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
25 52
Bu uckett te eetth For Volvo tooth system (VTS) Replace the bucket teeth before the adaptors wear away.
WARNING Risk of splinter injury. Striking the bucket pin with a hammer could cause metal chips to fly around and cause serious splinter injury. Alw ways we ear fa ace an nd ey ye prrottectiion, ha ard ha at an nd glloves s wh hile rem mov vin ng an nd in nsta alling th he bu uckett piins. A special tool may be ordered to facilitate replacement of teeth. The tool are available in different sizes depending on tooth size. Contact your dealer for further information.
V1066078
Special tool
Re emov vin ng to ooth 1 Lower the bucket horizontally on a block and angle it slightly upward. 2 Stop the engine and move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely. 3 Clean the opening for tooth adapter locking device. 4 Knock out the locking device with a hammer and the tool or other suitable drift. 5 Remove tooth.
V1066079
Knock out the locking device
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Bu uckett te eeth
25 53
Installing tooth 1 Clean the front part of the tooth adapter and the hole for the locking device. 2 Install the tooth so that the guide lugs fit in the tooth adapter recesses. 3 Replace lock retainer (B) with a new part. 4 Install the locking device so that the chamfered part points downward and the lock retainer points forward. 5 Knock down the locking device with a hammer until it is level with the upper part of the tooth adapter. 6 Knock down the locking device further with a hammer and the tool or other suitable drift until the upper part is just below the scored line in the hole.
A B
V1066080
Locking device A Steel pin B Lock retainer
NO OTE! Replace the steel pin in connection with replacement of tooth adapter.
V1066081
The locking device should be just below the scored line
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
25 54
Hy ydrraulic syste em
Hydraulic system NOTIICE Any work on the hydraulic system requires great demands on cleanliness. Even very small particles can cause damage or clog up the system. Therefore, wipe areas in question clean before any work is carried out. The pressure-limiting valves for the hydraulic system are set to the correct value at the factory. If the valves are altered by any person other than service personnel at a workshop authorized by Volvo Construction Equipment, the guarantee from the manufacturer will be void.
Hydrraulic oiil NO OTE! Hydraulic oil is hazardous to the environment. Immediately use barriers to contain spilled oil and follow local regulations concerning hazardous materials.
NO OTICE Only hy ydrrau ulic oiil th hat is s ap pprov ved d by y Vollvo may y be e us sed d.
NO OTICE Use th he sam me hy ydrrau ulic oiil th hat is s allrea ady in n th he syste em. Th he hy ydrrau ulic syste em may y be e da amag ged iff diifferen nt brran nds off hy ydrrau ulic oiil arre mix xed d. Hy ydrrau ulic biio oiil 1 When changing from a mineral oil to a bio oil, the oil must be drained as much as possible and it is required to flush the hydraulic system. 2 For the drain points and changing method, please contact the workshop authorized by Volvo Construction Equipment.
Service and maintenance
Hydraulic system
255
Hydraulic system, releasing pressure
WARNING Residual pressure in the hydraulic system may lead to oil under high pressure jetting out, even if the engine has not been running for some time. Always release the pressure before any kind of service of the hydraulic system is carried out. Use the greatest caution when working on the hydraulic system. Remove system pressure and tank pressure: 1 Place attachment on the ground and shut down engine. 2 After engine is shut down, turn ignition switch to running position (Do not start engine). 3 Keep the control lockout lever up (unlocked position) and move all control levers and pedals to release main system pressure from all lines. 4 Turn ignition switch to OFF position, remove the key and tag the machine to indicate that the unit is under service. 5 Lower the control lockout lever (locked position). 6 Press the pressure relief valve located on the hydraulic tank breather valve to release tank pressure.
V1106865
Breather on the hydraulic tank
Hydrraulic oiil le evell, che ecking g Ch heck th he oiil le evell ev verry 50 0 ho ours. 1 Park the machine in service position B, see page 198. 2 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely and stop the engine. V1066047
3 Open the side door on the right side of the machine and check the oil level in the sight gauge. If the level is in the center of the gauge, the level is correct.
V1066048
A
4 If the level is low, - Press breather (A) to release the internal pressure at the tank. - Remove filling plug (B) and top up with hydraulic oil.
B
NOTE! To top up the oil efficiently press air breather again. - Check the level. - If the level is normal, install the filling plug.
V1196163
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
25 56
Hy ydra aulic syste em NOTIICE Use the same hydraulic oil that is already in the system. The hydraulic system may be damaged if different brands of hydraulic oil are mixed.
F
G V1093465
5 If the level is high, - Place a suitable sized container under the hydraulic tank. - Remove the protecting cap (F) and attach drain hose (G), which is the same hose as that used for draining engine oil. - Drain the oil into a container.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay. - Disconnect the drain hose and install the protecting cap.
Service and maintenance
Hydraulic system m
257
Hydraulic oil, changing Refer to the table below for changing the hydraulic oil. Hydraulic oil
Change interval
Mineral oil
every 2000 hours
Bio oil
every 5000 hours
Long life hydraulic oil
every 5000 hours
Wh hen us sin ng th he hy ydrrau ulic ha ammerr, reffer to o th he ta able be elow fo or cha anging th he hy ydrrau ulic oiil. Frreq quency off ha ammerr us se
Ch hange in ntervall
50%
every 1000 hours
100%
every 600 hours
NO OTICE he sam me hy ydrrau ulic oiil th hat is s allrea ady in n th he syste em. Th he Use th hy ydrrau ulic syste em may y be e da amag ged iff diifferen nt brran nds off hy ydrrau ulic oiil arre mix xed d.
WA ARNING Ho ot hy ydrrau ulic oiil an nd hy ydrrau ulic oiil un nder prres ssurre may y res sullt in n sev verre pe erson nal in njurie es 1 Swing the superstructure so that protecting cap (F) at the bottom of the hydraulic tank is located between the left and right tracks. 2 Retract the bucket cylinder and the dipper arm cylinder completely, and then lower the boom to the ground. 3 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely and stop the engine. 4 Release the internal pressure of the tank through air breather (A). 5 Open the cover (B) after removing the screws (E).
E A B C D V1106866
F
G V1093465
6 Remove O-ring (C). 7 Place a suitable sized container under the hydraulic tank. 8 Remove the protecting cap (F) and attach drain hose (G), which is the same hose as that used for draining engine oil. 9 Drain the oil into a container.
NO OTICE Take carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay. 10 Disconnect the drain hose and install the protecting cap.
Service and maintenance
258
Hydraulic system 11 Place a suitable sized container under the drain plug (H) of suction pipe from hydraulic tank. 12 Remove the drain plug and drain the oil into a container.
NOTICE Take carre off fiilters, oiils an nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe wa ay.
H
13 After draining, install the drain plug. 14 After cleaning the magnetic rings of strainer thoroughly, reinstall it. 15 Refill the oil and re-install the cover. 16 Check the oil level in the sight gauge. 17 Perform a test run to check for any leaks.
V1066053
For the information of oil capacity when changing, see page 283. For oil grade, see page 273.
Hydrraulic system m brreather filterr, re eplac cing g A
Re eplace th he ellemen nt in n th he aiir brrea ather ev verry 20 000 ho ours. In dusty working environments, the air breather will become blocked after a short period of time.
B C D
NO OTE! The filter cannot be cleaned but must be replaced.
V1106867
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Park the machine in service position B, see page 198. Press breather (A) to release the internal pressure at the tank. Remove the rubber cover (B). Unscrew the nut (C) and remove the filter case (D). Replace the element of air breather with a new one. Reinstall the filter case and tighten the nut. Install the rubber cover.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Hy ydra aulic syste em
25 59
Hydraulic oil return filter, replacing Replace the return filter after first 500 hours and then every 2000 hours. When using the hydraulic hammer, refer to the table below for changing the return filter. Frequency of hammer use
Change interval
50%
every 1000 hours
100%
every 500 hours
WA ARNING Iff th he prres ssurre is s no ot relleased d be efore op pening th he syste em, oiil un nder hiigh prres ssurre wiill je et ou ut, res sullting in n serrio ous pe erson nal in njurie es. NO OTE! Observe the greatest possible cleanliness throughout the entire operation.
A
Park the machine in service position B, see page 198. Clean the area around the cover (A). Unscrew the screws (B) and remove the cover (A). Remove the O-ring (E), spring and bypass valve (C), and then pull out the suction strainer (F) and the filter (D). 5 Clean the dismantled parts. 6 Install a new filter and all disassembled parts. 1 2 3 4
E B
C
NOTE! Make sure blank area (G) of the filter face toward lower direction when installing.
F
D
7 When mounting the cover (A), fasten the screws (B) while pressing down the cover.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay.
G V1096080
8 Run the engine at low idle speed for 10 minutes to remove the air. 9 Stop the engine.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
26 60
Hy ydrraulic syste em Hydraulic oil drain filter, changing Replace the cartridge for the drain filter after first 500 hours and then every 1000 hours. 1 Press air breather on the tank to release the internal pressure at the tank. 2 Place a container under the drain filter, and turn the filter counterclockwise to remove it.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay. 3 Fill the new filter with oil, thinly coat O-ring with oil. 4 Install the new filter. V1093468
Hydrraulic serrvo filterr, re eplac cing g Re eplacin ng th he ellemen nt in n th he serrvo fiilter affter fiirst 50 00 ho ours an nd th hen ev verry 10 000 ho ours. 1 Place a container under the filter. 2 Remove the filter bowl. 3 Replace the inner element of the servo filter.
NO OTICE nd liiquids in n an n en nvirron nmen ntally saffe Take carre off fiilters, oiils an wa ay. 4 Reinstall the filter bowl.
V1093469
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Hy ydrraulic syste em
26 61
Hydraulic oil suction strainer, cleaning E
Clean the suction strainer every 2000 hours and change it when necessary or damaged. 1 Park the machine in service position B, see page 198. 2 Press air breather (A) to release the internal pressure at the tank. 3 Clean the area around the cover (B). 4 Remove the cover (B) and pull out the suction strainer (D). 5 Clean the suction strainer and change it if damaged. 6 Check the O-ring (C) and change it if damaged. 7 Reinstall the cover (B).
A B C D V1106866
Ham mmer circ cuiit re eturrn fiilterr, re eplaccin ng (o optional eq quipment)
V1066059
Re eplace th he ellemen nt in n th he retturn fiilter ev verry 25 50 ho ours (on n th he ba asis s off ha ammerr wo orkin ng ho ours). 1 Stop the engine. 2 Place a container under the filter. 3 Remove the filter case (D) by using a wrench. 4 Remove the filter element (C). 5 Inspect O-ring (A) and back up ring (B) for any damage, replace if damaged. 6 Install a new filter element. 7 Install the filter case.
A B C
D V1066060
A B C D
O-ring Backup ring Element Filter case
Tiightening to orqu ue fo or th he fiilter cas se (D)): 39 9 ~ 49 9 N m (4 ~ 5 kgff m) (28 8.9 ~ 36 6 lb bf ftt)
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
26 62
Hyydrraulic syste em Accumulator, handling
WARNING Risk of serious injury. Accumulators are charged with highly pressured nitrogen. Improper handling could lead to an explosion causing serious injury. Wo ork on n an n ac ccum mullator mus st on nly be e do one by y a qu ualified serrvic ce te echn nicia an. - Do not hit, drill or weld the accumulator. - Keep it away from open flame or other highly heated sources. - If you operate the operating lever downward just after the engine stops, the accumulator allows the attachment to move by its own weight. - After releasing the pressure in accumulator, move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely, see page 88.
ccum mulattorr, em mergency op peration n Ac 1 Stop the engine by turning the ignition switch to stop position. 2 Turn the ignition switch to running position 3 Move the control lockout lever up to unlock the system, see page 88. 4 Put the operating lever to boom down position to lower the attachment by its own weight. 5 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely.
V1066071
Accumulator
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Hy ydrraulic syste em
26 63
Accumulator, pressure releasing 1 Lower the attachment completely to the ground. 2 Keep all the attachments such as hammer closed. 3 After turning off the engine, turn the ignition switch to running position. 4 Move the control lockout lever up to unlock the system. 5 To release the pressure in the control circuits and accumulator, move the operating levers and pedals forward / rearward and left / right to their respective end positions. 6 Turn the ignition switch to stop position. 7 Move the control lockout lever down to lock the system securely. 8 To release the pressure completely, loosen the hose connection slowly when you disconnect the accumulator. Step aside in this case as oil should jet out. Ask you ur au uthoriz zed d Vollvo Co onstrruc ctiion Equ uipmen nt de ealer wo orksho op to o diischa arge e th he prres ssurre in n th he ac ccum mullator prrio or to o diispo osall.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
26 64
Grreasin ng
Greasing Excavator unit, greasing Grease the excavator unit every 10 hours or daily only during first 100 hours. After first 100 hours of operation, grease the excavator unit every 50 hours or weekly. NOTE! Under severe operating conditions where mud, water, and abrasive material may enter the bearings, or after using the hydraulic hammer, the excavator unit should be greased every 10 hours or daily. When greasing by hand, lower the attachment to the ground as illustrated, and stop the engine. Grease through the grease nipples using a hand or power grease gun. After greasing, clean off the superfluous grease. Immediately after working under water, grease the submerged parts such as the bucket pins to remove the old grease, regardless of the grease interval. For grease specification, see page 273.
V1106848
11 10 9
5
6
75
3 4 3
2
8 12 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
Boom cylinder mounting pin (2 points) Boom mounting pin (2 points) Boom cylinder rod end pin (2 points) Dipper arm cylinder mounting pin (1 point) Pin between boom and dipper arm (2 points) Bucket cylinder mounting pin (1 point)
7 8 9 10 11 12
Dipper arm cylinder rod end pin (1 point) Pin between dipper arm and bucket (2 points) Pin between dipper arm and link (1 point) Pin between connecting rod and link (2 points) Bucket cylinder rod end pin (1 point) Pin between bucket and connecting rod (2 points)
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Grreasin ng Cab door hinges, greasing Grease the door hinges every 1000 hours.
1
V1060947
1
Grease points
26 65
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
26 66
Lu ubriicattion an nd serrvicce cha art
Lubrication and service chart Lubrication Lubrication is an important part of preventive maintenance. The service life of bushings, bearings and bearing pins can be extended considerably if the machine is lubricated in a correct way. A lubrication chart makes lubrication work easier and reduces the risk of forgetting greasing points.
Lubrication has two main purposes: - To supply grease to the bearing in order to reduce wear between the pin and the bearing. - To replace old and dirty grease. The grease stored inside the outer seal collects dirt and water and prevents them from penetrating into the bearing.
NO OTICE ase niipples an nd grrea ase gu un be efore grrea asin ng, so th hat Wipe offf grrea diirt an nd san nd arre no ot in ntrod duced d th hrou ugh th he grrea ase niipples in nto th he be earin ngs.
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Lu ubricattion an nd serrvicce cha art
26 67
Symbol key These standard symbols are used in the Lubrication and service chart, see the adjacent table.
S
1
Engine oil
2
S
Grease lubrication
3
T
Swing drive gear oil change T
4
Swing drive gear oil check
5
Track drive gear oil check
6
Track drive gear oil change
7
Hydraulic oil
8
Hydraulic oil level
9
Hydraulic oil filter
10 Hydraulic tank, air breather filter
11 Fuel filter
12 Water separator
13 Engine, coolant
14 Engine, coolant filter
15 Engine coolant level
16 Engine oil level
17 Engine oil filter
18 Operator manual
19 Air cleaner filter
Service and maintenance
268
Lubrication and service chart Lubrication and service chart 1
2 3 4 5
18
6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
21 20 19 15 16 18
18 17
22 V1106886
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Lu ubricattion an nd serrvicce cha art Measure
Item
26 69 Page
When required Check coolant level (according to the signal on I-ECU)
230
Check and drain the water separator (according to the signal on I-ECU)
220
Check and drain the extra water separator (according to the signal on I-ECU)
222
Drain the sediment from fuel tank
220
DA AIL LY (ev verry 10 0 ho ours)
Ittem
Pag ge
Check track shoe screws
248
Check the washer fluid level
249
Everry 50 0 ho ours
Ittem
Pag ge
Check engine oil level (or according to the signal on I-ECU)
12
214
Check hydraulic oil level
5
255
Lubricate to attachments
18
264
Check track tension
22
246 227
Check the oil level of oil bath air cleaner Everry 25 50 ho ours affter carrryin ng ou ut Da aily an nd 50 0 ho ours serrvic ces s
Ittem
Pag ge
Check oil level of swing drive unit
20
240 249
Clean the cab prefilter Lubricate the swing gear bearing
17
244
Change the oil bath air cleaner oil
228
Change the circuit return filter for hammer
261
Everry 50 00 ho ours affter carrryin ng ou ut Da aily, 50 0 an nd 25 50 ho ours serrvic ces s
Ittem
Pag ge
Change engine oil and oil filter
13 14
215
Change fuel filter
8
218
Change water separator filter element
7
221
Change extra water separator filter element
223
Clean the radiator, oil cooler and condenser fins (or when required)
232
Clean the main filter of air conditioner
250
Check the battery electrolyte level (every 250 hours at temperature above +30 °C (+86 °F))
236
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
27 70
Lu ubricattion an nd serrvic ce cha art
Measure
Item
Page
Check oil level of track drive unit
15
242
Check the swing bath grease
21
245
Change hydraulic servo filter (first change : 500 hours)
10
260
Change hydraulic oil drain filter (first change : 500 hours)
9
260
Change the oil of swing drive unit (first change : 500 hours)
19
240
Every 1000 hours after carrying out Daily, 50, 250 and 500 hours services
Lubricate to the cab door hinges
264
Check the fan belt tension
216
Check the belt tension for alternator and compressor
239
Everry 20 000 ho ours affter carrryin ng ou ut Da aily, 50 0, 25 50, 50 00 an nd 10 000 ho ours serrvic ces s
Ittem
230
Check the coolant content (or every year) Clean the suction strainer of hydraulic tank (or when required)
Pag ge
4
261
Change the primary filter of air cleaner (max. 1 year) (Change the secondary filter every 3rd time primary filter is replaced or at least every 2 years)
225
Change the cab prefilter
249
Change the air breather filter in hydraulic tank
3
258 219
Change the ventilation filter on fuel tank Change the oil of travel drive unit (first change : 500 hours)
16
243
Change hydraulic oil (mineral oil)
1
257 250
Change the main filter of air conditioner Change hydraulic oil return filter (first change : 500 hours)
6
259
Clean the screen filter of the oil bath air cleaner
228
Everry 40 000 ho ours affter carrryin ng ou ut Da aily, 50 0, 25 50, 50 00, 10 000 an nd 20 000 ho ours serrvic ces s Ittem
Pag ge
Check valve clearance
216
Everry 50 000 ho ours affter carrryin ng ou ut Da aily, 50 0, 25 50, 50 00, 10 000, 20 000 an nd 40 000 ho ours Ittem serrvic ces s
Pag ge
Change hydraulic oil (bio oil and long life hydraulic oil)
257
2
Everry 60 000 ho ours affter carrryin ng ou ut Da aily, 50 0, 25 50, 50 00, 10 000, 20 000, 40 000 an nd 50 000 Ittem ho ours serrvic ces s
Pag ge
Change coolant
232
11
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
Lu ubricattion an nd serrvicce cha art
27 71
Recommended intervals for critical parts To ensure safety at all times when operating or driving the machine, periodic maintenance must always be carried out. To maintain safety over time, it is also recommended that periodic check or replacement of the parts given in the table below, is carried out. These parts are closely connected to safety and fire prevention. The material ages or materials are wearing with foreseeable deterioration. If these parts show any abnormality before the recommended interval has passed, they should be repaired or replaced immediately. If the hose clamps show any deterioration, such as deformation or cracking, replace the clamps at the same as the hoses. When replacing the hoses, always replace the O-rings, gaskets, and other related parts at the same time. The replacements should be carried out by a qualified service technician. In nspe ectiion in ntervall Daily
Ittem Fuel / hydraulic hoses - leakage of connections and end fittings
Monthly
Fuel / hydraulic hoses - leakage, damage of connections and end fittings Fuel / hydraulic hoses - leakage, damage, deformity and aging of connections and end fittings
Yearly
Crritticall pa artss liist fo or pe erio odic placem men nt rep
Re ecom mmen nded in ntervall
Fuel hoses
Every 2 years or 4000 hours, which occurs first
Hydraulic hoses
Every 6 years or 6000 hours, which occurs first
Seat belt
Every 3 years
Se ervic ce an nd ma aintenance
27 72
Lu ubricattion an nd serrvic ce cha art Maintenance under special environmental conditions Conditions
Maintenance
Related page
Before operating, check the tightness of plugs and all drain hoses and cocks. After working, replenish the grease to the attachment pins or the areas affected by the water. Water or near the ocean
165
When operating the machine, make sure to check and lubricate attachment points affected by water regularly. After working near the ocean, clean the machine thoroughly with fresh water and service the electrical parts to prevent from corrosion. It is highly recommended to use dielectric grease in all harness connecting points for better sealing and to prevent corrosion. After working, fill up the fuel tank to prevent water from condensing in the tank. Use the recommended lubricants.
Freezing weather
273
Fully charge the batteries regularly, electrolyte may freeze. Ventilate well especially when the batteries are charged in a confined space. When storing machines in extremely cold temperature, remove batteries and store them at room temperature.
136
Before parking, remove the mud and the dirt from the tracks. Demolition work Low fuel quality
Use fall protection over the cab against falling objects.
167
Drain the sediments in fuel tank at shorter service intervals.
220
Change the engine oil and engine oil filter at shorter service intervals.
275
Check regularly that hose and pipe connections from the air cleaner to the 224 engine induction manifold do not leak. Clean the air filter at shorter service intervals. Dusty atmosphere
225
Clean the clogging net for radiator and oil cooler at shorter service intervals. 232 Clean the areas on the machine where dust, chips and similar may collect 211 at shorter service intervals in order to minimize the risk of fire. Pay attention to and clean the engine compartment and surrounding areas 211 regularly.
Rocky ground
Hammer operation
Use a suitable track for the ground conditions. If in doubt, contact your closest Volvo dealer for proper advice
192
Use a suitable attachment for the ground conditions such as a heavy duty bucket. Change the hydraulic oil and return filter of hammer circuit at shorter service 261 intervals.
Sp pecifficattions
Re ecom mmende ed lu ubrican nts
27 73
Specifications Recommended lubricants The Volvo lubricants have been specially developed to fulfil the demanding operating conditions, in which Volvo excavators are used in. The oils have been tested according to Volvo excavator specifications and therefore meet the high requirements for safety and quality. Other mineral oils can be used if they conform to our viscosity recommendations and meet our quality requirements. The approval of Volvo is required, if any other oil base quality (for example biologically degradable oil) is to be used. Syste em
Oiil grrad de
Re ecom mmen nded vis scos sitty att varryin ng am mbiient te empe eratture °C °F F
-30 0 -22 2
-20 0 -4
-10 0 +14 4
0 +32 2
+10 0 +50 0
+20 0 +68 8
+30 0 +86 6
+40 0 +50 0 +10 04 +12 22
SAE 10 0W-30 0*** *S SAE 15 5W-40 0 Engine
Engine oil see page 275.
SAE 10 0W-40 0 SAE 5W W-30 0*** W-40 0 SAE 5W
Engine_Air pump Track gearbox
Volvo compressor oil (P/N: 17207687) Gear oil (with EP** additive) API GL4 or GL5
*S SAE 90 0
Gear oil (with EP** additive) API GL4 or GL5
*S SAE 90 0
Swing gearbox Swing ring gear (Bath and Ball)
Grease
SA AE 140
SA AE 140 Mullti pu urpo ose EP*** grrea ase NL LGI 2
°C F °F
-30 0 2 -22
-20 0 -4
-10 0 4 +14
0 +32 2
+10 0 0 +50
+20 0 8 +68
* : Installed at factory ** : Extreme Pressure ***: VDS-4 or VDS-4.5 approved oils only. Other oils can be used up to +30°C (86°F).
+30 0 6 +86
+40 +50 0 0 04 +12 22 +10
Sp pecifficattions
27 74
Re ecom mmended lu ubriicantts
System
Oil grade
Recommended viscosity at varying ambient temperature °C °F
-30 -22
-20 -4
-10 +14
0 +32
+10 +50
+20 +68
+30 +86
+40 +50 +104 +122
IS SO VG3 32 HV V Volvo Extra hydraulic oil
IS SO VG4 46 HV V IS SO VG6 68 HV V
Volvo Biodegradable Hydraulic system hydraulic oil (based on synthetic ester)***
Bio o oiil VG3 32 Bio o oiil VG4 46 IS SO VG3 32
Volvo Ultra hydraulic oil (long life hydraulic oil) Pin and bushing
Grease (Multi purpose EP** grease NLGI 2)
Fuel
Diesel fuel
IS SO VG4 46 IS SO VG6 68 *IISO--L--XBCF FB2 ASTM M D9 975 o.1 No *A ASTM M D9 975 No o. 2
Cooling system
Volvo Coolant VCS
Air conditioner system
Refrigerant
76. Vollvo Co oolant VCS S sho ould be e us sed d on nly, see e pa age 27 HF FC R1 134a
°C °F F
-30 0 -22 2
-20 0 -4
-10 0 +14 4
0 +32 2
+10 0 +50 0
+20 0 +68 8
+30 0 +86 6
+40 0 +50 0 +10 04 +12 22
* : Installed at factory ** : Extreme Pressure *** : If the machine is filled with Volvo Biodegradable hydraulic oil this oil must also be used when filing and changing. The mineral oil content in bio oil should not exceed 2%. if changing from mineral oil to bio oil. contact a workshop authorised by Volvo. NO OTE! The fuel should at least meet the legal requirement, and national and international standards for marketed fuels, for example : EN590 (with nationally adapted temperature requirements), ASTM D975 No 1-D and No 2-D, JIS KK 2204. NO OTE! The content of Volvo coolant must not be less than 40% of the total mixture.
Sp pecifficattions
Re ecom mmended d lu ubrican nts s
275 5
Engine oil Follow recommended change intervals according to the oil’s grade and sulphur content in the fuel. Sullphur con ntent in n th he fu uel, pp pm (10 0000 pp pm = 1% %) Oiil grrad de
< 3000
3000 - 5000
5000 - 10000
Oiil cha ange in ntervall Volvo Engine Oil, VDS-4.5 Volvo Engine Oil, VDS-4
500 hours
250 hours
125 hours
250 hours
125 hours
75 hours
Volvo Engine Oil, VDS-3 ACEA: E7 or E9 API: CH-4 or CI-4 or CJ-4 or CK-4
ACEA: European Automobile Manufacturers Association API: American Petroleum Institute
Sp pecifficattions
27 76
Re ecomm mende ed lu ubrican nts Coolant
Only use Volvo Coolant VCS when topping up or changing coolant. To avoid damage to engine and cooling system, different coolants or corrosion protection must not be mixed. When using concentrated Volvo Coolant VCS and clean water, the mixture should contain 40–60% concentrated coolant and 60–40% clean water. The amount of concentrated coolant must never be less than 40% of the total mixture, see table below. Frree eze prrottectiion do own to o
Mix xed d-in n am mou unt off con ncen ntratted coo olant
-25 °C (-13 °F)
40%
-35 °C (-31 °F)
50%
-46 °C (-51 °F)
60%
The concentrated coolant must not be mixed with water that contains a high degree of lime (hard water), salt or metals. Th he cle ean wa ater fo or th he coo oling syste em mus st allso mee et th he fo ollowing req quirem men nts: De escrip ption
Vallue
Total number of solid particles
< 340 ppm
Total hardness
< 9.5° dH
Chloride
< 40 ppm
Sulphate
< 100 ppm
pH value
5.5-9
Silica
< 20 mg SiO2/litre
Iron
< 0.10 mg Fe/litre
Manganese
< 0.05 mg Mn/litre
Electrical conductivity
< 500 μS/cm
Organic material, COD-Mn
< 15 mg/litre
If there is any doubt about the water quality, use ready-mixed Volvo Coolant VCS, which contains 40% concentrated coolant. Do not mix with any other ready-mixed coolants since this may result in engine damage.
Sp pecifficattions
Re ecom mmende ed lu ubrican nts
277 7
Hydraulic oil Only use Volvo genuine hydraulic oil approved by Volvo Construction Equipment must be used. Do not mix different brands of hydraulic oil as this can lead to damage in the hydraulic system. Fo or th he hy ydrrau ulic oiil spe ecifficattion, see e pa age 273. Ambiient te empe eratture °C °F
-40 0 -40 0
-30 0 -22 2
-20 0 -4
-10 0 +14 4
(B) Oiil grrad de
0 +32 2
+10 0 +50 0
+20 0 +68 8
(A) (B)
+30 0 +86 6
+40 0 +10 04
+50 0 +12 22
+60 0 +14 40
(C)) (A)
(B)
(C)) (A)
(A) : Ambient temperature recommended for general use of hydraulic system and components. (B) : Ambient temperature guide for machine operation from a hydraulic oil viewpoint only, it does not guarantee the completion machine for other conditions like engine starting performance. In this range a warming-up period is needed to obtain proper performance. (C) : Ambient temperature range to operate machine under special conditions, not a recommendation for general use conditions. Add ditional rec com mmen ndation fo or sev verre colld arrea as A field solution for severe cold condition of ambient temperature between -40°C and +20°C. - Type : Anti-wear type hydraulic oil - Viscosity characteristic Viscosity index : More than 130 Kinematic Viscosity : Less than 5,000cSt at -40°C, More than 5.6cSt at +90°C
NO OTE! This value is approximately equivalent to ISO Viscosity grade #22. NO OTE! It is minimum theoretical recommendation without the guarantee of machine condition.
Sp pecifficattions
27 78
Re ecomm mende ed lu ubrican nts Grease
Recommended grease for all digging equipment greasing points Manufacturer
Product name Recommendations
Alternatives*
VOLVO
Ultra Grease Moly EP2
Super Grease Lithium EP2
CA ALT TEX
Molytex EP2
Multifak EP2
GU ULF
Gulflex Moly EP
Gulfcrown EP2
EXXON NMOB BIL L
Beacon EP2 Moly
Beacon EP2
SHE ELL L
Retinax HDX2 / Alvania HDX2
Retinax EP2 / Alvania EP2
TO OTAL
Multis MS2
Multis EP2
CA ASTR ROL
Pyro LM
Pyroplex Red
* Alternatives are not recommended when the ambient temperature is above 40 °C.
Miixab bility off tyype es off grrease wiith diifferent ad dditives s Mix xab bility off tyype es off grrea ase wiith ad dditives s Liithium
Ca alciu um
Liithium com mpllex
Liithium
√
√
√
Calcium
√
√
√
Lithium complex
√
√
√
√
Calcium complex
√
√
Aluminium complex
√
Clay √ : Acceptable
√
Ca alciu um com mpllex
Alu umin nium com mpllex
Cllay
√
√ √
√
Sp pecifficattions
Fu uel syste em
279 9
Fuel system Fuel Quality requirements The fuel should at least meet the legal requirements, and national and international standards for marketed fuels, for example: EN590 (with nationally adapted temperature requirements), ASTM D 975 No. 1D and 2D, JIS KK 2204. Fuel specification varies according to the working temperature. Please contact authorized Volvo dealer.
Su ulphur con ntent According to legal requirements, the sulphur content in the diesel fuel must not exceed 0.2 percent (2000 ppm) by weight. See page 215.
Biio-diesell fu uel Vegetable oils and / or esters, also called “bio-diesel”, (e.g. rape-seed methyl ester RME fuel), which are offered on certain markets both as pure products and as mixed into the diesel fuel. Volvo Construction Equipment accepts a maximum intermix of 7% bio-diesel fuel in the diesel fuel, ready mixed from the oil companies. A higher intermix than 7% of bio-diesel fuel may cause: -
Increased emission by nitrogen oxide, (thereby not meeting legal requirements) Shorter service life of engine and injection system Increased fuel consumption Altered engine output Shortening the engine oil change interval to a half Shortened service life of rubber materials in the fuel system Less good cold handling properties of the fuel Limit storage time for the fuel, which may cause clogging up of the fuel system if the machine is laid up for longer periods
Wa arranty con ndition The warranty does not cover damage caused be an intermix of more than 7% of bio-diesel fuel.
Sp pecifficattions
28 80
Fu uel syste em Alternative fuels This statement is only valid for Volvo branded engines, but also includes engines for DD25 and C-series Skid Steer Loaders where warranty is provided by Volvo. Hydro-treated vegetable oil (HVO) and fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) biodiesel are both made from renewable raw materials such as vegetable oils and animal fats, but they are chemically processed in different ways.
Hy ydrro-treated veg getable oiil (H HVO) HVO is created using a chemical process called hydro-treating. Hydro-treating creates an oxygen-free hydrocarbon product that is very similar to distillate diesel fuel and is well suited for use in diesel engines. HVO that conforms to CEN prEN 15940 is approved for use in all Volvo Construction Equipment diesel engines with no changes to maintenance intervals.
Biiodiesell Biodiesel is a product made from renewable resources such as vegetable oils or animal fat. Biodiesel that has been chemically processed into fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) can be blended with distillate diesel fuel and used in some diesel engines. Unblended biodiesel is referred to as B100 because it is 100% biodiesel. Rapeseed methyl ester (RME) is the most common type of FAME used in Europe. Soy methyl ester (SME) and sunflower oil methyl ester (SOME) are the most common types of FAME used in the US. Although use of FAME biodiesel is now a legal requirement in some markets, it is not as suitable for use in diesel engines as conventional diesel fuel or HVO (hydro-treated vegetable oil).
Biiodiesell fu uel re equirements The FAME biodiesel blends specified in the table below are approved for use if: - The biodiesel is pre-blended by the fuel supplier - The biodiesel used in the blend conforms to EN14214 or ASTM D6751 - The distillate fuel used in the blend meets fuel sulphur requirements - The distillate fuel used in the blend conforms to EN590 or ASTM D975 - B1-B5 biodiesel blends conform to EN590 or ASTM D975 - B6-B7 biodiesel blends conform to EN590 or ASTM D7467 - B8-B20 biodiesel blends conform to ASTM D7467 Eng gine em mis ssio on de esig gnation
Eng gine siz ze
EU Stage II / US Tier 2 * EU Stage IIIA / US Tier 3 * EU Stage IIIB / US Tier 4 interim EU Stage IV / US Tier 4 final
Below D4 / 4 litres Up to B7
EU Stage II / US Tier 2 * EU Stage IIIA / US Tier 3 * EU Stage IIIB / US Tier 4 interim EU Stage IV / US Tier 4 final
D4–D8
EU Stage IIIB / US Tier 4 interim, equipped with High Sulphur Fuel Conversion Kit (only available in unregulated markets) EU Stage IV / US Tier 4 final, equipped with High Sulphur Fuel Conversion Kit (only available in unregulated markets)
Accep ptable bllend
Up to B7
Sp pecifficattions
Fu uel syste em Engine emission designation
Engine size
Acceptable blend
EU Stage II / US Tier 2 * EU Stage IIIA / US Tier 3 *
D9–D16
Up to B20
EU Stage IIIB / US Tier 4 interim EU Stage IV / US Tier 4 final
D11–D16
Up to B10
EU Stage IIIB / US Tier 4 interim, equipped with High Sulphur Fuel Conversion Kit (only available in unregulated markets) EU Stage IV / US Tier 4 final, equipped with High Sulphur Fuel Conversion Kit (only available in unregulated markets)
28 81
Up to B20
* As Tier 2 and Tier 3 emissions regulations ended in 2005 and 2010 respectively, engines produced since then typically mee et Sta age III / Sta age IIIIA reg gulations, allowing their sale in less regulated markets. NO OTE! Failures directly caused by the use of poor quality biofuel, or any other fuel not conforming to standards, are not factory defects and the manufacturer’s warranty does not apply.
Ma aintenance in ntervall re equirements Additional service actions and shorter maintenance intervals are mandatory when using biodiesel blends above B10. Everry 10 0 ho ours - Check the engine oil and change if it rises above the maximum fill level - Inspect the fuel system components and replace as necessary
Ha alf off orrig ginal in ntervall - Change the engine oil and filter - Replace the fuel filter(s)
Everry yea ar, reg gardlless off op peratting ho ours - Change the engine oil and filter - Clean the fuel tank
Efffectss off biiodiesell on n en ngine oiil Using biodiesel can lead to increased oil dilution. Use engine oil analysis tools frequently to check for fuel dilution and monitor engine oil condition. Check the engine oil level daily. Always change the engine oil if the oil level rises above the maximum fill level.
Efffectss off biiodiesell on n fu uel syste ems Biodiesel dissolves and loosens some fuel system deposits. During the initial conversion to biodiesel, loosened deposits will travel to the fuel filters and require more frequent fuel filter replacements. Start with new fuel filters when using biodiesel for the first time. Biodiesel is aggressive to some materials used in fuel system components. Inspect seals, hoses, rubber and plastic components every 10 hours. Repair or replace any components that are damaged, softened or leaking. Clean biodiesel from painted surfaces immediately to prevent paint damage. Biodiesel is more sensitive to bacteria and water contamination than distillate diesel fuel. - Use as much fuel as possible before refilling the fuel tank in order to prevent bacteria growth if a machine is in regular use, e.g. regularlly uses up a tank of fuel within a week. In climates where condensation is a risk, or when the machine is working for short durations, keep the fuel tank full. - Do not use biodiesel in machines with low utilization or operating time.
Sp pecifficattions
28 82
Fu uel syste em - Do not store machines for more than 4 weeks without flushing biodiesel out of the fuel system by operating the machine through at least one full tank of distillate diesel fuel. - Always follow the manufacturer’s storage recommendations and “best-before” dates for each delivery of biodiesel.
Effectss off biiodiesell on n exxha aust affter-treatment syste ems Biodiesel leaves higher levels of ash in diesel particulate filters and may require more frequent diesel particulate filter (DPF) regeneration and cleaning. Biodiesel can cause deviations in temperatures and functionality of the DPF burner and may cause fault codes or errors. Biodiesel exhaust gas is aggressive to some materials used in selective catalytic reduction systems (SCR) and may require more frequent cleaning, repairing or replacing of SCR parts.
Efffectss off biiodiesell on n colld we eather op peration Biodiesel has a high viscosity at temperatures below 0 ˚C (32 ˚F) and may cause problems starting the engine. Use a fuel heater or park machines in a heated building if possible.
Efffectss off biiodiesell on n em missio ons com mpliance Engines are certified to comply with U.S. EPA, California and EU emissions standards based upon the use of test fuels with specifications established by these regulatory agencies. Alternative fuels, including biodiesel, that are not substantially similar to the required test fuels may adversely affect engine emissions compliance. As a result, Volvo does not warrant that the engine will conform to applicable Federal or California and EU emissions limits when operated on, or having previously being operated on, biodiesel or other alternative fuels that are not substantially similar to specified test fuels used for certification, nor if biodiesel / regular diesel is used in blends that exceed the recommendations.
Sp pecifficattions
Se ervic ce cap pacitties an nd cha ang ge in ntervalls
Service capacities and change intervals Change capacities Oils and other liquids
Change capacities
Engine oil, including filter
55 litres (14.5 US gal.)
Coolant
60 litres (16 US gal.)
Hydraulic tank
270 litres (71 US gal.)
Hydraulic system, total
520 litres (137 US gal.)
Swing gearbox (each)
6 litres (1.6 US gal.)
Track gearbox (each)
Motor type A (A6VE160)
6 litres (1.6 US gal.)
Motor type B (HM280V)
8 litres (2.1 US gal.)
Fuel tank
685 litres (181 US gal.)
Swing ring gear
45 litres (11.8 US gal.) 40.5 kg (89.3 lb)
Oil bath air cleaner
8.5 litres (2.25 US gal.)
283 3
Sp pecifficattions
28 4
Se erv vicce capa acitties an nd cha ange in ntervalls Change intervals
Filter replacements Filter
Hours
Engine oil filter
500*
Fuel filter
500
Water separator filter element
500
Extra water separator filter element
500
Air cleaner, primary filter
After cleaning primary filter 5 times or every 2000 hours or maximum 1 year
Air cleaner, secondary filter
After changing primary filter 3 times or every 4000 hours or maximum 2 years
Air conditioner / heater main filter
2000
Cab prefilter
2000
Cartridge of drain filter, hydraulic system
1000**
Return oil filter, hydraulic system
2000**
Element of servo filter, hydraulic system
1000**
Air ventilation filter, fuel tank
2000
Air breather filter, hydraulic tank
2000
Return filter for hammer
250
* For conditions which have to be met, see page 216. ** First replacement : 500 hours.
Oil an nd liiquid cha anges Oiil/liquid
Ho ours
Engine oil
500*
Oil bath air cleaner oil
250 or when required
Coolant
6000
Hydraulic oil (mineral oil)
2000***
Hydraulic oil (bio oil and long life hydraulic oil)
5000
Swing drive unit oil
1000**
Track drive unit oil
2000**
* For conditions which have to be met, see page 215. ** First replacement : 500 hours. *** When using hydraulic hammer, see page 257 and 259.
Sp pecifficattions
En ngiine
285 5
Engine Engine, general specifications Engine D13F Engine Make
Volvo
Type
Direct-injected, 4-stroke, turbocharged and intercooled diesel engine with electronically controlled injection
Power output at 30 r/s (1800 rpm)
265 kW (360 PS, 355 HP) SAE J1995 Gross
Power output at 30 r/s (1800 rpm)
256 kW (348 PS, 343 HP) ISO 9249 / SAE J1349 Net
Maximum torque
1800 Nm (184 kgf m, 1328 lbf ft) at 1350 rpm
Number of cylinders
6
Cylinder bore
131 mm (5.16 inch)
Stroke
158 mm (6.22 inch)
Cylinder capacity
12.8 litres (781 cu in)
Compression ratio
16:1
Injection order
1-5-3-6-2-4
Idling speed, low
800 rpm
Idling speed, high
1900 rpm
Sp pecifficattions
28 86
Ellectrrical syste em
Electrical system System voltage
24 V
Alternator
28 V / 80 A
Starter
6.6 kW
Horn sound level at 7 m
100 ± 5 dB
Batteries
2 x 12 V
Head light type
Halogen (70 W)
Ellectrricall Diistrribution Bo ox Fo ormer ED DB tyype e
CON1
CON2
CON3
CON4
CON5
CON6 V1183295
Sp pecifficattions
Ellectrricall syste em
287 7
No.
Capacity
Appliance / Circuit
No.
Capacity
Appliance / Circuit
RE3301 RE3302
Relay
Starter
RE3702
Relay
Spare relay
RE3611
Relay
Horn
RE3701
Relay
Spare relay
RE2601
Relay
Reversible fan
RE3102
Relay
Main 2
RE8701
Relay
Air conditioner
RE3101
Relay
Main 1
RE4206
Relay
Travel alarm
No o.
Ca apacitty
App pliance / Ciircuiit
No o.
Ca apacitty
App pliance / Ciircuiit
FU01
10A
Horn
FU18
10A
Hydraulic option 1
FU02
10A
Power outlet
FU19
10A
Rotating warning beacon
FU03
10A
Spare
FU20
15A
Auxiliary heater, Air conditioner
FU04
25A
Working light (Boom, deck)
FU21
10A
Travel alarm
FU05
10A
Spare
FU22
15A
E-ECU
FU06
10A
Hydraulic option 2
FU23
-
-
FU07
10A
V-ECU
FU24
15A
Ignition switch / I-ECU
FU08
15A
Reversible fan
FU25
15A
Radio/Cassette, Power outlet
FU09
15A
Water separator FU26 heater, Auto lubrication
10A
X1 option / Boom float
FU10
10A
Spare
FU27
15A
Seat heater, air suspended seat heater
FU11
10A
Audio, I-ECU Inductive sensor, ISO/ Backhoe type control lever
FU28
10A
Interior light
FU12
-
-
FU29
15A
Auto greasing, Power outlet
FU13
10A
Spare
FU30
15A
Spare
FU14
15A
Working light (Cab, CWT)
FU31
-
-
FU15
10A
Spare
FU32
10A
X3 / Quick fit
FU16
10A
Cigarette lighter Power socket (24V)
FU33
15A
Spare
FU17
15A
Fuel filler pump
FU34
10A
Wiper & washer
Sp pecifficattions
28 88
Ellectrrical syste em
New EDB type
V1185275
Re elays No o.
Ca apacitty
App pliance / Ciircuiit
RE3301 RE3302
Relay
Starter
RE3611
Relay
Horn
RE8701
Relay
Air conditioner
RE4206
Relay
Travel alarm
RE3702
Relay
Spare relay
RE3701
Relay
Spare relay
RE3102
Relay
Main 2
RE3101
Relay
Main 1
Sp pecifficattions
Ellectrricall syste em Fuses No.
Capacity
Appliance / Circuit
FU01
10A
Horn
FU02
10A
WECU (Telematics ECU), Air compressor switch
FU04
15A
Work light (Boom)
FU06
10A
Hydraulic option 2
FU07
10A
V-ECU
FU09
15A
Water separator heater, Auto lubrication
FU11
10A
I-ECU, Keypad
FU13
10A
Work light (Deck)
FU14
15A
Work light (Cab, Counterweight)
FU16
10A
Cigarette lighter, Power outlet (24V)
FU17
20A
Fuel filler pump
FU18
10A
Hydraulic option 1
FU19
10A
Rotating warning beacon
FU20
20A
Auxiliary heater, Air conditioner
FU21
15A
Travel alarm, Spare power
FU22
15A
E-ECU
FU24
15A
Ignition switch, I-ECU
FU26
10A
Hydraulic option 3
FU27
15A
Seat heater, Air suspended seat heater
FU28
10A
Interior light
FU29
25A
Air compressor
FU32
10A
Attachment quick coupler
FU34
10A
Wiper and washer
FU35
15A
Spare power
289 9
Sp pecifficattions
29 90
Ca ab
Cab Operator seat This machine is equipped with an operator seat, which meets the criteria of EN ISO 7096.
Viibration an nd sou und in nformation Ha and-arrm vib brattions Weighted root mean square (RMS) acceleration emission of the machine to which the arm is subjected for 8 hours and at typical operating conditions of the machine equipped with mechanical suspension seat, is as follows. Measuring was carried out according to ISO 5349-1, ISO 5349-2 and ISO 8041 : 1990 - Excavating, mining (quarry), transfer movement and hydraulic breaker application is less than 2.5 m/s² A(8)
Wh hole-bo ody vib brattions Weighted root mean square (RMS) acceleration emission of the machine to which the body is subjected for 8 hours and at typical operating conditions of the machine equipped with mechanical suspension seat, is as follows. Measuring was carried out according to ISO 2631-1 : 1997 and ISO 8041 : 1990 - Excavating, mining (quarry) and hydraulic breaker application is less than 0.5 m/s² A(8) - Transfer movement (traveling) is 0.5 ~ 0.9 m/s² A(8)
NO OTE! These whole body vibration values was determined at particular operating and terrain conditions and it is therefore not representative of the various conditions in accordance with the intended use of the machine. Consequently this whole body vibration emission value declared by the manufacturer in accordance with European Standard is not intended to determine the whole body vibration exposure to the operator using this machine. To ensure that the whole-body vibration emission during machine use is kept to a minimum, see 155. Sou und in nformattion Sound pressure level (LpA) at operator position (Measurement according to ISO 73 LpA dB(A) 6396) Sound power level (LwA) around the machine (Measurement according to 107 LwA dB(A) 2000/14/EC with applicable appendices and measuring method according to ISO 6395)
Sp pecifiicattion ns
Cab b
29 91
Refrigerant Type
Quantity
GWP(a)
R134a
0.8 kg (1.76 Ib)
1144 kg CO2-eq
a) Global warming potential (GWP) is a measure of how much heat a gas traps in the atmosphere relative to that of carbon dioxide (CO2). GWP is calculated in terms of the 100–year warming potential of 1 kg of a greenhouse gas relative to 1 kg of CO2.
Sp pecifficattions
29 92
Hy ydrraulic syste em
Hydraulic system Main pump Model
K5V200DTH
Maximum flow
2 x 358 l/min (2 x 94.5 gpm)
Type
Variable displacement, axial piston pump
Serrvo pu ump Maximum flow
32 l/min
Relief pressure
3.9 MPa (40 kgf/cm², 569 psi)
Maiin con ntroll vallve Model
UZ36
Main relief pressure (STD / Boost pressure)
32.3 / 35.3 MPa (330 / 360 kgf/cm², 4694 / 5120 psi)
Port relief pressure
Boom / Dipper arm / Bucket: 36.8 MPa (375 kgf/cm², 5337 psi) Option Standard / High: 20.6 / 36.8 MPa (210 / 375 kgf/cm², 2987 / 5337 psi)
Co ontroll pe edals Model
RCVD8C
Stroke
12.4 degree
Operating torque
100.5 kgf cm (87.2 lbf in)
Co ontroll le everrs Model
PV48K
Stroke
Forward and backward: 25 degree Right and left: 19 degree
Operating torque
Forward and backward: 22.5 kgf cm (Semi-long type), 20.6 kgf cm (Multi switch type) Right and left: 25.0 kgf cm (Semi-long type), 22.5 kgf cm (Multi switch type)
Trrac ck mottor Model
- Type A: A6VE160 - Type B: HM280V
Type
Variable displacement axial piston motor with mechanical brake
Relief valve setting pressure
- Type A (A6VE160): 33.3 MPa (340 kgf/cm²) (4836 psi) - Type B (HM280V): 36.8 MPa (375 kgf cm²) (5337 psi)
Brake type
Wet disc, spring applied, hydraulic released
Trrac ck ge earbo ox Type
3-stage planetary
Swiing mottor Model
M5X130
Type
Fixed displacement piston motor with mechanical brake
Relief valve setting pressure
25.8 MPa (263 kgf/cm²) (3742 psi)
Swiing ge earbo ox Type
2-stage planetary
Sp pecifficattions
Ma achiine we eightts
29 93
Machine weights Disassembled parts, weight Counterweight, weight
V1068037
Description
Unit
Weight
kg lb
Counterweight 8450 18630
9050 19960
9750 21500
10300 22707
Lo ower strruc ctu ure,, we eight
V1068038
De escrip ption
Un nit
Fiixed d un ndercarrria age
Weight
kg lb
15393 33935
Re etrac cta able un ndercarrria age ended Exte
Re etrac cte ed
16180 35670
16180 35670
Sup perstrruc ctu ure wiith bo oom cyliinders, we eight
V1106861
De escrip ption
Un nit
Sup perstrruc ctu ure
Weight
kg lb
10624 23421
Sp pecifficattions
29 94
Ma achiine we eig ghtss
Boom and dipper arm, weight
V1068040
om Boo De escrip ption
Un nit
6..5 m ME 21 1' 4""
7..0 m HD D 22 2' 12 2"
9..0 m LR R 29 9' 6""
Weight
kg lb
4300 9480
4380 9660
6080 13410
* In nclu udes cyliinder, piiping an nd piin ME: Mas ss Excav vattion HD D: He eavy Du uty LR R: Lo ong Re each
V1068041
Diipper arrm De escrip ption
Un nit
2..55 m HD D 8'' 4""
3..00 m ME 9'' 10 0"
3..35 m HD D 10 0' 12 2"
3..90 m GP P 12 2' 10 0"
4..80 m GP P 15 5' 9""
6..00 m LR R 19 9' 8""
Weight
kg lb
2340 5160
2630 5800
2630 5800
2590 5710
2730 6020
3163 6970
* In nclu udes cyliinder, liinkag ge an nd piin HD D: He eavy Du uty ME: Mas ss Excav vattion GP P: Ge enerall Purrpo ose LR R: Lo ong Re each
Sp pecifficattions
Grround pre essure e
29 95
Ground pressure Machine with fixed undercarriage Boom (m/ft-in): 7.0 m / 22' 12" Arm (m/ft-in): 3.35 m / 10' 12" Bucket (l/kg/lb): 2100 l / 2028 kg / 4470 lb Counterweight (kg/lb): 9050 kg / 19960 lb Description
Triple grouser
Double grouser
Shoe width (mm/in)
Operating weight (kg/lb)
Ground pressure (kPa/kgf cm2/psi)
Overall width (mm/ft-in)
600 / 24
47900 / 105620
83.4 / 0.85 / 12.1
3340 / 10' 11"
700 / 28
48400 / 106720
72.6 / 0.74 / 10.5
3440 / 11' 3"
800 / 32
48900 / 107820
63.7 / 0.65 / 9.2
3540 / 11' 7"
900 / 36
49500 / 109150
57.9 / 0.59 / 8.4
3640 / 11' 11"
600 / 24
48000 / 105840
83.4 / 0.85 / 12.1
3340 / 10' 11"
Mac chiine wiith rettrac cta able un ndercarrria age Boo om (m/fft-in n): 7..0 m / 22 2' 12 2" Arm (m/fft-in n): 3..35 m / 10 0' 12 2" ckett (l//kg//lb): 21 100 l / 20 028 kg / 44 470 lb b Buc Co ounterwe eight (kg//lb): 90 050 kg / 19 9960 lb b De escrip ption
Triple grouser
Double grouser
Sho oe wiidth (mm/iin)
Op peratting we eight (kg//lb)
und prres ssurre Grrou (kPa//kgff cm2/p psi))
Ovverralll wiidth (mm/fft-in n)
600 / 24
49000 / 108050
85.3 / 0.87 / 12.4
3490 / 11' 5"
700 / 28
49500 / 109150
73.5 / 0.75 / 10.7
3590 / 11' 9"
800 / 32
50000 / 110250
65.7 / 0.67 / 9.5
3690 / 12' 1"
900 / 36
50500 / 111350
58.8 / 0.6 / 8.5
3790 / 12' 5"
600 / 24
49100 / 108270
85.3 / 0.87 / 12.4
3490 / 11' 5"
Sp pecifficattions
29 96
Diimensio ons
Dimensions D
A
EC
M F
K G H
I J
L
B V1106862
Fixed undercarriage Boom Description
Unit
6.5 m 21' 4"
7.0 m 22' 12"
9.0 m 29' 6"
Dipper arm 2.55 m 8' 4"
3.0 m 9' 10"
2.55 m 8' 4"
3.0 m 9' 10"
3.35 m 3.9 m 10' 12" 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
6.0 m 19' 8"
A. Overall width of superstructure
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
B. Overall width
3440 11' 3"
3440 11' 3"
3440 11' 3"
3440 11' 3"
3440 11' 3"
3440 11' 3"
3440 11' 3"
3440 11' 3"
C. Overall height of cab
3257 10' 8"
3257 10' 8"
3257 10' 8"
3257 10' 8"
3257 10' 8"
3257 10' 8"
3257 10' 8"
3257 10' 8"
D. Tail swing radius
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
2770 9' 1"
2770 9' 1"
2770 9' 1"
2770 9' 1"
2770 9' 1"
2770 9' 1"
2770 9' 1"
2770 9' 1"
F. *Counterweight clearance
1275 4' 2"
1275 4' 2"
1275 4' 2"
1275 4' 2"
1275 4' 2"
1275 4' 2"
1275 4' 2"
1275 4' 2"
G. Tumbler length
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
H. Track length
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
I. Track gauge
2740 8' 12"
2740 8' 12"
2740 8' 12"
2740 8' 12"
2740 8' 12"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
550 1' 10"
550 1' 10"
550 1' 10"
550 1' 10"
550 1' 10"
550 1' 10"
550 1' 10"
550 1' 10"
11630 38' 2"
11590 12130 12100 12140 12140 12010 38' 0" 39' 10" 39' 8" 39' 10" 39' 10" 39' 5"
13620 44' 8"
3770 12' 4"
3810 12' 6"
5630 18' 6"
E. Overall height of engine hood
J. Shoe width
mm ft-in
mm in
K. *Min. ground clearance L. Overall length M. Overall height of boom * Wiithout sho oe grrou userr
mm ft-in
2740 8' 12"
3630 11' 11"
2740 8' 12"
3680 12' 1"
2740 8' 12"
3650 11' 12"
3690 12' 1"
4650 15' 3"
Sp pecifficattions
Diimens sio ons D
29 97
A
EC
M F
K G H
I J
L
B V1106862
Retractable undercarriage Boom Description
Unit
6.5 m 21' 4"
7.0 m 22' 12"
9.0 m 29' 6"
Dipper arm 2.55 m 8' 4"
3.0 m 9' 10"
2.55 m 8' 4"
3.0 m 9' 10"
3.35 m 3.9 m 10' 12" 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
6.0 m 19' 8"
A. Overall width of superstructure
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
B. Overall width (extended)
3590 11' 9"
3590 11' 9"
3590 11' 9"
3590 11' 9"
3590 11' 9"
3590 11' 9"
3590 11' 9"
3590 11' 9"
B. Overall width (retracted)
3090 10' 2"
3090 10' 2"
3090 10' 2"
3090 10' 2"
3090 10' 2"
3090 10' 2"
3090 10' 2"
3090 10' 2"
C. Overall height of cab
3370 11' 1"
3370 11' 1"
3370 11' 1"
3370 11' 1"
3370 11' 1"
3370 11' 1"
3370 11' 1"
3370 11' 1"
D. Tail swing radius
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
3800 12' 6"
2880 9' 5"
2880 9' 5"
2880 9' 5"
2880 9' 5"
2880 9' 5"
2880 9' 5"
2880 9' 5"
2880 9' 5"
F. *Counterweight clearance
1385 4' 7"
1385 4' 7"
1385 4' 7"
1385 4' 7"
1385 4' 7"
1385 4' 7"
1385 4' 7"
1385 4' 7"
G. Tumbler length
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
4370 14' 4"
H. Track length
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
5370 17' 7"
I. Track gauge (extended)
2890 9' 6"
2890 9' 6"
2890 9' 6"
2890 9' 6"
2890 9' 6"
2890 9' 6"
2890 9' 6"
2890 9' 6"
I. Track gauge (retracted)
2390 7' 10"
2390 7' 10"
2390 7' 10"
2390 7' 10"
2390 7' 10"
2390 7' 10"
2390 7' 10"
2390 7' 10"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
700 28"
746 2' 5"
746 2' 5"
746 2' 5"
746 2' 5"
746 2' 5"
746 2' 5"
746 2' 5"
746 2' 5"
E. Overall height of engine hood
J. Shoe width
mm ft-in
mm in
K. *Min. ground clearance L. Overall length M. Overall height of boom * Wiithout sho oe grrou userr
mm ft-in
11630 38' 2"
11590 12130 12100 12140 12140 12010 38' 0" 39' 10" 39' 8" 39' 10" 39' 10" 39' 5"
13620 44' 8"
3800 12' 6"
3810 12' 6"
5770 18' 11"
3630 11' 11"
3680 12' 1"
3650 11' 12"
3830 12' 7"
4790 15' 9"
Sp pecifficattions
29 98
Diimensio ons
Disassembled parts, dimension Counterweight, dimension
B
C
A
V1066179
Counterweight Description
Unit
Length (A) mm ft-in
Height (B) Width (C)
8450 kg 18630 lb
9050 kg 19960 lb
9750 kg 21500 lb
10300 kg 22707 lb
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
2990 9' 10"
1105 3' 75”
1105 3' 75”
1105 3' 75”
1105 3' 75”
840 2' 90”
840 2' 90”
920 3' 02”
920 3' 02”
Lo ower strruc ctu ure,, diimen nsio on
C B
A
V1066182
De escrip ption
Un nit
Length (A) Width (B) Height (C)
mm ft-in
Fiixed d un ndercarrria age
Re etrac cta able un ndercarrria age Exte ended
Re etrac cte ed
5370 17' 7”
5370 17' 7”
5370 17' 7”
3640 11' 11”
3790 12' 5”
3290 11' 0”
1262 4' 2”
1372 4' 6”
1372 4' 6”
Sp pecifficattions
Diimensio ons Superstructure with boom cylinders, dimension
B
A Description
V1106863
Unit
5050 16' 68”
Length (A) Height (B) Width
Superstructure
mm ft-in
2470 8' 12” 2990 9' 10”
29 99
Sp pecifficattions
30 00
Diimensio ons Boom and dipper arm A
B V1066183
Boom Description
Unit
Length (A) mm ft-in
Height (B) Width
6.5 m ME 21' 4"
7.0 m HD 22' 12"
9.0 m LR 29' 6"
6750 22' 2”
7250 23' 9”
9270 30' 5”
2000 6' 7”
1840 6' 0”
1950 6' 5”
960 3' 2”
960 3' 2”
960 3' 2”
* In nclu udes cyliinder, piiping an nd piin ME: Mas ss Excav vattion HD D: He eavy Du uty LR R: Lo ong Re each
A
B
V1066184
Diipper arrm De escrip ption
Un nit
2..55 m HD D 8'' 4""
3..00 m ME 9'' 10 0"
3..35 m HD D 10 0' 12 2"
3..9 m GP P 12 2' 10 0"
4..8 m GP P 15 5' 9""
6..0 m LR R 19 9' 8""
3770 12' 4”
4260 13' 12”
4590 15' 1”
5140 16' 10”
6100 20' 0”
7200 23' 7”
1270 4' 2”
1270 4' 2”
1270 4' 2”
1270 4' 2”
1270 4' 2”
1180 3' 10”
600 1' 12”
600 1' 12”
600 1' 12”
600 1' 12”
600 1' 12”
560 1' 10”
Length (A) Height (B)
mm ft-in
Width * In nclu udes cyliinder, liinkag ge an nd piin HD D: He eavy Du uty ME: Mas ss Excav vattion GP P: Ge enerall Purrpo ose R: Lo ong Re each LR
Sp pecifficattions
Wo orkin ng ra ange es
30 01
Working ranges Fixed undercarriage A B G
D E
V1066194
C H
F
Boom
Machine with direct fit bucket
Unit
6.5 m 21' 4"
7.0 m 22' 12"
9.0 m 29' 6"
Dipper arm 2.55 m 3.00 m 2.55 m 3.00 m 3.35 m 3.9 m 8' 4" 9' 10" 8' 4" 9' 10" 10' 12" 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
6.00 m 19' 8"
A. Maximum digging reach
10930 11290 35' 10" 37' 0"
11340 37' 2"
11710 38' 5"
12040 39' 6"
12530 41' 1"
13260 43' 6"
16460 54' 0"
B. Max xim mum m diigging rea ach on n grrou und
10680 35' 0"
11050 36' 3"
11110 36' 5"
11480 37' 8"
11810 38' 9"
12320 13060 16300 40' 5" 42' 10" 53' 6"
C.. Max xim mum m diigging de epth
6580 21' 7"
7030 23' 1"
6920 22' 8"
7370 24' 2"
7720 25' 4"
8270 27' 2"
9170 30' 1"
11870 38' 11"
10600 34' 9"
10590 34' 9"
10860 35' 8"
10860 35' 8"
11020 36' 2"
11190 36' 9"
11130 36' 6"
13750 45' 1"
6970 22' 10"
7020 23' 0"
7420 24' 4"
7480 24' 6"
7640 25' 1"
7820 25' 8"
7850 25' 9"
10700 35' 1"
F.. Max xim mum m verrtiicall wa all diigging de epth
5990 19' 8"
6430 21' 1"
6270 20' 7"
6670 21' 11"
7110 23' 4"
7570 24' 10"
8020 26' 4"
11240 36' 11"
G.. Min nimum m frron nt swiing rad dius
4780 15' 8"
4740 15' 7"
5170 5130 16' 12" 16' 10"
5090 16' 8"
5050 16' 7"
5100 16' 9"
6610 21' 8"
H.. Max xim mum m diigging de epth (8'' le evell)
6410 21' 0"
6880 22' 7"
6750 22' 2"
7570 24' 10"
8140 26' 9"
9050 29' 8"
11770 38' 7"
D.. Max xim mum m cuttting he eight E. Max xim mum m du umpiing he eight
mm ft-in
Bucket spec. for Working range - For ME Boom: VGP60 2600L VTS (bucket tip radius: 1948mm) - For STD Boom: KGP 46 2060L KTS (bucket tip radius: 1847mm) - For LR Boom: KGP29 1600L KTS (Bucket tip radius : 1598mm)
7210 23' 8"
Sp pecifficattions
30 02
Wo orkin ng ra angess
Retractable undercarriage A B G
D E
V1066194
C H
F
Boom
Machine with direct fit bucket
Unit
6.5 m 21' 4"
7.0 m 22' 12"
9.0 m 29' 6"
Dipper arm 2.55 m 3.00 m 2.55 m 3.00 m 3.35 m 3.9 m 8' 4" 9' 10" 8' 4" 9' 10" 10' 12" 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
6.00 m 19' 8"
A. Maximum digging reach
10930 11290 35' 10" 37' 0"
11340 37' 2"
11710 38' 5"
12040 39' 6"
12530 41' 1"
13260 43' 6"
16460 54' 0"
B. Max xim mum m diigging rea ach on n grrou und
10660 11030 34' 12" 36' 2"
11090 36' 5"
11460 37' 7"
11790 38' 8"
12300 40' 4"
13040 12' 9"
16280 53' 5"
C.. Max xim mum m diigging de epth
6470 21' 3"
6810 22' 4"
7260 7610 23' 10" 24' 12"
8560 28' 1"
9060 29' 9"
11760 38' 7"
D.. Max xim mum m cuttting he eight E. Max xim mum m du umpiing he eight
10710 mm 35' 2" ft-in 7080 23' 3"
6920 22' 8"
10700 10970 10970 11120 35' 1" 35' 12" 35' 12" 36' 6"
11300 11240 13860 37' 1" 36' 11" 45' 6"
7130 23' 5"
7530 24' 8"
7590 24' 11"
7740 25' 5"
7930 26' 0"
7960 26' 1"
10810 35' 6"
F.. Max xim mum m verrtiicall wa all diigging de epth
5880 19' 3"
6320 20' 9"
6350 20' 10"
6560 21' 6"
6810 22' 4"
7250 23' 9"
7690 25' 3"
11130 36' 6"
G.. Min nimum m frron nt swiing rad dius
4780 15' 8"
4740 15' 7"
5170 5130 16' 12" 16' 10"
5090 16' 8"
5050 16' 7"
5100 16' 9"
6610 21' 8"
H.. Max xim mum m diigging de epth (8'' le evell)
6300 20' 8"
6770 22' 3"
6620 21' 9"
7460 24' 6"
8020 26' 4"
8940 29' 4"
11660 38' 3"
Bucket spec. for Working range - For ME Boom: VGP60 2600L VTS (bucket tip radius: 1948mm) - For STD Boom: KGP 46 2060L KTS (bucket tip radius: 1847mm) - For LR Boom: KGP29 1600L KTS (Bucket tip radius : 1598mm)
7100 23' 4"
Sp pecifficattions
Re ecom mmended bu ucket siz zess
30 03
Recommended bucket sizes Maximum permitted buckets For fixed undercarriage For direct-fit buckets Boom 7.0 m (22' 12") Description
Unit
6.5 m (21' 4")
Dipper arm 2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
3.35 m 10' 12"
3.9 m 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
GP bucket 1.5 t/m³
3300 / 2800
3100 / 2625
2950 / 2500
2750 / 2350
2450 / 2075
3500 / 2975
3425 / 2900
GP bucket 1.8 t/m³
2925 / 2500
2750 / 2325
2600 / 2225
2450 / 2075
2175 / 1850
3100 / 2625
3025 / 2575
2775 / 2775
2600 / 2600
2475 / 2475
2300 / 2300
2050 / 2050
2925 / 2925
2875 / 2875
2600 / 2600
2425 / 2425
2300 / 2300
2150 / 2150
1925 / 1925
2750 / 2750
2675 / 2675
HD bucket 1.8 t/m³
l / kg
HD bucket 2.0 t/m³
Fo or S3 qu uick cou upler bu ucketts Boo om 7..0 m (22 2' 12 2") De escrip ption
Un nit
6..5 m (21 1' 4"")
Diipper arrm 2..55 m 8'' 4""
3..00 m 9'' 10 0"
3..35 m 10 0' 12 2"
3..9 m 12 2' 10 0"
4..8 m 15 5' 9""
2..55 m 8'' 4""
3..00 m 9'' 10 0"
GP bucket 1.5 t/m³
3125 / 2650
2900 / 2475
2750 / 2350
2575 / 2175
2275 / 1925
3325 / 2825
3225 / 2750
GP bucket 1.8 t/m³
2775 / 2350
2575 / 2200
2450 / 2075
2275 / 1925
2025 / 1700
2950 / 2500
2875 / 2425
2625 / 2625
2450 / 2450
2325 / 2325
2150 / 2150
1900 / 1900
2775 / 2775
2700 / 2700
2450 / 2450
2275 / 2275
2150 / 2150
2000 / 2000
1775 / 1775
2600 / 2600
2525 / 2525
HD bucket 1.8 t/m³ HD bucket 2.0 t/m³
l / kg
Sp pecifficattions
30 04
Re ecom mmended bu uckett siz zes
For universal quick coupler buckets Boom 7.0 m (22' 12") Description
Unit
6.5 m (21' 4")
Dipper arm 2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
3.35 m 10' 12"
3.9 m 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
GP bucket 1.5 t/m³
2950 / 2500
2750 / 2325
2600 / 2200
2400 / 2050
2100 / 1775
3150 / 2675
3050 / 2600
GP bucket 1.8 t/m³
2625 / 2225
2425 / 2075
2300 / 1950
2125 / 1800
1875 / 1575
2800 / 2375
2700 / 2300
2475 / 2475
2300 / 2300
2175 / 2175
2025 / 2025
1775 / 1775
2650 / 2650
2575 / 2575
2300 / 2300
2150 / 2150
2025 / 2025
1875 / 1875
1650 / 1650
2450 / 2450
2400 / 2400
HD bucket 1.8 t/m³ HD bucket 2.0 t/m³
l / kg
NO OTE! Bucket size based on ISO 7451, heaped material with a 1:1 angle of repose. NO OTE! "Maximum permitted sizes" are for reference only and are not necessarily available from the factory. NO OTE! Bucket widths are less than bucket's tip radius.
Sp pecifficattions
Re ecom mmended bu ucket siz zess
30 05
For retractable undercarriage For direct-fit buckets Boom 7.0 m (22' 12") Description
Unit
6.5 m (21' 4")
Dipper arm 2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
3.35 m 10' 12"
3.9 m 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
GP bucket 1.5 t/m³
3525 / 3000
3125 / 2675
3150 / 2675
2975 / 2525
2625 / 2225
3800 / 3225
3425 / 2900
GP bucket 1.8 t/m³
3125 / 2650
2775 / 2350
2800 / 2375
2625 / 2225
2325 / 1975
3375 / 2850
3025 / 2575
2950 / 2950
2625 / 2625
2650 / 2650
2500 / 2500
2200 / 2200
3175 / 3175
2875 / 2875
2750 / 2750
2450 / 2450
2475 / 2475
2325 / 2325
2050 / 2050
2975 / 2975
2675 / 2675
HD bucket 1.8 t/m³
l / kg
HD bucket 2.0 t/m³
Fo or S3 qu uick cou upler bu ucketts Boo om 7..0 m (22 2' 12 2") escrip ption De
Un nit
6..5 m (21 1' 4"")
Diipper arrm 2..55 m 8'' 4""
3..00 m 9'' 10 0"
3..35 m 10 0' 12 2"
3..9 m 12 2' 10 0"
4..8 m 15 5' 9""
2..55 m 8'' 4""
3..00 m 9'' 10 0"
GP bucket 1.5 t/m³
3325 / 2825
2950 / 2500
2975 / 2525
2775 / 2375
2450 / 2075
3625 / 3075
3225 / 2750
GP bucket 1.8 t/m³
2950 / 2500
2625 / 2225
2625 / 2250
2475 / 2100
2175 / 1850
3200 / 2725
2875 / 2425
2800 / 2800
2475 / 2475
2500 / 2500
2325 / 2325
2050 / 2050
3025 / 3025
2700 / 2700
2600 / 2600
2300 / 2300
2325 / 2325
2175 / 2175
1900 / 1900
2825 / 2825
2525 / 2525
HD bucket 1.8 t/m³ HD bucket 2.0 t/m³
l / kg
Sp pecifficattions
30 06
Re ecom mmended bu uckett siz zes
For universal quick coupler buckets Boom 7.0 m (22' 12") Description
Unit
6.5 m (21' 4")
Dipper arm 2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
3.35 m 10' 12"
3.9 m 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
GP bucket 1.5 t/m³
3175 / 2700
2775 / 2375
2800 / 2375
2625 / 2225
2275 / 1925
3450 / 2925
3050 / 2600
GP bucket 1.8 t/m³
2800 / 2375
2475 / 2100
2475 / 2100
2325 / 1975
2025 / 1700
3050 / 2600
2700 / 2300
2650 / 2650
2325 / 2325
2350 / 2350
2200 / 2200
1900 / 1900
2900 / 2900
2575 / 2575
2475 / 2475
2175 / 2175
2200 / 2200
2050 / 2050
1775 / 1775
2700 / 2700
2400 / 2400
HD bucket 1.8 t/m³ HD bucket 2.0 t/m³
l / kg
NO OTE! Bucket size based on ISO 7451, heaped material with a 1:1 angle of repose. NO OTE! "Maximum permitted sizes" are for reference only and are not necessarily available from the factory. NO OTE! Bucket widths are less than bucket's tip radius.
Sp pecifficattions
Diigging fo orc cess
30 07
Digging forces With direct-fit bucket Boom
Description
Tearout force
Unit
7.0 m 22' 12"
9.0 m 29' 6"
Dipper arm 2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
2.55 m 8' 4"
3.00 m 9' 10"
3.35 m 10' 12"
3.9 m 12' 10"
4.8 m 15' 9"
6.0 m 19' 8"
mm in
1923 76”
1923 76”
1810 71”
1810 71”
1810 71”
1810 71”
1810 71”
1598 76”
Normal, SAE
kN kg lb
252.9 25802 56890
252.9 25802 56890
229.6 23424 51650
230.0 23445 51700
229.6 23424 51650
229.6 23424 51650
229.6 23424 51650
163.1 16626 36660
Power boost, SAE
kN kg lb
275.3 28097 61950
275.3 28097 61950
251.2 25630 56510
251.0 25586 56420
251.2 25630 56510
251.2 25630 56510
251.2 25630 56510
177.9 18137 39990
Normal, ISO
kN kg lb
285.1 29096 64160
285.1 29096 64160
260.9 26623 58700
261.0 26606 58670
260.9 26623 58700
260.9 26623 58700
260.9. 26623 58700
183.0 18657 41140
Power boost, ISO
kN kg lb
310.6 31697 69890
310.6 31697 69890
284.4 29020 63990
284.0 28950 63830
284.4 29020 63990
284.4 29020 63990
284.4 29020 63990
199.7 20353 44880
Normal, SAE
kN kg lb
224.5 22908 50510
205.2 20922 46130
231.6 23635 52110
211.0 21509 47430
196.1 20015 44130
175.9 17952 39580
159.7 16300 35940
130.0 13255 29230
Power boost, SAE
kN kg lb
244.1 24906 54920
223.9 22824 50330
252.2 25735 56750
230.0 23445 51700
214.9 21925 48350
191.6 19553 43120
174.4 17801 39250
141.8 14459 31880
Normal, ISO
kN kg lb
231.6 23635 52110
212.0 21608 47650
238.6 24350 53690
216.0 22018 48550
201.2 20530 45270
179.0 18268 40280
162.8 16616 36640
131.9 13442 29640
Power boost, ISO
kN kg lb
253.1 25830 56950
231.2 23572 51980
260.2 26554 58550
235.0 23955 52820
219.9 22440 49480
195.6 19963 44020
177.5 18115 39940
143.9 14664 32330
deg
169
169
183
183
183
183
183
177
Bucket radius
Breakout force
6.5 m 21' 4"
Rotation angle, bucket
Sp pecifficattions
30 08
Liifting cap pacitties
Lifting capacities EC480D L 1.5m Fixed undercarriage
Boom: 6.5m Dipper arm: 3.0m Shoe: 600mm Counterweight: 8450kg
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 3..0m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
: Along undercarriage,
6.0m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13390
*13390
kg
13340
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*19980
*19980
*15270
3m
-
-
-
-
*24400
19080
*17390
12690
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*17490
*17490
*19000
12200
0m
-
-
-
-
*25680
18230
*19670
11950
-1.5m
-
-
*18840
*18840
*25280
18310
*19250
11920
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*29180
*29180
*22630
18580
*17440
12080
-
-
-
-
*17530
*17530
-
-
7.5m 6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18230
*18230
*14280
13350
3m
-
-
-
-
*22890
19180
*16480
12630
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*25180
18200
*18300
12060
0m
-
-
-
-
*26410
17880
*19260
11730
-1.5m
-
-
*19530
*19530
*25590
17880
*19190
11630
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*31560
*31560
*23430
18110
*17880
11740
-
-
-
-
*19220
18610
*14290
12140
7.5m Fixed undercarriage
4.5m
H 7.5m 6m
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 84 450kg Co
3.0m
9m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
*12430
10430
7.2
*12350
9810
-
-
*12280
8560
8.1
*13110
9560
-
-
11940
7600
8.7
3m
*14160
9240
-
-
11260
7130
8.9
1.5m
14470
8970
-
-
11140
7020
8.9
0m
14280
8800
-
-
11560
7250
8.7
-1.5m
14260
8790
-
-
12720
7930
8.1
-3m -4.5m
-
-
-
-
*13600
9430
7.2
-
-
-
-
*12950
*12950
5.8
7.5m 6m 4.5m
7.5m 6m
*11300
9910
-
-
*10910
9470
7.7
*11480
9800
-
-
*10590
7880
8.5
4.5m
*12360
9500
11220
7100
*10670
7020
9.1
3m
*13500
9140
11050
6950
10490
6600
9.3
1.5m
14330
8820
10880
6790
10360
6480
9.3
0m
14090
8600
10780
6710
10700
6650
9.1
-1.5m
14010
8540
-
-
11650
7220
8.5
-3m -4.5m
*13630
8670
-
-
*13100
8430
7.7
-
-
-
-
*13000
11240
6.4
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pac citties 1.5m Retractable undercarriage
Boom: 6.5m Dipper arm: 3.0m Shoe: 600mm Counterweight: 8450kg
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
: Along undercarriage,
6.0m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13390
*13390
kg
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*19980
*19980
*15270
14280
3m
-
-
-
-
*24400
20650
*17390
13630 13130
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*17490
*17490
*19000
0m
-
-
-
-
*25680
19780
*19670
12880
-1.5m
-
-
*18840
*18840
*25280
19870
*19250
12840
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*29180
*29180
*22630
20140
*17440
13010
-
-
-
-
*17530
*17530
-
-
7.5m 6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18230
*18230
*14280
*14280
3m
-
-
-
-
*22890
20760
*16480
13570
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*25180
19760
*18300
12990
0m
-
-
-
-
*26410
19430
*19260
12650
-1.5m
-
-
*19530
*19530
*25590
19430
*19190
12550
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*31560
*31560
*23430
19670
*17880
12660
-
-
-
-
*19220
*19220
*14290
13070
7.5m Retractable undercarriage
4.5m
H 7.5m 6m
Boom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
3.0m
30 09
9m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
*12430
11130
7.2
*12350
10480
-
-
*12280
9140
8.1
*13110
10220
-
-
12120
8130
8.7
3m
*14160
9900
-
-
11430
7630
8.9
1.5m
14680
9620
-
-
11310
7520
8.9
0m
14500
9450
-
-
11740
7770
8.7
-1.5m
14480
9440
-
-
12920
8510
8.1
-3m -4.5m
-
-
-
-
*13600
10120
7.2
-
-
-
-
*12950
*12950
5.8 7.7
7.5m 6m 4.5m
7.5m 6m
*11300
10580
-
-
*10910
10110
*11480
10470
-
-
*10590
8420
8.5
4.5m
*12360
10160
11390
7610
*10670
7520
9.1
3m
*13500
9800
11220
7450
10650
7070
9.3
1.5m
*14530
9470
11050
7300
10520
6950
9.3
0m
14300
9250
10950
7210
10870
7150
9.1
-1.5m
14230
9190
-
-
11840
7750
8.5
-3m -4.5m
*13630
9320
-
-
*13100
9060
7.7
-
-
-
-
*13000
12080
6.4
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
31 10
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Fixed undercarriage
Boom: 6.5m Dipper arm: 3.0m Shoe: 600mm Counterweight: 9050kg
4.5m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13390
*13390
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
: Along undercarriage,
kg
13870
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*19980
*19980
*15270
3m
-
-
-
-
*24400
19870
*17390
13220
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*17490
*17490
*19000
12730
0m
-
-
-
-
*25680
19020
*19670
12480
-1.5m
-
-
*18840
*18840
*25280
19110
*19250
12450
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*29180
*29180
*22630
19370
*17440
12610
-
-
-
-
*17530
*17530
-
-
7.5m 6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18230
*18230
*14280
13880
3m
-
-
-
-
*22890
19970
*16480
13160
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*25180
18990
*18300
12590
0m
-
-
-
-
*26410
18670
*19260
12260
-1.5m
-
-
*19530
*19530
*25590
18680
*19190
12160
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*31560
*31560
*23430
18900
*17880
12270
-
-
-
-
*19220
*19220
*14300
12670
7.5m Fixed undercarriage
6.0m
H 7.5m 6m
Boom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
3.0m
9m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
*12430
10850
7.2
*12350
10210
-
-
*12280
8920
8.1
*13110
9960
-
-
*12350
7930
8.7
3m
*14160
9640
-
-
11660
7450
8.9
1.5m
14980
9370
-
-
11540
7340
8.9
0m
14790
9200
-
-
11980
7580
8.7
-1.5m
14770
9180
-
-
13180
8290
8.1
-3m -4.5m
-
-
-
-
*13600
9850
7.2
-
-
-
-
*12950
*12950
5.8
7.5m 6m 4.5m
7.5m 6m
*11300
10310
-
-
*10910
9860
7.7
*11480
10200
-
-
*10590
8210
8.5
4.5m
*12360
9900
*11470
7420
*10680
7340
9.1
3m
*13500
9540
11450
7270
10870
6900
9.3
1.5m
*14530
9210
11280
7110
10740
6780
9.3
0m
14600
9000
11180
7020
11090
6970
9.1
-1.5m
14520
8930
-
-
12080
7550
8.5
-3m -4.5m
*13630
9070
-
-
*13100
8810
7.7
-
-
-
-
*13000
11730
6.4
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pac citties 1.5m Retractable undercarriage
Boom: 6.5m Dipper arm: 3.0m Shoe: 600mm Counterweight: 9050kg
4.5m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13390
*13390
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
: Along undercarriage,
kg
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*19980
*19980
*15270
14830
3m
-
-
-
-
*24400
21470
*17390
14170 13680
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*17490
*17490
*19000
0m
-
-
-
-
*25680
20610
*19670
13420
-1.5m
-
-
*18840
*18840
*25280
20690
*19250
13380
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*29180
*29180
*22630
20970
*17440
13550
-
-
-
-
*17530
*17530
-
-
7.5m 6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18230
*18230
*14280
*14280
3m
-
-
-
-
*22890
21590
*16480
14120
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*25180
20580
*18300
13530
0m
-
-
-
-
*26410
20250
*19260
13200
-1.5m
-
-
*19530
*19530
*25590
20260
*19190
13100
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*31560
*31560
*23430
20490
*17880
13210
-
-
-
-
*19220
*19220
*14300
13610
7.5m Retractable undercarriage
6.0m
H 7.5m 6m
Boom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
3.0m
31 11
9m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
*12430
11560
7.2
*12350
10880
-
-
*12280
9510
8.1
*13110
10630
-
-
*12350
8470
8.7
3m
*14160
10300
-
-
11830
7960
8.9
1.5m
*15060
10030
-
-
11710
7850
8.9
0m
15010
9860
-
-
12160
8110
8.7
-1.5m
14990
9850
-
-
13370
8880
8.1
-3m -4.5m
-
-
-
-
*13600
10550
7.2
-
-
-
-
*12950
*12950
5.8 7.7
7.5m 6m 4.5m
7.5m 6m
*11300
10990
-
-
*10910
10510
*11480
10880
-
-
*10590
8770
8.5
4.5m
*12360
10570
*11470
7930
*10680
7850
9.1
3m
*13500
10200
11620
7780
11030
7390
9.3
1.5m
*14530
9880
11450
7620
10900
7270
9.3
0m
14810
9660
11350
7530
11260
7470
9.1
-1.5m
14740
9590
-
-
12270
8100
8.5
-3m -4.5m
*13630
9730
-
-
*13100
9450
7.7
-
-
-
-
*13000
12590
6.4
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
31 12
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
3.0m
4.5m
6.0m
H 7.5m 6m Boom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
Boom: 6.5m Dipper arm: 3.0m Shoe: 600mm Counterweight: 9750kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13390
*13390 *15270
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*19980
*19980
*15270
3m
-
-
-
-
*24400
22270
*17390
14700
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*17490
*17490
*19000
14210
0m
-
-
-
-
*25680
21410
*19670
13950
-1.5m
-
-
*18840
*18840
*25280
21490
*19250
13910
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*29180
*29180
*22630
21770
*17440
14080
-
-
-
-
*17530
*17530
-
-
7.5m 6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18230
*18230
*14280
*14280
3m
-
-
-
-
*22890
22390
*16480
14650
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*25180
21380
*18300
14060
0m
-
-
-
-
*26410
21050
*19260
13730
-1.5m
-
-
*19530
*19530
*25590
21060
*19190
13630
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*31560
*31560
*23430
21290
*17880
13740
-
-
-
-
*19220
*19220
*14300
14140
7.5m
9m
Max. Reach
H
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
Bo oom: 6..5m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
: Along undercarriage,
kg
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
*12430
11970
7.2
*12350
11280
-
-
*12280
9870
8.1
*13110
11020
-
-
*12350
8800
8.7
3m
*14160
10700
-
-
12230
8280
8.9
1.5m
*15060
10420
-
-
12110
8170
8.9
0m
*15490
10260
-
-
12570
8440
8.7
-1.5m
*15070
10240
-
-
*13470
9230
8.1
-3m -4.5m
-
-
-
-
*13600
10960
7.2
-
-
-
-
*12950
*12950
5.8
7.5m 6m
*11300
*11300
-
-
*10910
10890
7.7
*11480
11270
-
-
*10590
9110
8.5
4.5m
*12360
10970
*11470
8250
*10680
8160
9.1
7.5m 6m 4.5m
3m
*13500
10600
*11900
8090
*11100
7690
9.3
1.5m
*14530
10270
11850
7940
11280
7570
9.3
0m
*15150
10060
11750
7850
11650
7790
9.1
-1.5m
*15050
9990
-
-
12690
8440
8.5
-3m -4.5m
*13630
10130
-
-
*13100
9840
7.7
-
-
-
-
*13000
*13000
6.4
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 84 450kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
: Along undercarriage,
6.0m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13060
*13060
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*15150
13070
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*17330
12380
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18870
11910
0m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*19450
11700
-1.5m
-
-
-
-
*24720
18060
*19090
11690
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*27580
*27580
*22570
18300
*17700
11830
-
-
-
-
*18710
*18710
*14430
12220
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18910
*18910
*14150
13070
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*16420
12310
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18170
11750
0m
-
-
-
-
*18120
17510
*19030
11450
-1.5m
-
-
*13850
*13850
*25110
17570
*18980
11380
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*25800
*25800
*23270
17800
*17960
11490
-
-
*25880
*25880
*19960
18240
*15450
11800
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*17950
*17950
*13760
13420
3m
-
-
-
-
*22870
19080
*16130
12670
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*15840
*15840
*18080
12080
0m
-
-
-
-
*19420
17850
*19170
11740
-1.5m
-
-
*14040
*14040
*25880
17850
*19340
11620
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*23900
*23900
*24290
18020
*18570
11670
-
-
*28410
*28410
*21330
18380
*16470
11910
7.5m Fixed undercarriage
4.5m
H
Fixed undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
3.0m
31 13
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H 9m 7.5m 6m 4.5m
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11860
*11860
6.6
*11320
9920
-
-
-
-
*11440
9090
7.9
*11700
9750
-
-
-
-
*11360
7640
8.7
*12670
9430
11240
7140
-
-
10800
6860
9.2
3m
*13820
9080
11070
6980
-
-
10240
6470
9.5
1.5m
14270
8790
10900
6840
-
-
10140
6370
9.5
0m
14080
8620
10820
6760
-
-
10470
6560
9.2
-1.5m
14040
8590
-
-
-
-
11380
7100
8.7
-3m -4.5m
*13770
8740
-
-
-
-
*12720
8240
7.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12460
10790
6.6
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*10770
*10770
7.1
*10380
9940
-
-
-
-
*10510
8290
8.3
6m
*10910
9720
*10490
7190
-
-
*10500
7040
9.1
4.5m
*11950
9360
*10830
7050
-
-
10060
6340
9.6
3m
*13170
8960
10950
6850
-
-
9550
5980
9.8
1.5m
14110
8630
10750
6670
-
-
9430
5870
9.8
0m
13870
8410
10620
6550
-
-
9700
6020
9.6
-1.5m
13790
8340
10610
6550
-
-
10460
6460
9.1
-3m -4.5m
13880
8430
-
-
-
-
12020
7400
8.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12260
9400
7.1 7.6
9m 7.5m
*10300
10170
-
-
-
-
*10360
9970
*10010
*10010
-
-
-
-
* 9800
7900
8.7
6m
*10630
9970
*10190
7430
-
-
* 9600
6810
9.5
4.5m
*11740
9610
*10670
7270
-
-
* 9680
6190
9.9
3m
*13040
9220
11160
7060
-
-
9260
5860
10.2
1.5m
*14210
8870
10940
6870
-
-
9150
5760
10.2
0m
14100
8640
10790
6730
-
-
9380
5890
9.9
-1.5m
13980
8530
10740
6680
-
-
10040
6280
9.5
-3m -4.5m
14020
8570
-
-
-
-
11380
7090
8.7
*12380
8820
-
-
-
-
*12190
8730
7.6
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
31 14
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 84 450kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12610
*12610
3m
-
-
-
-
*20840
19430
*15060
12760
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21560
18180
*17210
12060
0m
-
-
-
-
*21410
17640
*18610
11620
-1.5m
* 9890
* 9890
*14060
*14060
*25990
17510
*19130
11420
-3m
*16520
*16520
*21670
*21670
*24880
17610
*18740
11410
-4.5m –6m
-
-
*31060
*31060
*22520
17920
*17220
11590
-
-
-
-
*18130
*18130
*13640
12030
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3m
-
-
-
-
*17570
*17570
*13220
13020 12170
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21990
18520
*15670
0m
-
-
-
-
*24650
17550
*17530
11550
-1.5m
* 9580
* 9580
*14230
*14230
*25660
17150
*18570
11200
-3m
*14660
*14660
*19870
*19870
*25380
17090
*18750
11080
-4.5m –6m
*20520
*20520
*27230
*27230
*23910
17280
*17970
11150
-
-
*29270
*29270
*20870
17720
*15820
11430
: Along undercarriage,
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
* 8370
* 8370
8.2
* 7930
7130
9.3
* 7770
6210
10
* 7840
5670
10.4
9m 7.5m
-
-
* 9250
7560
-
-
6m
* 9780
* 9780
* 9410
7470
-
-
4.5m
*10930
9660
* 9990
7270
-
-
3m
*12300
9220
*10760
7030
8760
5520
* 8090
5380
10.7
1.5m
*13600
8820
10880
6800
8630
5400
8440
5280
10.7
0m
14000
8530
10690
6620
-
-
8620
5370
10.4
-1.5m
13820
8370
10580
6530
-
-
9150
5680
10
-3m
13800
8350
10620
6560
-
-
10210
6320
9.3
-4.5m –6m
*13380
8510
-
-
-
-
*11590
7570
8.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11580
10420
6.7
9m 7.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
6.0m
9m 7.5m
7.5m Fixed undercarriage
4.5m
H
Fixed undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
3.0m
-
-
* 8030
7710
-
-
* 7580
7450
9.2
-
-
* 7860
7720
-
-
* 7290
6220
10.1
6m
-
-
* 8220
7570
* 8250
5750
* 7220
5480
10.8
4.5m
* 9570
* 9570
* 8910
7320
* 8550
5640
* 7320
5030
11.2
3m
*11040
9310
* 9780
7030
8740
5480
* 7570
4770
11.4
1.5m
*12510
8820
*10680
6740
8560
5310
7550
4660
11.4
0m
*13720
8430
10580
6500
8410
5170
7670
4710
11.2
-1.5m
13640
8180
10400
6330
8320
5100
8050
4930
10.8
-3m
13520
8080
10340
6280
-
-
8810
5390
10.1
-4.5m –6m
13580
8130
10450
6380
-
-
10220
6250
9.1
*12010
8390
-
-
-
-
*11290
8000
7.8
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 84 450kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
: Along undercarriage,
6.0m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13060
*13060
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*15150
14010
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*17330
13310
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18870
12830
0m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*19450
12620
-1.5m
-
-
-
-
*24720
19610
*19090
12600
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*27580
*27580
*22570
19860
*17700
12750
-
-
-
-
*18710
*18710
*14430
13150
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18910
*18910
*14150
14010
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*16420
13240
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18170
12670
0m
-
-
-
-
*18120
*18120
*19030
12370
-1.5m
-
-
*13850
*13850
*25110
19110
*18980
12290
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*25800
*25800
*23270
19350
*17960
12400
-
-
*25880
*25880
*19960
19800
*15450
12730
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*17950
*17950
*13760
*13760
3m
-
-
-
-
*22870
20660
*16130
13600
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*15840
*15840
*18080
13000
0m
-
-
-
-
*19420
19390
*19170
12660
-1.5m
-
-
*14040
*14040
*25880
19390
*19340
12530
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*23900
*23900
*24290
19570
*18570
12590
-
-
*28410
*28410
*21330
19940
*16470
12830
7.5m Retractable undercarriage
4.5m
H
Retractable undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
3.0m
31 15
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H 9m 7.5m 6m 4.5m
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11860
*11860
6.6
*11320
10580
-
-
-
-
*11440
9700
7.9
*11700
10420
-
-
-
-
*11360
8160
8.7
*12670
10090
11410
7640
-
-
10970
7340
9.2
3m
*13820
9730
11240
7480
-
-
10400
6940
9.5
1.5m
14490
9440
11070
7330
-
-
10300
6840
9.5
0m
14290
9270
10990
7260
-
-
10640
7040
9.2
-1.5m
14260
9240
-
-
-
-
11560
7620
8.7
-3m -4.5m
*13770
9380
-
-
-
-
*12720
8840
7.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12460
11590
6.6
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*10770
*10770
7.1
*10380
*10380
-
-
-
-
*10510
8860
8.3
6m
*10910
10390
*10490
7700
-
-
*10500
7530
9.1
4.5m
*11950
10020
*10830
7560
-
-
10210
6800
9.6
3m
*13170
9620
11120
7360
-
-
9700
6420
9.8
1.5m
*14240
9280
10920
7170
-
-
9590
6320
9.8
0m
14090
9060
10790
7050
-
-
9860
6470
9.6
-1.5m
14010
8990
10790
7050
-
-
10630
6960
9.1
-3m -4.5m
*14100
9070
-
-
-
-
*12180
7960
8.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12260
10100
7.1 7.6
9m 7.5m
*10300
*10300
-
-
-
-
*10360
*10360
*10010
*10010
-
-
-
-
* 9800
8430
8.7
6m
*10630
*10630
*10190
7940
-
-
* 9600
7280
9.5
4.5m
*11740
10280
*10670
7770
-
-
* 9680
6630
9.9
3m
*13040
9880
11330
7560
-
-
9400
6290
10.2
1.5m
*14210
9520
11110
7370
-
-
9300
6190
10.2
0m
14320
9280
10960
7230
-
-
9530
6320
9.9
-1.5m
14200
9180
10910
7180
-
-
10200
6740
9.5
-3m -4.5m
14240
9210
-
-
-
-
11560
7610
8.7
*12380
9470
-
-
-
-
*12190
9380
7.6
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
31 16
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 84 450kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12610
*12610
3m
-
-
-
-
*20840
*20840
*15060
13690
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21560
19730
*17210
12990
0m
-
-
-
-
*21410
19180
*18610
12540
-1.5m
* 9890
* 9890
*14060
*14060
*25990
19050
*19130
12330
-3m
*16520
*16520
*21670
*21670
*24880
19160
*18740
12330
-4.5m -6m
-
-
*31060
*31060
*22520
19470
*17220
12510
-
-
-
-
*18130
*18130
*13640
12960
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3m
-
-
-
-
*17570
*17570
*13220
*13220 13110
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21990
20090
*15670
0m
-
-
-
-
*24650
19100
*17530
12480
-1.5m
* 9580
* 9580
*14230
*14230
*25660
18690
*18570
12120
-3m
*14660
*14660
*19870
*19870
*25380
18630
*18750
11990
-4.5m -6m
*20520
*20520
*27230
*27230
*23910
18820
*17970
12060
-
-
*29270
*29270
*20870
19270
*15820
12350
: Along undercarriage,
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
* 8370
* 8370
8.2
* 7930
7610
9.3
* 7770
6650
10
* 7840
6080
10.4
9m 7.5m
-
-
* 9250
8070
-
-
6m
* 9780
* 9780
* 9410
7980
-
-
4.5m
*10930
10330
* 9990
7780
-
-
3m
*12300
9880
*10760
7530
8900
5920
* 8090
5780
10.7
1.5m
*13600
9480
11050
7300
8770
5810
* 8570
5680
10.7
0m
14220
9180
10860
7120
-
-
8770
5780
10.4
-1.5m
14040
9010
10760
7020
-
-
9300
6120
10
-3m
14020
9000
10790
7060
-
-
10370
6800
9.3
-4.5m -6m
*13380
9160
-
-
-
-
*11590
8140
8.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11580
11200
6.7
9m 7.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
6.0m
9m 7.5m
7.5m Retractable undercarriage
4.5m
H
Retractable undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 84 450kg
3.0m
-
-
* 8030
* 8030
-
-
* 7580
* 7580
9.2
-
-
* 7860
* 7860
-
-
* 7290
6650
10.1
6m
-
-
* 8220
8080
* 8250
6160
* 7220
5880
10.8
4.5m
* 9570
* 9570
* 8910
7830
* 8550
6050
* 7320
5400
11.2
3m
*11040
9970
* 9780
7540
8880
5890
* 7570
5130
11.4
1.5m
*12510
9480
*10680
7240
8700
5720
7680
5030
11.4
0m
*13720
9080
10750
7000
8550
5580
7790
5080
11.2
-1.5m
13860
8830
10570
6830
8460
5500
8180
5320
10.8
-3m
13740
8720
10510
6780
-
-
8950
5810
10.1
-4.5m -6m
13800
8770
10620
6870
-
-
10390
6740
9.1
*12010
9040
-
-
-
-
*11290
8620
7.8
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 90 050kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
: Along undercarriage,
6.0m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13060
*13060
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*15150
13600
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*17330
12910
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18870
12440
0m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*19450
12230
-1.5m
-
-
-
-
*24720
18850
*19090
12210
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*27580
*27580
*22570
19100
*17710
12360
-
-
-
-
*18710
*18710
*14440
12750
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18910
*18910
*14150
13600
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*16420
12840
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18170
12270
0m
-
-
-
-
*18120
*18120
*19030
11980
-1.5m
-
-
*13850
*13850
*25110
18370
*18980
11910
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*25800
*25800
*23270
18600
*17960
12010
-
-
*25880
*25880
*19960
19030
*15450
12330
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*17950
*17950
*13760
*13760
3m
-
-
-
-
*22870
19880
*16130
13200
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*15840
*15840
*18080
12610
0m
-
-
-
-
*19420
18640
*19170
12270
-1.5m
-
-
*14040
*14040
*25880
18640
*19340
12150
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*23910
*23910
*24290
18810
*18570
12200
-
-
*28410
*28410
*21330
19170
*16470
12440
7.5m Fixed undercarriage
4.5m
H
Fixed undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
3.0m
31 17
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H 9m 7.5m 6m 4.5m
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11860
*11860
6.6
*11320
10320
-
-
-
-
*11440
9460
7.9
*11700
10150
-
-
-
-
*11360
7970
8.7
*12670
9830
*11500
7460
-
-
11190
7170
9.2
3m
*13820
9480
11460
7300
-
-
10610
6770
9.5
1.5m
*14770
9190
11300
7150
-
-
10510
6670
9.5
0m
14590
9020
11220
7080
-
-
10860
6860
9.2
-1.5m
14550
8990
-
-
-
-
11800
7430
8.7
-3m -4.5m
*13780
9130
-
-
-
-
*12720
8610
7.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12460
11260
6.6
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*10770
*10770
7.1
*10380
10340
-
-
-
-
*10510
8610
8.3
6m
*10910
10120
*10490
7510
-
-
*10500
7320
9.1
4.5m
*11950
9760
*10830
7370
-
-
10390
6610
9.6
3m
*13170
9360
11350
7170
-
-
9870
6240
9.8
1.5m
*14240
9030
11140
6990
-
-
9760
6130
9.8
0m
14380
8810
11020
6870
-
-
10040
6280
9.6
-1.5m
14300
8740
11010
6870
-
-
10820
6750
9.1
-3m -4.5m
*14100
8820
-
-
-
-
*12180
7720
8.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12260
9780
7.1
9m 7.5m
*10300
*10300
-
-
-
-
*10360
*10360
7.6
*10010
*10010
-
-
-
-
*9800
8230
8.7
6m
*10630
10370
*10190
7750
-
-
*9600
7110
9.5
4.5m
*11740
10010
*10670
7590
-
-
*9680
6470
9.9
3m
*13040
9620
*11350
7380
-
-
9600
6140
10.2
1.5m
*14210
9270
11340
7180
-
-
9490
6040
10.2
0m
14610
9030
11190
7050
-
-
9730
6170
9.9
-1.5m
14490
8930
11140
7000
-
-
10420
6580
9.5
-3m -4.5m
14530
8960
-
-
-
-
11790
7420
8.7
*12380
9220
-
-
-
-
*12190
9130
7.6
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
31 18
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 90 050kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12610
*12610
3m
-
-
-
-
*20840
20220
*15060
13280
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21560
18970
*17210
12590
0m
-
-
-
-
*21410
18430
*18610
12150
-1.5m
-
-
*14060
*14060
*25990
18300
*19130
11950
-3m
*16520
*16520
*21670
*21670
*24880
18410
*18740
11940
-4.5m -6m
-
-
*31060
*31060
*22520
18710
*17220
12120
-
-
-
-
*18130
*18130
*13640
12560
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3m
-
-
-
-
*17570
*17570
*13220
*13220 12700
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21990
19310
*15670
0m
-
-
-
-
*24650
18350
*17530
12080
-1.5m
*9580
*9580
*14240
*14240
*25660
17940
*18570
11730
-3m
*14660
*14660
*19870
*19870
*25380
17890
*18750
11600
-4.5m -6m
*20520
*20520
*27230
*27230
*23910
18080
*17970
11680
-
-
*29270
*29270
*20870
18510
*15820
11960
: Along undercarriage,
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*8370
*8370
8.2
*7930
7430
9.3
*7770
6490
10
*7840
5940
10.4
9m 7.5m
-
-
*9250
7880
-
-
6m
*9780
*9780
*9410
7790
-
-
4.5m
*10930
10060
*9990
7590
-
-
3m
*12300
9620
*10760
7350
9080
5780
*8090
5640
10.7
1.5m
*13600
9220
11280
7110
8960
5670
*8570
5540
10.7
0m
14510
8920
11080
6930
-
-
8950
5640
10.4
-1.5m
14330
8770
10980
6840
-
-
9500
5970
10
-3m
14310
8750
11020
6880
-
-
10590
6630
9.3
-4.5m -6m
*13380
8910
-
-
-
-
*11590
7930
8.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11580
10880
6.7
9m 7.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
6.0m
9m 7.5m
7.5m Fixed undercarriage
4.5m
H
Fixed undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
3.0m
-
-
*8030
*8030
-
-
*7580
*7580
9.2
-
-
*7860
*7860
-
-
*7290
6500
10.1
6m
-
-
*8220
7890
*8250
6020
*7220
5740
10.8
4.5m
*9570
*9570
*8910
7640
*8550
5900
*7320
5280
11.2
3m
*11040
9710
*9780
7350
*9030
5740
*7580
5010
11.4
1.5m
*12510
9220
*10680
7060
8880
5580
7840
4910
11.4
0m
*13720
8830
10980
6810
8730
5440
7970
4960
11.2
-1.5m
14150
8580
10800
6650
8650
5360
8360
5190
10.8
-3m
14030
8470
10740
6600
-
-
9150
5670
10.1
-4.5m -6m
14090
8520
10840
6690
-
-
10610
6560
9.1
*12010
8790
-
-
-
-
*11290
8380
7.8
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 90 050kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
: Along undercarriage,
6.0m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13060
*13060
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*15150
14550
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*17330
13860
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18870
13380
0m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*19450
13170
-1.5m
-
-
-
-
*24720
20430
*19090
13150
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*27580
*27580
*22570
20680
*17710
13300
-
-
-
-
*18710
*18710
*14440
13690
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18910
*18910
*14150
*14150
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*16420
13790
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18170
13210
0m
-
-
-
-
*18120
*18120
*19030
12910
-1.5m
-
-
*13850
*13850
*25110
19940
*18980
12840
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*25800
*25800
*23270
20170
*17960
12950
-
-
*25880
*25880
*19960
*19960
*15450
13270
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*17950
*17950
*13760
*13760
3m
-
-
-
-
*22870
21480
*16130
14150
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*15840
*15840
*18080
13550
0m
-
-
-
-
*19420
*19420
*19170
13200
-1.5m
-
-
*14040
*14040
*25880
20210
*19340
13080
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*23910
*23910
*24290
20390
*18570
13140
-
-
*28410
*28410
*21330
20760
*16470
13380
7.5m Retractable undercarriage
4.5m
H
Retractable undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
3.0m
31 19
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H 9m 7.5m 6m 4.5m
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11860
*11860
6.6
*11320
10990
-
-
-
-
*11440
10080
7.9
*11700
10820
-
-
-
-
*11360
8500
8.7
*12670
10500
*11500
7970
-
-
11350
7660
9.2
3m
*13820
10140
11630
7810
-
-
10770
7240
9.5
1.5m
*14770
9850
11470
7660
-
-
10670
7140
9.5
0m
14800
9680
11390
7580
-
-
11020
7350
9.2
-1.5m
14770
9650
-
-
-
-
11970
7960
8.7
-3m -4.5m
*13780
9790
-
-
-
-
*12720
9230
7.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12460
12070
6.6
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*10770
*10770
7.1
*10380
*10380
-
-
-
-
*10510
9220
8.3
6m
*10910
10800
*10490
8020
-
-
*10500
7850
9.1
4.5m
*11950
10430
*10830
7880
-
-
10580
7100
9.6
3m
*13170
10030
*11420
7680
-
-
10050
6710
9.8
1.5m
*14240
9690
11320
7500
-
-
9940
6610
9.8
0m
14600
9470
11190
7380
-
-
10230
6770
9.6 9.1
-1.5m
14510
9390
11180
7380
-
-
11020
7280
-3m -4.5m
*14100
9480
-
-
-
-
*12180
8320
8.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12260
10540
7.1 7.6
9m 7.5m
*10300
*10300
-
-
-
-
*10360
*10360
*10010
*10010
-
-
-
-
*9800
8770
8.7
6m
*10630
*10630
*10190
8260
-
-
*9600
7590
9.5
4.5m
*11740
10680
*10670
8100
-
-
*9680
6920
9.9
3m
*13040
10280
*11350
7890
-
-
9740
6570
10.2
1.5m
*14210
9930
11510
7690
-
-
9640
6470
10.2
0m
14830
9690
11360
7550
-
-
9890
6610
9.9
-1.5m
14710
9580
11310
7510
-
-
10580
7050
9.5
-3m -4.5m
*14630
9620
-
-
-
-
11970
7950
8.7
*12380
9880
-
-
-
-
*12190
9780
7.6
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
32 20
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 90 050kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12610
*12610
3m
-
-
-
-
*20840
*20840
*15060
14240
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21560
20550
*17210
13540
0m
-
-
-
-
*21410
20000
*18610
13080
-1.5m
-
-
*14060
*14060
*25990
19870
*19130
12880
-3m
*16520
*16520
*21670
*21670
*24880
19980
*18740
12870
-4.5m -6m
-
-
*31060
*31060
*22520
20300
*17220
13050
-
-
-
-
*18130
*18130
*13640
13500
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3m
-
-
-
-
*17570
*17570
*13220
*13220 13650
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21990
20910
*15670
0m
-
-
-
-
*24650
19920
*17530
13020
-1.5m
*9580
*9580
*14240
*14240
*25660
19510
*18570
12660
-3m
*14660
*14660
*19870
*19870
*25380
19450
*18750
12540
-4.5m -6m
*20520
*20520
*27230
*27230
*23910
19650
*17970
12610
-
-
*29270
*29270
*20870
20090
*15820
12900
: Along undercarriage,
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*8370
*8370
8.2
*7930
7930
9.3
*7770
6930
10
*7840
6360
10.4
9m 7.5m
-
-
*9250
8390
-
-
6m
*9780
*9780
*9410
8310
-
-
4.5m
*10930
10740
*9990
8100
-
-
3m
*12300
10290
*10760
7860
9220
6190
*8090
6040
10.7
1.5m
*13600
9880
11450
7620
9100
6080
*8570
5950
10.7
0m
*14560
9580
11250
7440
-
-
9090
6050
10.4
-1.5m
14550
9420
11150
7350
-
-
9650
6400
10
-3m
14530
9410
11190
7390
-
-
10750
7120
9.3
-4.5m -6m
*13380
9570
-
-
-
-
*11590
8510
8.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11580
*11580
6.7
9m 7.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
6.0m
9m 7.5m
7.5m Retractable undercarriage
4.5m
H
Retractable undercarriage
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 90 050kg
3.0m
-
-
*8030
*8030
-
-
*7580
*7580
9.2
-
-
*7860
*7860
-
-
*7290
6940
10.1
6m
-
-
*8220
*8220
*8250
6440
*7220
6140
10.8
4.5m
*9570
*9570
*8910
8160
*8550
6320
*7320
5660
11.2
3m
*11040
10380
*9780
7860
*9030
6160
*7580
5380
11.4
1.5m
*12510
9890
*10680
7570
9020
5990
7970
5280
11.4
0m
*13720
9490
11150
7320
8870
5850
8100
5340
11.2
-1.5m
14370
9240
10970
7160
8790
5770
8500
5590
10.8
-3m
14250
9130
10910
7100
-
-
9300
6100
10.1
-4.5m -6m
*14090
9180
11010
7200
-
-
10780
7060
9.1
*12010
9450
-
-
-
-
*11290
9000
7.8
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
3.0m
4.5m
32 21 6.0m
H
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*13060
*13060
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*15150
15080
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*17330
14390
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18870
13910
0m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*19450
13700
-1.5m
-
-
-
-
*24720
21230
*19090
13680
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*27580
*27580
*22570
21480
*17710
13830
-
-
-
-
*18710
*18710
*14440
14220
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*18910
*18910
*14150
*14150
3m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*16420
14320
1.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*18170
13740
0m
-
-
-
-
*18120
*18120
*19030
13440
-1.5m
-
-
*13850
*13850
*25110
20740
*18980
13370
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*25800
*25800
*23270
20970
*17960
13480
-
-
*25880
*25880
*19960
*19960
*15450
13800
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
*17950
*17950
*13760
*13760
3m
-
-
-
-
*22870
22280
*16130
14680
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*15840
*15840
*18080
14080
0m
-
-
-
-
*19420
*19420
*19170
13730
-1.5m
-
-
*14040
*14040
*25880
21010
*19340
13610
-3m -4.5m
-
-
*23910
*23910
*24290
21190
*18570
13670
-
-
*28410
*28410
*21330
*21330
*16470
13910
7.5m
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 2..55m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..0m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 97 750kg Co
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..35m hoe: 60 00mm Sh Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
: Along undercarriage,
9m 7.5m 6m 4.5m
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11860
*11860
6.6
*11320
*11320
-
-
-
-
*11440
10460
7.9
*11700
11220
-
-
-
-
*11360
8830
8.7
*12670
10890
*11500
8290
-
-
*11450
7970
9.2
3m
*13820
10540
*11980
8130
-
-
11140
7540
9.5
1.5m
*14770
10240
11870
7980
-
-
11040
7440
9.5
0m
*15270
10070
11780
7900
-
-
11400
7660
9.2
-1.5m
*15100
10040
-
-
-
-
12390
8290
8.7
-3m -4.5m
*13780
10190
-
-
-
-
*12720
9600
7.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12460
*12460
6.6
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*10770
*10770
7.1
*10380
*10380
-
-
-
-
*10510
9570
8.3
6m
*10910
*10910
*10490
8340
-
-
*10500
8170
9.1
4.5m
*11950
10830
*10830
8200
-
-
*10630
7390
9.6
3m
*13170
10420
*11420
8000
-
-
10400
7000
9.8
1.5m
*14240
10080
11710
7810
-
-
10290
6890
9.8
0m
*14900
9860
11580
7690
-
-
10590
7070
9.6
-1.5m
*14950
9790
11580
7690
-
-
11410
7590
9.1
-3m -4.5m
*14100
9880
-
-
-
-
*12180
8670
8.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12260
10960
7.1 7.6
9m 7.5m
*10300
*10300
-
-
-
-
*10360
*10360
*10010
*10010
-
-
-
-
*9800
9100
8.7
6m
*10630
*10630
*10190
8580
-
-
*9600
7880
9.5
4.5m
*11740
11080
*10670
8420
-
-
*9680
7200
9.9
3m
*13040
10680
*11350
8210
-
-
*10010
6840
10.2
1.5m
*14210
10330
11910
8010
-
-
9970
6740
10.2
0m
*15010
10090
11750
7870
-
-
10230
6890
9.9
-1.5m
15210
9980
11700
7820
-
-
10950
7350
9.5
-3m -4.5m
*14630
10020
-
-
-
-
*11980
8280
8.7
*12380
10280
-
-
-
-
*12190
10170
7.6
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
32 22
Liifting cap pacitties 1.5m
3.0m
4.5m
6.0m
H
Boom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm ounterweight: 97 750kg Co
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*12610
*12610
3m
-
-
-
-
*20840
*20840
*15060
14770
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21560
21350
*17210
14070
0m
-
-
-
-
*21410
20800
*18610
13610
-1.5m
-
-
*14060
*14060
*25990
20670
*19130
13410 13400
-3m
*16520
*16520
*21670
*21670
*24880
20780
*18740
-4.5m -6m
-
-
*31060
*31060
*22520
21090
*17220
13580
-
-
-
-
*18130
*18130
*13640
*13640
9m 7.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.5m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3m
-
-
-
-
*17570
*17570
*13220
*13220 14180
1.5m
-
-
-
-
*21990
21710
*15670
0m
-
-
-
-
*24650
20720
*17530
13550
-1.5m
*9580
*9580
*14240
*14240
*25660
20310
*18570
13190
-3m
*14660
*14660
*19870
*19870
*25380
20250
*18750
13070
-4.5m -6m
*20520
*20520
*27230
*27230
*23910
20450
*17970
13140
-
-
*29270
*29270
*20870
*20870
*15820
13430
7.5m
9.0m
10.5m
Max. Reach
H
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 3..9m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
: Along undercarriage,
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
*8370
*8370
8.2
-
*7930
*7930
9.3
-
*7770
7210
10
-
*7840
6620
10.4
9m 7.5m
-
-
*9250
8710
-
6m
*9780
*9780
*9410
8620
-
4.5m
*10930
*10930
*9990
8420
-
3m
*12300
10690
*10760
8170
9550
6460
*8090
6300
10.7
1.5m
*13600
10280
*11530
7940
9420
6340
*8570
6200
10.7
0m
*14560
9980
11650
7760
-
-
*9320
6320
10.4
-1.5m
*15010
9820
11550
7670
-
-
9990
6680
10
-3m
*14760
9800
11590
7700
-
-
11130
7420
9.3
-4.5m -6m
*13380
9960
-
-
-
-
*11590
8860
8.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
*11580
*11580
6.7
9m 7.5m
Bo oom: 7..0m Diipper arrm: 4..8m Sh hoe: 60 00mm Co ounterweight: 97 750kg
Max.
-
-
*8030
*8030
-
-
*7580
*7580
9.2
-
-
*7860
*7860
-
-
*7290
7210
10.1
6m
-
-
*8220
*8220
*8250
6700
*7220
6400
10.8
4.5m
*9570
*9570
*8910
8470
*8550
6580
*7320
5900
11.2
3m
*11040
10780
*9780
8180
*9030
6420
*7580
5620
11.4
1.5m
*12510
10280
*10680
7880
9350
6250
*8020
5520
11.4
0m
*13720
9890
*11460
7640
9200
6110
8400
5580
11.2
-1.5m
*14500
9630
11360
7470
9110
6040
8810
5840
10.8
-3m
*14700
9530
11300
7420
-
-
9640
6370
10.1
-4.5m -6m
*14090
9580
*11110
7520
-
-
*10820
7370
9.1
*12010
9850
-
-
-
-
*11290
9380
7.8
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Liifting cap pac citties
32 23
EC480D LR 1.5m
12m 11m 10m 9m 8m 7m 6m 5m 4m 3m 2m 1m 0m -1m -2m -3m -4m -5m -6m -7m -8m -9m -10m
Bo oom: 9..0m Diipper arrm: 6..0m Sh hoe: 80 00mm ounterweight: 10 0300kg Co
: Along undercarriage,
6m
7.5m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
*5960 *8000 *10150 *12490 *15110 -
*5960 *8000 *10150 *12490 *15110 -
*7680 *9900 *12340 *15090 *18300 *22200 *24180 -
*7680 *9900 *12340 *15090 *18300 *22200 *24180 -
*8110 *9770 *11810 *14220 *17070 *20510 *20890 *19450 *17480 -
*8110 *9770 *11810 *14220 *17070 17680 17970 18340 *17480 -
*11680 *13240 *14560 *15600 *16350 *16830 *17090 *17130 *16970 *16590 *15950 *14990 *13580 *11460
*11680 12940 12280 11810 11480 11290 11190 11170 11210 11320 11490 11730 12060 *11460
*9230 *10200 *11090 *11860 *12470 *12940 *13240 *13390 *13370 *13160 *12720 *11990 *10810 *8790
*9230 9530 9110 8760 8500 8310 8200 8140 8150 8210 8320 8500 8770 *8790
9m Fixed undercarriage
4.5m
H
Fixed undercarriage
Bo oom: 9..0m Diipper arrm: 6..0m hoe: 80 00mm Sh ounterweight: 10 0300kg Co
3m
10.5m
12m
13.5m
Max. Reach
H 12m 11m 10m 9m 8m 7m 6m 5m 4m 3m 2m 1m 0m -1m -2m -3m -4m -5m -6m -7m -8m -9m -10m
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
*7180 *7830 *8470 *9090 *9640 *10110 *10490 10750 10690 10680 10730 *10410 *9730 *8470 -
*7180 7670 7360 7080 6830 6640 6490 6390 6330 6330 6370 6460 6630 6900 -
*6100 *6510 *6950 *7400 *7830 *8230 *8580 8710 8630 8590 8590 8640 *8580 *7650 -
*6100 6260 6050 5850 5660 5490 5350 5240 5160 5120 5120 5170 5280 5490 -
*5240 *5180 *5230 *5360 *5560 *5800 *6080 *6380 *6690 *6990 *7270 7280 7200 7150 7140 7170 7260 -
*5240 *5180 *5230 *5360 5260 5140 5010 4870 4730 4610 4490 4390 4320 4280 4260 4290 4370 -
*5380 *5450 *5520 *5660 *5830 *6020 *6220 6260 6180 6120 6090 6080 -
4240 4240 4190 4130 4050 3960 3880 3790 3720 3670 3630 3620 -
*5190 *4930 *4750 *4610 *4520 *4470 *4440 *4440 *4470 *4520 *4600 *4720 *4870 *5050 *5290 *5590 *5970 *6460 7050 *7230 *7350 *7390 -
*5190 *4930 *4750 4420 4100 3840 3640 3490 3380 3290 3250 3230 3240 3290 3370 3500 3680 3920 4260 4730 5400 6420 -
11.2 12.0 12.7 13.2 13.7 14.1 14.4 14.6 14.8 14.8 14.9 14.8 14.7 14.5 14.2 13.9 13.5 12.9 12.3 11.6 10.7 9.6 8.3
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
32 24
Liffting cap pacitties 1.5m
12m 11m 10m 9m 8m 7m 6m 5m 4m 3m 2m 1m 0m -1m -2m -3m -4m -5m -6m -7m -8m -9m -10m
Bo oom: 9..0m Diipper arrm: 6..0m Sh hoe: 80 00mm Co ounterweight: 10 0300kg
: Along undercarriage,
6m
7.5m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
*5960 *8000 *10150 *12490 *15110 -
*5960 *8000 *10150 *12490 *15110 -
*7680 *9900 *12340 *15090 *18300 *22200 *24180 -
*7680 *9900 *12340 *15090 *18300 *22200 *24180 -
*8110 *9770 *11810 *14220 *17070 *20510 *20890 *19450 *17480 -
*8110 *9770 *11810 *14220 *17070 19300 19590 *19450 *17480 -
*11680 *13240 *14560 *15600 *16350 *16830 *17090 *17130 *16970 *16590 *15950 *14990 *13580 *11460
*11680 *13240 13270 12780 12450 12250 12150 12130 12180 12290 12460 12710 13040 *11460
*9230 *10200 *11090 *11860 *12470 *12940 *13240 *13390 *13370 *13160 *12720 *11990 *10810 *8790
*9230 *10200 9800 9450 9180 9000 8880 8830 8830 8890 9010 9190 9460 *8790
9m Retractable undercarriage
4.5m
H
Retractable undercarriage
Boom: 9..0m Diipper arrm: 6..0m Sh hoe: 80 00mm ounterweight: 10 0300kg Co
3m
10.5m
12m
13.5m
Max. Reach
H 12m 11m 10m 9m 8m 7m 6m 5m 4m 3m 2m 1m 0m -1m -2m -3m -4m -5m -6m -7m -8m -9m -10m
Max. kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
m
*7180 *7830 *8470 *9090 *9640 *10110 *10490 *10760 10860 10850 *10770 *10410 *9730 *8470 -
*7180 *7830 7900 7610 7360 7170 7020 6910 6860 6850 6900 6990 7160 7440 -
*6100 *6510 *6950 *7400 *7830 *8230 *8580 8850 8770 8730 8730 8780 *8580 *7650 -
*6100 *6510 6490 6280 6090 5920 5780 5670 5590 5550 5550 5600 5710 5920 -
*5240 *5180 *5230 *5360 *5560 *5800 *6080 *6380 *6690 *6990 *7270 7400 7320 7270 7260 7280 7380 -
*5240 *5180 *5230 *5360 *5560 5510 5380 5240 5100 4970 4850 4760 4680 4640 4620 4650 4740 -
*5380 *5450 *5520 *5660 *5830 *6020 *6220 6360 6290 6230 6190 6180 -
4560 4550 4510 4440 4360 4280 4190 4110 4040 3980 3940 3940 -
*5190 *4930 *4750 *4610 *4520 *4470 *4440 *4440 *4470 *4520 *4600 *4720 *4870 *5050 *5290 *5590 *5970 *6460 *7090 *7230 *7350 *7390 -
*5190 *4930 *4750 *4610 4400 4140 3930 3770 3660 3570 3520 3510 3520 3570 3660 3800 3990 4250 4610 5110 5820 6910 -
11.2 12.0 12.7 13.2 13.7 14.1 14.4 14.6 14.8 14.8 14.9 14.8 14.7 14.5 14.2 13.9 13.5 12.9 12.3 11.6 10.7 9.6 8.3
: Across undercarriage, H : Lifting hook related to ground level
1.. Mac chiine in n "Fiine Mod de-F"" (Pow wer Boo ost)), fo or liifting cap pacitties. 2.. Th he ab bove lo oads arre in n com mplliance wiith SAE an nd IS SO Hy ydrrau ulic Excav vattor Liift Ca apacitty Sta andards s. 3.. Ra ated lo oads do o no ot ex xcee ed 87 7% off hy ydrrau ulic liifting cap pacitty orr 75 5% off tiipping lo oad. 4.. Ra ated lo oads marrked d wiith an n as ste eris sk ( * ) arre liimitted by y hy ydrrau ulic cap pacitty ratther th han tiipping lo oad.
Sp pecifficattions
Se ervic ce hiisto ory
Service history Service 500 hours Date
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
First 500 hours Service and maintenance
Service 1000 hours Date
Type of service Hours
Service 1500 hours Date
Service 2000 hours Date
Hours
Service 3000 hours Date
Service 3500 hours Date
Service 4000 hours Date
Service 4500 hours Date
Service 5000 hours Date
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service
Service 2500 hours Date
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Signature and stamp
325 5
Sp pecifficattions
32 26
Se ervic ce hiisto oryy
Service 5500 hours Date
Type of service Hours
Service 6000 hours Date
Service 6500 hours Date
Hours
Service 7500 hours Date
Service 8000 hours Date
Service 8500 hours Date
Service 9000 hours Date
Service 9500 hours Date
Service 10000 hours Date
Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service
Service 7000 hours Date
Service and maintenance
Type of service Hours
Signature and stamp
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Service and maintenance
Signature and stamp
Sp pecifficattions
Se ervic ce hiisto ory Service 10500 hours Date
Hours
Service 11000 hours Date
Hours
Service 11500 hours Date
Hours
Service 12000 hours Date
Hours
Type of service
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service
Signature and stamp
Service and maintenance
Type of service Service and maintenance
Signature and stamp
327 7
Allphabeticall in ndex
32 29
Alphabetical index A Accidents...........................................................................124 Accumulator, emergency operation.................................. 262 Accumulator, handling.......................................................262 Accumulator, pressure releasing.......................................263 Air conditioning..................................................................250 Air conditioning filter, cleaning and replacing....................250 Alternative fuels.................................................................280 Alternator belt, checking ...................................................239 Arrival Inspection...............................................................209 Attachment quick coupler..........................................170, 178 Attachments...................................................................... 168 Attachments, connecting and disconnecting.....................170 Audio system.....................................................................103 Auxiliary heater................................................................. 111 B Battery disconnect switch..................................................235 Battery electrolyte level, check..........................................236 Battery, charging............................................................... 237 Before service, read.......................................................... 199 Boom and dipper arm........................................................300 Boom float position, description........................................ 168 Bucket teeth...................................................................... 251 Bucket teeth, replacing......................................................251 Buckets............................................................................. 184 C Cab..................................................................9, 84, 249, 290 Cab prefilter, cleaning and replacing.................................249 CareTrack........................................................................... 13 CE-marking, EMC-directive.................................................15 Change capacities.............................................................283 Change intervals............................................................... 284 Cleaning engine compartment.......................................... 211 Cleaning machine............................................................. 210 Climate control system........................................................ 96 Communication equipment, installation.............................. 17 Control lockout system........................................................88 Control types for X1 and X3 operation................................ 65 Controls...............................................................................77 Coolant......................................................................230, 276 Coolant level, checking..................................................... 231 Coolant, changing............................................................. 232 Cooling system..................................................................230 D Delivery Inspection............................................................209 Delivery Instructions..........................................................209 Demolition work.................................................................167 Digging forces................................................................... 307 Dimensions....................................................................... 296 Display unit..........................................................................42 Door.................................................................................... 98 E Electrical distribution box.................................................. 237 Electrical system................................................... 8, 235, 286 Emergency exit................................................................. 102 Engine................................................................... 7, 214, 285 Engine air cleaner............................................................. 224 Engine air cleaner cover, cleaning.................................... 226 Engine air cleaner primary filter, cleaning and replacing.. 225 Engine air cleaner secondary filter, changing................... 226 Engine block heater.......................................................... 129 Engine oil.......................................................................... 275 Engine oil filter, replacing.................................................. 216 Engine oil level, checking..................................................214 Engine oil, changing..........................................................215 Engine, general specifications ......................................... 285 Entering, leaving and climbing the machine......................201 Environmental requirements................................................. 7 Equipment........................................................................... 12
Excavator unit, greasing....................................................264 Extra water separator filter element, change.................... 223 Extra water separator, draining......................................... 222 F Fan belt, checking............................................................. 216 Fire extinguisher, location................................................. 101 Fire prevention.................................................................. 202 Fuel................................................................................... 279 Fuel filter, replacing...........................................................218 Fuel system...............................................................217, 279 Fuel system, air bleeding.................................................. 219 Fuel tank, draining.............................................................220 Fuel tank, replacing ventilation filter..................................219 Fuel, filling......................................................................... 217 G Grease.............................................................................. 278 Greasing............................................................................264 Ground pressure............................................................... 295 H Hammer............................................................................ 186 Hammer circuit return filter, replacing............................... 261 Handling hazardous materials...........................................204 Handling line, tubes and hoses......................................... 207 High voltage overhead power line.....................................159 Hose rupture valves.......................................................... 190 Hydraulic oil...............................................................254, 277 Hydraulic oil drain filter, changing..................................... 260 Hydraulic oil level, checking.............................................. 255 Hydraulic oil return filter, replacing.................................... 259 Hydraulic oil suction strainer, cleaning..............................261 Hydraulic oil, changing...................................................... 257 Hydraulic servo filter, replacing ........................................ 260 Hydraulic system.................................................10, 254, 292 Hydraulic system breather filter, replacing........................ 258 Hydraulic system, releasing pressure............................... 255 Hydraulic system, warming up.......................................... 132 I Information and warning decals.......................................... 21 Instrument panel, front........................................................ 37 Instrument panel, left...........................................................33 Instrument panel, rear......................................................... 75 Instrument panel, right........................................................ 66 Intended use......................................................................... 7 L Lifting capacities................................................................308 Lifting machine.................................................................. 152 Lifting objects.................................................................... 193 Logged machine data..........................................................13 Lubrication.........................................................................266 Lubrication and service chart............................ 208, 266, 268 M Machine view...................................................................... 14 Machine weights............................................................... 293 Maintenance under special environmental conditions...... 272 Measurements before transporting machine.....................139 Measures before operating............................................... 127 O Oil bath air cleaner............................................................ 227 Oil bath air cleaner oil, changing.......................................227 Oil bath air cleaner, checking............................................227 Oil bath air cleaner, cleaning.............................................228 Operating.......................................................................... 134 Operating on public roads................................................. 126 Operator comfort................................................................. 89 Operator obligations..........................................................123 Operator safety................................................................. 124 Operator seat...................................................................... 89 Operator's manual, storage...............................................101 P Paint finish maintenance................................................... 211 Parking.............................................................................. 136
Allphabeticall in ndex
33 30 Product plates..................................................................... 19 R Radiator and coolers, cleaning..........................................233 Rain shield.......................................................................... 99 Recommended bucket sizes............................................. 303 Recommended intervals for critical parts.......................... 271 Recommended lubricants................................................. 273 Refrigerant................................................................ 206, 291 Retrieving and towing........................................................137 Roof...................................................................................100 Rules for digging............................................................... 156 Running-in instructions......................................................119 S Safety components............................................................. 18 Safety regulations............................................................. 235 Safety rules when operating..............................................123 Seat belt.............................................................................. 95 Selecting track shoes........................................................ 192 Service capacities and change intervals........................... 283 Service history...........................................................208, 325 Service points....................................................................212 Service position.................................................................198 Service Programme.......................................................... 209 Signalling diagram.............................................................195 Starting engine.................................................................. 128 Starting engine in cold weather.........................................129 Starting with booster batteries...........................................130 Stopping............................................................................ 135 Storage compartment........................................................100 Sun shade........................................................................... 99 Swing bath, grease checking............................................ 245 Swing drive unit.................................................................240 Swing drive unit, changing oil............................................241 Swing drive unit, checking oil level....................................241 Swing gear and bath......................................................... 244 Swing gear bearing, greasing........................................... 244 Symbol key........................................................................267 T Touch-up painting............................................................. 211 Track drive unit..................................................................242 Track drive unit, changing oil............................................ 243 Track drive unit, checking oil level.................................... 242 Track unit.......................................................................... 246 Track unit, adjusting tension............................................. 247 Track unit, checking shoe screws..................................... 248 Track unit, checking tension..............................................246 Transporting machine............................................... 139, 140 Turbocharger.....................................................................131 Tying down machine......................................................... 150 U Underground cables and pipes......................................... 162 USA federal clean air act.................................................... 29 V Visibility............................................................................. 119 Vision system.................................................................... 109 W Warming up.......................................................................131 Washer reservoir...............................................................249 Water separator filter element, change............................. 221 Water separator, draining..................................................220 Welding............................................................................. 238 Whole-body vibrations.......................................................155 Windows..............................................................................97 Working in cold weather....................................................166 Working in water and on boggy ground............................ 165 Working on slopes.............................................................163 Working ranges................................................................. 301 Working with buckets........................................................ 185 Working with long range attachments............................... 189 Working within dangerous areas.......................................159
Alphabetical index
332
